fefs undergradaute and postgraduate yearbook 2016

FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SCIENCES

Qualifications and Regulations

2016 The right to add withdraw or in any way change any part or any regulation without

prior notification, remains vested in the University.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION A: GENERAL INFORMATION 11

PERSONNEL IN THE EXECUTIVE DEAN’S OFFICE 11

PERSONNEL PER DEPARTMENT 14

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY 14

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCIAL ACCOUNTING 15

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS

16

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

18

IMPORTANT CONTACT INFORMATION (FEES, BURSARIES,

LOANS, STUDENT SERVICES, ACCOMMODATION)

20

REQUIRED DOCMENTS FOR ADMISSION / REGISTRATION 20

FEFS VISION AND MISSION 22

UJ VALUES 22

SECTION B: SPECIFIC REGULATIONS FOR THE FACULTY

OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SCIENCES

23

SECTION B.1: KEY INFORMATION 23

EF.1 QUALIFICATIONS AWARDED 23

EF.2 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 23

EF.3 ADMISSION 23

EF.4 REGISTRATION 27

EF.5 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUATION OF DIPLOMA

AND DEGREE STUDIES

28

EF.6 PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS FOR DIPLOMA AND

DEGREE STUDIES

29

EF.7 LAST ASSESSMENT AND PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS

30

EF.8 REQUIREMENTS FOR AWARDING OR CONFERRING A QUALIFICATION WITH DISTINCTION

38

EF.9 APPEALS AGAINST ACADEMIC EXCLUSION (F7) 39

2

SECTION B.2: FIELDS OF STUDY 40

DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES 40

EF.10 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR

DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES

40

EF.11 DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTANCY 42

EF.12 DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 43

EF.13 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR DIPLOMAS

46

EF.14 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR DIPLOMAS IN OTHER FACULTIES

48

ADVANCED DIPLOMAS 49

EF.15 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTANCY 49

EF.16 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS 50

EF.17 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 51

EF.18 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MARKETS 52

EF.19 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT

54

EF.20 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR ADVANCED DIPLOMAS

55

BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (EXTENDED DEGREES)

56

EF.21 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTENDED DEGREE PROGRAMMES

56

EF.22 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (EXTENDED DEGREES)

58

EF.23 FOUNDATION YEAR CURRICULUM, PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS AND PREREQUISITES

59

EF.24 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR FOUNDATION YEAR

61

3

BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (REGULAR DEGREES)

62

EF.25 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE PROGRAMMES

62

EF.26 BCOM (ACCOUNTING) 64

EF.27 BCOM IN ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS 66

EF.28 BCOM (FINANCE) 68

EF.29 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES CODES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES

71

EF.30 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES CODES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN OTHER FACULTIES

74

BACHELOR DEGREES (REGULAR DEGREES) 75

EF.31 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR DEGREES

75

EF.32 BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTING 77

EF.33 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES CODES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACHELOR DEGREES

79

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS 80

EF.34 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ESTATE PLANNING 80

EF.35 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MARKETS 81

EF.36 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

84

BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS

85

EF.37 BCOM HONS (ACCOUNTING) 85

4

EF.38 BCOM HONS (ACCOUNTING WITH SPECIALISATION IN CHARTERED ACCOUNTANCY)

86

EF.39 BCOM HONS IN INTERNAL AUDITING 87

EF.40 BCOM HONS IN TAXATION 88

EF.41 BCOM HONS (ECONOMETRICS) 89

EF.42 BCOM HONS IN ECONOMICS 91

EF.43 BCOM HONS (FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT) 92

EF.44 BCOM HONS (FINANCIAL PLANNING) 93

EF.45 BCOM HONS (INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT) 95

EF.46 BCOM HONS IN PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT

97

EF.47 BCOM HONS IN QUANTITATIVE FINANCE 98

EF.48 BCOM HONS IN TREASURY MANAGEMENT 99

EF.49 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS

102

MASTER OF COMMERCE AND PHILOSOPY QUALIFICATIONS

105

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSEWORK – COMMERCE

105

EF.50 MCOM IN COMPUTER AUDITING 106

EF.51 MCOM IN DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 107

EF.52 MCOM IN FINANCIAL ECONOMICS 109

EF.53 MCOM IN FINANCE 110

EF.54 MCOM IN INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING 111

EF.55 MCOM IN LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 113

EF.56 MCOM IN SOUTH AFRICAN AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION

114

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSEWORK – PHILOSOPHY

115

EF.57 MPHIL IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY 115

EF.58 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR

118

5

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSEWORK – COMMERCE AND PHILOSOPY

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH – COMMERCE

120

EF.59 MCOM IN ACCOUNTING 120

EF.60 MCOM IN AUDITING 121

EF.61 MCOM IN ECONOMETRICS 121

EF.62 MCOM IN ECONOMICS 122

EF.63 MCOM IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 123

EF.64 MCOM IN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 124

EF.65 MCOM IN QUANTITATIVE FINANCE 125

EF.66 MCOM IN SOUTH AFRICAN AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION

126

EF.67 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES CODES, DESCRIPTIONS, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH

128

DOCTORAL QUALIFICATIONS 129

EF.68 PhD (ACCOUNTING)

DCOM (ACCOUNTING)

129

EF.69 PhD (AUDITING)

DCOM (AUDITNG)

130

EF.70 PhD (ECONOMETRICS)

DCOM (ECONOMETRICS)

131

EF.71 PhD (ECONOMICS)

DCOM (ECONOMICS)

132

EF.72 PhD (FINANCE) 133

EF.73 PhD (TAXATION)

DCOM (TAXATION)

134

EF.74 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES CODES, DESCRIPTIONS, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR DOCTORAL QUALIFICATIONS

135

6

SECTION C: PURPOSE AND OUTCOMES OF MODULES 136

DIPLOMA MODULES 136

EF.75 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 136

EF.76 BANKING OPERATIONS 137

EF.77 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 138

EF.78 ECONOMICS 141

EF.79 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 142

EF.80 FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 146

EF.81 FINANCIAL PLANNING OPERATIONS 147

EF.82 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 147

EF.83 FINANCIAL SERVICES PREPARATION 148

EF.84 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL SERVICES 150

EF.85 RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES 150

EF.86 TAXATION 151

FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR DIPLOMAS IN OTHER FACULTIES

153

EF.87 APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS 153

EF.88 COST ACCOUNTING 154

EF.89 COSTING AND ESTIMATING 155

EF.90 CREDIT CONTROL 155

EF.91 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 156

EF.92 FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN PRODUCTION 157

OTHER FACULTIES’ SERVICE MODULES FOR FEFS DIPLOMAS

159

EF.93 ACTIVE CITIZENSHIP 159

EF.94 BUSINESS COMMUNCIATION 160

EF.95 BUSINESS LAW 160

EF.96 END USER COMPUTING 161

EF.97 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 162

EF.98 MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS 163

ADVANCED DIPLOMA MODULES 165

EF.99 ACCOUNTING 165

7

EF.100 APPLICATION OF CORPORATE EVENTS 165

EF.101 APPLIED TIME VALUE OF MONEY 166

EF.102 AUDITING 166

EF.103 BUSINESS ETHICS AND CITIZENSHIP 167

EF.104 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 167

EF.105 CLIENT INVESTMENT NEEDS 168

EF.106 CLIENT SERVICE AND FINANCIAL ADVICE 168

EF.107 DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS 169

EF.108 EXECUTION OF MARKET ORDERS 169


EF.110 FINANCIAL MARKETS TRANSACTIONS 170

EF.111 FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS 171

EF.112 FINANCIAL OPERATIONS 172

EF.113 INTERMEDIATE FINANCE 173

EF.114 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MARKETS 174

EF.115 MACROECONOMICS 174

EF.116 MACROECONOMICS RESEARCH 175

EF.117 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 175

EF.118 MATHEMATICS 176

EF.119 MICROECONOMICS 176

EF.120 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT 176

EF.121 PERFORMANCE OPERATIONS 177

EF.122 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 178

EF.123 SECURITIES INFORMATION AND MARKET CONDITIONS

179

EF.124 TAXATION 179

EF.125 THEORY OF CORPORATE EVENTS 179

EF.126 TRADING IN FINANCIAL MARKETS 180

FOUNDATION MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE EXTENDED DEGREES

181

EF.127 BASIC MATHEMATICS AND APPLICATION IN ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS

181

8

EF.128 FINANCIAL RECORDING, ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT

182

EF.129 LANGUAGE FOR ECONOMIC SCIENCES 183

EF.130 MASTERING OF ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS

184

EF.131 ECONOMIC & BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 184

UNDERGRADUATE MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE REGULAR DEGREES AND BACHELOR DEGREES

186


EF.133 ACCOUNTING STUDIES 194

EF.134 AUDITING 195

EF.135 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 197

EF.136 ECONOMETRICS 198

EF.137 ECONOMICS 200

EF.138 ETHICAL FOUNDATIONS TO COMMERCE 207


EF.140 FINANCIAL PLANNING 213

EF.141 GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL 215

EF.142 GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENSHIP 216

EF.143 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 217

EF.144 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 219

EF.145 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 221

EF.146 TAXATION 223

EF.147 TAXATION PLANNING 227

FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN OTHER FACULTIES

231


EF.149 COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS 233


9

OTHER FACULTIES’ SERVICE MODULES FOR FEFS BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES AND BACHELOR DEGREES

235

EF.151 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 235

EF.152 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 241

EF.153 COMMERCE 242

EF.154 COMMERCIAL LAW 243

EF.155 INFORMATICS 245

EF.156 INTRODUCTION TO LAW 245

EF.157 INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 246

EF.158 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 247

EF.159 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 251

EF.160 MATHEMATICS 251

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA MODULES 254

EF.161 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

254

POSTGRADUATE HONOURS MODULES 260

EF.162 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY

260

EF.163 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS

269


279

POSTGRADUATE MASTER’S MODULES FOR COMMERCE AND PHILOSOPHY

302

EF.165 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS)

302

EF.166 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS)

311

EF.167 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MODULES)

328

10

POSTGRADUATE DOCTORAL MODULES 333


333


334


335

11

SECTION A: GENERAL INFORMATIO EXECUTIVE DEAN Prof A Dempsey (Amanda) A Ring 210 011 559 3159 [email protected] DEAN'S SECRETARY Nicolette Hayes A Ring 209 011 559 3652 [email protected] VICE-DEAN Prof S Chetty (Sivan) A Ring 213 011 559 3089 [email protected]

PERSONNEL IN THE EXECUTIVE DEAN’S OFFICE

AUCKLAND PARK: KINGSWAY CAMPUS Mrs LOU Nuku (Lucretia) General Enquiries A Ring 2 011 559 2492 [email protected] Mrs KF Botto (Karen) General Enquiries A Ring 2 011 559 3861 [email protected] Ms MN Manyane (Maria) (Head: Faculty Administration) A Ring 219 011 559 3959 [email protected] Mr TN Mudzunga (Nathaniel) (Faculty Officer III) Student surnames: A - KH A Ring 229 011 559 4630 [email protected] Mrs R Block (Rochelle) (Faculty Officer II) Student surnames: MP - Q A Ring 220 011 559 4138 [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]







12

Ms D Kruger (Dalene) (Faculty Officer I) Student surnames: KI - MASI A Ring 222 011 559 4683 [email protected] Ms F Wessels (Frances) (Faculty Officer I) Student surnames: MASO - MO A Ring 221 011 559 2565 [email protected] Mr I Seeletse (Isaac) (Faculty Officer I) Student Surnames: R - Z A-Ring 217 011 559 3246 [email protected] Mrs P Magongoa (Phaladi) (Faculty Officer III) Postgraduate students: M and D’s A Ring 207 011 559 2522 [email protected]

Ms L Bobi (Lungiswa) (Faculty Officer III) Postgraduate Diplomas and Honours Students A-Ring 230 011 559 2362 [email protected]

Ms L Moemi (Lebogang) (Administrative Assistant) A Ring 218 011 559 4091 [email protected] Mrs G Khumalo (Gugu) (Faculty Officer I) Advanced Diplomas and Continuing Education Programmes A Ring 228 011 559 3445 [email protected] Mrs Elmarie Vermeulen Programme Advisor A Ring 214 011 559 2521 [email protected] Vacant Marketing Coordinator A Ring 216 011 559 3965 Vacant








13

Prof ME Pietersen (Marita) Quality Coordinator A Ring 204 011 559 3270 [email protected]

SOWETO CAMPUS Mr C Ackermann (Christo) Faculty Coordinator on SWC Robert Sobukwe GNA276 011 559 5590 [email protected] Mrs J Smit (Jackie) (Faculty Officer III) SWC Academic Block C 123 011 559 5656 [email protected] Mr J Baloyi (Justice) (Faculty Officer I) Academic Block C 118011 559 1406 [email protected]

Ms ZM Ntozini (Zoleka) (Administrative Assistant) Academic Block C 116011 559 5592 [email protected]

POSTAL ADDRESS ALL CAMPUSSES University of Johannesburg PO Box 524 Auckland Park 2006

STREET ADDRESS KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS University of Johannesburg University of Johannesburg Cnr Kingsway Avenue and University Road Potchefstroom Road Auckland Park Power Park 2006 Soweto 6201

UJ WEB ADDRESS www.uj.ac.za


http://www.uj.ac.za/

14

PERSONNEL PER DEPARTMENT

ACADEMIC STAFF (KEY)

* Programme Advisor # Programme Manager/ Coordinator

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY Secretary: Charmaine Viljoen Tel: 011 559 3086 [email protected] Head of Department Associate Professor: A (Alex) van der Watt, MCom (RAU), CA (SA) Deputy Heads of Department # B (Ben) Marx, MCompt (UOVS), DCom (UJ), CA (SA), FCCA (UK), FCIS # V (Vanessa) van Dyk, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) Professors # D (Danie) Coetsee, MCom (RAU), CA (SA) # G (Grietjie) Verhoef, BA (RAU), BAHons (Cum laude) (RAU), BAHons (Cum laude) (RAU), MA

(Cum laude) (RAU), D.Litt et Phil (RAU) Associate Professors

A (Ahmed) Mohammadali-Hahi, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) N (Nerine) Stegmann, DCom (RAU)

Senior Lecturers

L (Lizanne) Barnard, MCom (NWU), CA (SA) G (Garth) Barnes, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) SJ (Jelvin) Griffioen, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) M (Muneer) Hassan, BComHons (UNISA), Certificate in Capital Gains Tax (RAU), Certificate in Advanced Taxation (UNISA), BComHons (UNISA), CA (SA) K (Krysta) Heathcote, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) C (Covanni) Hohls, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) DH (Dewald) Joubert, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) K (Karabo) Kekana, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) E (Elmaré) Kocks, BCom (US), HDE (US), CTA (UCT), CA (SA) Y (Yvette) Kulik, BComHons (UKZN), CA (SA) M (Mafusi) Lephoto, BCom (UP), BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) T (Thabiso) Madiba, BCom (UCT), PGDA (UCT), MCom (NWU), CA (SA) B (Boniswa) Madikizela, BCom (WITS), BComHons (RAU), CA (SA) T (Tasneem) Mahmood, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) SN (Siphamandla) Makhaya, BComHons (WITS), MCom (UJ), CA (SA)

* M (Marelize) Malan, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) # W (Willem) Malherbe, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) * D (Denise) Mare, BComHons (RAU), CIMA, CA (SA)

M (Melanie) Marchbank, BComHons (UKZN), CA (SA) L (Lyndsay) Maseko, BComHons (RAU), CA (SA) M (Mariska) McKenzie, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) B (Busisane) Mhlambi, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA)


15

T (Tsepiso) Moholo, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) S (Seabi) Mokoena, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) S (Sarina) Mostert, MCom (RAU), CA (SA) T (Tendani) Mutshutshu, MCom (UP), CA (SA) Z (Zafeer) Nagdee, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) D (Dieketseng) Napo, BComHons (UWC), MSF (Bentley), CA (SA)

* I (Izette) Nel, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) * J (Jacque) Olivier, BComHons (RAU), HDip (UNISA), CA (SA)

S (Shazia) Osman, BComHons (UKZN), CA (SA) Z (Zaheera) Patel, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) P (Pranisha) Rama, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) M (Marybeth) Rouse, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) M (Monique) Strauss, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ), CA (SA) J (Jonathan) Streng, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) M (Michelle) van Heerden, MCom (RAU), HDip Int Tax Law (RAU), CA (SA) MH (Milan) van Wyk, BAccHons (UFS), CA (SA) S Venter (Stephanie), BComHons (UJ), CA (SA)

# M (Marianne) Wassermann, MCom (RAU), HDip Int Tax Law (RAU), CA (SA) M (Maria) Weber, MCom (RAU), CA (SA), CFA R (Riaan) Wessels, MCom (NWU), CA (SA)

Lecturers

DP (Philip) Basson, BCom (RAU), BEd Hons (UJ) M (Marina) Bornman, BComHons (RAU), M Com (NWU), PhD (UJ) N (Neville) Dlamini, MCom (UKZN) S (Simone) Halleen, BA (US), MPhil (US), PhD (US) I (Ilse) Karsten, MEd (RAU) L (Liezel) Lochner, BCom (UJ)

# S (Rozanne) Smith, MCom (UJ), SAIPA K (Kristen) van Lelyveld, BAHons (UJ)

* J (Jurie) Wessels, MCom (UJ) Assistant Lecturers

Z (Zaakir) Ally, BComHons (UJ) O (Obekeng) Langana, BComHons (UJ) B (Belinda) Schutte, BComHons (UJ)

Visiting Professor

M (Michael) Honniball, LLM (UJ)

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCIAL ACCOUNTING Secretary: Ms Ronel Rossouw Tel: 011 559 5080 [email protected] Head of Department

C (Christo) Ackermann, MTech CMA (NMMU), FIIASA, CIA (USA), CGAP (USA), CCSA (USA) Deputy Heads of Department

Senior Lecturer: L (Lesego) Khumalo, BComptHons (UNISA), CA (SA) Lecturer: V (Vusi) Shandu, BCom (UNISA), MBA (TWR)

Senior Lecturers

S (Saajidah) Adam, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) I (Ingrid) Baigrie, B Prim Ed (UCT), BComHons (UKZN), MCom (UJ), CA (SA)


16

L (Lulama) Boyce, BCom PGDA (UCT), CA (SA) H (Husain) Coovadia, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) D (Deon) De Villiers, BComptHons (UNISA), GCC Mech Eng, MCom (UJ) N (Naeem) Ebrahim, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) B (Boitumelo) Kuzwayo, BCom (Wits), PGDA (Wits), CA (SA) ML (Lonah) Mbhalati, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) G (Gloria) Mnguni, BComHons (UNISA), CA (SA) K (Katlego) Modisagae, BCom (RAU), BComptHons (UNISA), CA (SA) L (Tumi) Mphahlele, BCom, PGDA (UCT), CA (SA) Y (Yusuf) Patel, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) AS (Abdool) Peer, BComptHons (UNISA), MCom (UJ) N (Nadia) Rhodes, MEd (RAU), PhD (UJ), ACIS, ACMA, CGMA M (Minnette) Vermaak, BComHons (RAU), MCom (UJ)

Lecturers

R (Refiloe) Benedict, BComHons (UOFS), MCom (UJ) M (Marike) Carter, MCom (UJ) K (Keith) Daly, BComHons (UNISA), HDE (PG) (Rand), SAIPA TJ (Thabo) Gopane, MCom (Monash) F (Fred) Hemmings, BCom (Wits), MBA (Wits), CAIB (SA), FIBSA M (Marie) Janse van Rensburg, BComHons (UJ) L (Lorindi) Joubert, MCom (UJ) E (Eddie) Kodisang, ND (TUT), BTECH (TWR), Advanced Business Management Programme (TWR), Advanced Project Management (UJ), MBA (University of Wales) M (Mosili) Lepheana, MCom (Rhodes University) JB (John) Mabejane, MCom (UP) M (Morokolo) Mamadi, BComHons (UJ) J (Jacob) Mamaile, BComHons (UNISA), MCom (UJ) KF (Freddy) Masehela, BComHons (University of the North), MCom (Wits) M (Maya) Maselesele, BSc (Monash) K (Kabelo) Morake, BComHons (UNISA) M (Marise) Mouton, BComHons (UP), MCom (UJ) L (Lethiwe) Nzama, MCom (UJ) L (Lydia) Pelcher, BComHons (UJ), CFP P (Pusheletso) Ramutumbu, BComptHons (UNISA) P (Henry) Reddy, BComptHons (UNISA) RJ (Raymond) Rhodes, MEd (RAU), ACIS O (Oliver) Takawira, Business Studies Hons (Zimbabwe), MDevF (US) J (Janet) West, MCom (PU for CHE) N (Natasha) Williams, BComHons (UJ)

Assistant Lecturers

D (Darius) Du Plessis, BComHons (UJ) JM (Julia) Soobramoney, BComHons (UJ)

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS Secretary: Yolandi Brough (APK) Tel: 011 559 2046 [email protected] Secretary: Seli Makofane (APK) Tel: 011 559 4374 [email protected] Secretary: Vatiswa Arosi (SWC) Tel: 011 559 5608 [email protected] Head of Department Professor: L (Lumengo) Bonga-Bonga, DCom (UJ)



17

Deputy Heads of Department JMM (Kotie) Viljoen PhD, (UJ)

South African Chairs Initiative (SARChI) in Industrial Development Prof F (Fiona) Tregenna, PhD (University of Cambridge, UK)

Professors

L (Lorraine) Greyling, DCom (RAU) *** G (Hardus) van Zyl, DCom (RAU) Associate Professors

S (Samantha) Ashman, PhD (University of Birmingham, UK) S (Sivan) Chetty, DCom (RAU) JW (John) Muteba Mwamba, PhD (UJ) K (Kevin) Nell, PhD (University of Kent)

Senior Lecturers P (Peter) Baur, DCom (UJ)

CT (Talita) Dalton-Greyling, PhD (UJ) J (Johane) Dikgang, PhD (UCT) MR (Mokgadi) Maleka, PhD (VISTA) A (Alain) Pholo, PhD (Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium) CH (Christie) Schoeman, D.Litt et Phil (RAU) B (Beatrice) Simo-Kengne, PhD (UP) M (Modeste) Some, MSc (ENSEA)

Lecturers

ME (Mdu) Biyase, MCom (UKZN) J (Jugal) Mahabir, MCom (UJ) B (Bulelwa) Maphela, MCom (UJ) A (Abie) Ohonba, MSc (University of Nigeria, Nigeria) M (Marinda) Pretorius, MCom (UJ) N (Naiefa) Rashied, MCom (UJ) MS (Mashapa) Sekome, MCom (UJ) L (Ling) Ting, MCom (Wits)

*** J (Josine) Uwilingiye, PhD (UP) MK (Magda) Wilson, MA (University of Botswana, Botswana) TT (Talent) Zwane, MCom (UJ)

Assistant Lecturers

JJA (Joel) Kouadio, BComHons (UJ) KPR (Kgotso) Morema, BComHons (UJ) L (Lebogang) Nleya, BComHons (UJ) BM (Bonolo) Thobejane, BComHons (UJ)

Visiting Professors L (Luc) Bauwens, PhD (Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium) A (Alain) Kabundi, DCom (UJ) G (Gary) Magee, DPhil (Nuffield College of Oxford University, UK) D (Dèsirè) Vencatachellum, PhD (Queens University, Canada)

Distinguished Visiting Professors

F (Frank) Riedel, PhD (Humboldt–University, Germany)

U (Ulrich) Schmidt, PhD (University of Kiel, Germany)

18

Senior Research Associate: M (Matteo) Bonato, PhD (University of Zurich, Switzerland) L (Liberty) Mncube, MSc (University of York, UK) S (Susan) Newman, PhD (University of London, UK), SOAS

Research fellows

S (Sha’ista) Goga, MPhil (Oxford University, UK) C (Christian) Mhlanga, MBA (University of Zimbabwe, Zimbabwe) G (Gaylor) Montmasson-Clair, MCom (Grenoble Institute of Political Studies, France) S (Sisa) Njikelana, Diploma in Applied Social Studies (Ruskin College of Oxford, UK) C (Carla) Raffinetti, LLM (Wits) S (Selelo) Ramohlola, BComHons (University of Limpopo) H (Hardin) Ratshisusu, MBL (UNISA) G (Georgina) Ryan, MA (Wits) A (Andrew) Sylvester, MCom (UKZN)

Centre for Local Economic Development (CENLED)

Director: M (Marius) Venter, DCom (RAU) Secretary: Carlien Roux (APB) Tel: 011 559 3794

Centre for Competition, Regulation and Economic Development (CCRED)

Director: S (Simon) Roberts, PhD (University of London, UK) Director assistant: L (Lauralyn) Kaziboni (APK) Tel: 011 599 1726 Programme Manager: D (Darmisha) Dhana (APK) Tel: 011 559 9000

DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT Secretary: Jana Botes Tel: 011 559 3305 [email protected] Head of Department

Senior Lecturer: CD (Carl) Anschutz, BComptHons (UNISA), PGDFP (UFS), CA (SA), CFP®

Deputy Head of Department Senior Lecturer: KC (Kevin) Thomas, MCom (UJ), CA (SA)

Professors # CCA (Coenraad) Labuschagne, DSc (PU of CHE)

NJ (Nico) Smith, DCom (PU of CHE) Associate Professors # I (Ilsé) Botha, DCom (RAU)

G (Gideon) Els, DCom (RAU), PG Dip Educ (RAU), DCom (UJ) (UJ) Senior Lecturers

MA (Modi) Dolamo, BComptHons (UNISA), CA (SA) # M (Melany) Lotter, PGDFP (UFS), LLM (UFS), CFP®

WM (Wadzanai) Mabuto, BBusSc, PGDA (UCT), CA (SA) M (Melissa) McGill, BComptHons (UNISA), CA (SA) SM (Solly) Modiba, BComHons (UJ), CA (SA) B (Benjamin) Mogapi, BAcc (Wits), CA (SA) S (Sumaya) Naidu, LLM (UCT), PGDFP (UFS), CFP® A (Adele) Oosthuizen, MCom (RAU), CA (SA), ACMA, CGMA CPP (Paul) Snyman, MCom (UJ),), CFP®

# JW (Jean) Struweg, MCom (UJ), CA (SA)


19

# R (Ricky) van der Walt, MCom (UJ), CA (SA) Lecturers RL (Roxanne) Andrew, MCom (UJ), CFP® JE (Jordy) Bolton, MSc (Tilburg, Netherlands) M (Marno) Booyens, MCom (UJ) # J (Joset) Jordaan-Marais, PGCE (UNISA), MCom (UJ) # A (Andre) Kruger, MTech (UNISA) CL (Corlise) le Roux, MCom (UJ) # N (Niel) Oberholzer, MCom (UJ) R (Reinette) van Gaalen, MCom (UJ) Assistant Lecturers

N (Nompilo) Msibi, BComHons (UJ) T ITrisha) Rowjee, BComHons (UJ) Y (Yatish) Singh, BComHons (UJ)

Visiting Associate Professors C (Chia-Lin) Chang, PhD (National Chung Hsing University, Taiwan) J (Koos) Grobler, PhD (Rijksuniversiteit Leiden, Netherlands) Visiting Distinguished Research Associates A (Antonie) Kotze, PhD (Wits) C (Chad) Hunzinger, MSc (Wits) T (Tom) McWalter, PhD (Wits)

20

IMPORTANT CONTACT INFORMATION (FEES, BURSARIES, LOANS, STUDENT SERVICES, ACCOMMODATION)

FEES

CONSULT STUDENT FINANCES KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS 011 559 3277 011 559 5526

BURSARIES AND LOANS KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS (NSFAS) 011 559 3770/4483 011 559 5508/5507/5702

STUDENT SERVICES BUREAU KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS 011 559 3324/2394 011 559 5752

ACCOMMODATION KINGSWAY CAMPUS SOWETO CAMPUS 011 559 2863/2092 011 559 4477/5015

REQUIRED DOCUMENTS FOR ADMISSION / REGISTRATION At registration, prospective students who register for the first time at the University must submit, together with their registration documents, certified copies of the following: First year students

a) Only if requested: Identity Document or permanent residence permit b) Only if requested: Grade 12 certificate or equivalent qualification and/or statement of symbols;

and c) National Benchmark Test (NBT) results.

Transferring undergraduate students from other higher education institutions

a) Identity Document or permanent residence permit b) Grade 12 certificate or equivalent qualification and/or statement of symbols; c) academic record from the previous higher education institutions; d) certificate of conduct; and e) additional faculty programme requirements as determined by the Faculty Board.

First registration for advanced diploma, postgraduate diploma, honours, masters and doctoral applicants who completed their previous qualification at another higher education institution

a) Identity Document or permanent residence permit; b) diploma, degree, advance diploma, postgraduate diploma, honours or master’s certificate;

21

c) academic record; d) certificate of conduct; and e) additional faculty or programme requirements as determined by the Faculty Board.

International Applicants

• Undergraduate and postgraduate: a) passport; b) study permit; c) proof of SA Medical Insurance Cover; and d) proof of sufficient financial repatriation funds for the purpose of study and related fees.

• Undergraduates:

e) Universities of South Africa evaluation of the school leaving certificate. f ) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) certificate: English proficiency

test or proof of English passed at school-leaving level.

• Postgraduates: g) South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA) evaluation of previous qualification.

22

FEFS VISION AND MISSION

VISSION To be a faculty of academic distinction by internationally recognised standards, embracing the challenges of complexity and diversity of its African environment, in its endeavour to advance knowledge and skills in the fields of economics finance and accountancy.

MISSION Constructive engagement with its national and international academic community; Advancement of quality research through the implementation of innovative measures; Provision of first-class education through effective and innovative teaching and learning

strategies; Establishment of an academic/working environment, which produces high levels of motivation,

encourage scholarship and attract well-qualified staff; and Enhancement of the productive capacity of the country in the fields of economics, finance and

accountancy through relevant curricula and programmes that address skills shortages, transformational goals, alternative access and community needs.

UJ VALUES

VALUES:

Imagination Conversation Regeneration Ethical

foundation

Shaping the future Learning together from our diversity

Developing sustainability through creative contribution

Treasuring academic freedom

Thinking independently Making wise decision collectively

Introspecting for renewal

Seeking balance in the pursuit of knowledge

Developing a cosmopolitan identity

Engaging meaningfully with one another

Innovating for the common good

Facing challenges with courage and earning trust.

Exhibition, ambition and drive

Displaying mutual respect

Making positive change

Acting responsibly by being fair, consistent and transparent

Adopting entrepreneurial approaches

Leading consultatively Taking advantage of overlooked opportunities

Participating in and helping the community (Ubuntu)*

23

SECTION B: SPECIFIC REGULATIONS FOR THE FACULTY OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SCIENCES

SECTION B.1: KEY INFORMATION

EF.1 QUALIFICATIONS AWARDED

NEW NQF LEVEL 6 / OLD NQF LEVEL 6 Diploma NEW NQF LEVEL 7 / OLD /NQF LEVEL (na) Advanced Diploma NEW NQF LEVEL 7 / OLD NQF LEVEL 6 Baccalaureus Commercii (BCom)

including extended degrees NEW NQF LEVEL 7 / OLD NQF LEVEL 6 Bachelor of Commerce (BCom)

including extended degrees NEW NQF LEVEL 7 / OLD NQF LEVEL 6 Bachelor of Accounting (BAcc) NEW NQF LEVEL 8 / OLD NQF LEVEL (na) Postgraduate Diploma NEW NQF LEVEL 8 / OLD NQF LEVEL 7 Baccalaureus Commercii cum

Honoribus (BCom Hons) NEW NQF LEVEL 8 / OLD NQF LEVEL 7 Bachelor of Commerce Honours

(BCom Hons) NEW NQF LEVEL 9 / OLD NQF LEVEL 8 Master of Commerce (MCom) NEW NQF LEVEL 9 / OLD NQF LEVEL 8 Master of Philosophy (MPhil) NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 Doctor Commercii (DCom) NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 Doctor Philosophiae (PhD)

EF.2 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS The Faculty Regulations must be read together with the Academic Regulations of the University of Johannesburg. The academic regulations are available online at http://www.uj.ac.za/Informationabout/Governance/PoliciesCharters/tabid/8508/Default.aspx

EF.3 ADMISSION GENERAL INFORMATION Also refer to the Academic Regulations of the University of Johannesburg.

Prospective students must apply for admission to programmes no later than the determined closing dates. An annually determined non-refundable application fee is payable for paper applications. Online applications are free.

Admission is subject to selection in accordance with programme-specific admission requirements determined by the Faculty Board, as well as minimum requirements set for transfer students, approved by Senate and contained in the relevant Faculty Rules and Regulations.

Admission is also subject to:

a) the University’s Enrolment Management Plan approved by the Department of Higher Education and Training, Council, Senate and Faculty Boards;

b) quota determination of elective modules as approved;

c) professional regulatory requirements where programmes are regulated by external regulatory boards/councils;

d) requirements related to the student equity profile;

http://www.uj.ac.za/Informationabout/Governance/PoliciesCharters/tabid/8508/Default.aspx

24

e) senate approved selection, placement and admission tests; and

f) additional selection criteria as determined by the faculty each year.

GENERAL ADMISSION FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES

Admission requirements for study at the University may include one or more of the following:

a) scholastic achievements: APS (Admission Point Score) (National Senior Certificate (NSC) obtained in 2008 or after) or M-score (Senior Certificate (SC) obtained prior to 2008), or percentage (National Certificate Vocational (NC(V)) from 2007), language requirements and faculty and qualification/module requirements;

b) admission and placement tests as approved by Senate;

c) personal interviews;

d) portfolios of evidence;

e) Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL);

f) South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA) or Universities of South Africa certification of equivalents;

g) language proficiency tests ; and

h) The writing of the National Benchmark Tests (NBTs), prior to registration, is compulsory for all new first year students.

ADMISSION REQUIERMENTS FOR APPLICANTS WHO OBTAINED THE NATIONAL SENIOR CERTIFICATE (NSC) IN 2008 OR LATER

Prospective students currently in Grade 12 will be considered for admission to study at the University based on the final Grade 11 results. Any student who has been admitted on the Grade 11 results will have to satisfy the minimum admission requirements in Grade 12 for registration for the relevant qualification as laid down by the University and the Faculty.

Prospective students who comply with the minimum legal requirements for admission into a Diploma or a BCom degree or a Bachelor’s degree programme or the Bachelor of Accounting degree but who do not meet the additional faculty specific admission requirements for a particular diploma or degree programme (e.g. they have not met the minimum APS), may upon good cause shown and provided that there are space available be granted admission to such programme at the discretion of the Executive Dean.

If a student wishes to register for a module that resides in a faculty other than the faculty in which the programme is offered, then the student has to meet the specific admission requirements of the other faculty.

An (APS) expounded hereunder has been developed for the NSC based on the achievement rating for each subject. The APS is the sum of the achievement ratings for the seven school subjects, keeping in mind that the performance rating achieved for Life Orientation must be divided by 2.

If applicants completed more than the minimum number of subjects in their NSC the compulsory subjects and the best three remaining subjects will be used to calculate the total APS.

25

UJ admission point score table:

NATIONAL INTERNATIONAL

AP

S

NS

C

AC

HIE

VE

ME

NT

RA

TIN

G

SC

HG

(M

-SC

OR

E)

SC

SG

(M

-SC

OR

E)

IEB

HIG

CS

E/

NS

SC

(H

L)

IGC

SE

/

NS

SC

(O

L)

AS

LE

VE

LS

A L

EV

EL

S

IB (

HL

)

IB (

SL

)

10 A 7

9 B 6

8 C 5

7 7 (80-100%) A 7 1 A D 4 7

6 6 (70-79%) B A 6 2 B E 3 6

5 5 (60-69%) C B 5 3 A C 2 5

4 4 (50-59%) D C 4 4 B D 1 4

3 3 (40-49%) E D 3 C E 3

2 2 (30-39%) F E 2 D/E 2

1 1 (0-29%) G F 1 F/G 1

ABBREVIATIONS

NSC: National Senior Certificate (completed Grade 12 in and after 2008)

SC HG: Senior Certificate Higher Grade (completed Grade 12 before 2008)

SC SG: Senior Certificate Standard Grade (completed Grade 12 before 2008)

IEB: Independent Examination Board

HIGCSE: Higher International General Certificate of Secondary Education

NSSC(HL): Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (Higher Level)

IGCSE: International General Certificate of Secondary Education

NSSC(OL): Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (Ordinary Level)

AS: Advanced Subsidiary Level

A Level: Advanced Level

IB: International Baccalaureate Schools (Higher Levels)

IB: International Baccalaureate Schools (Standard Levels)

26

ADMISSION REQUIERMENTS FOR APPLICANTS WHO COMPLETED NATIONAL CERTIFICATE (VOCATIONAL) (NC(V)) – FROM 2007

Only applicable for Diploma and Extended Degree students. Refer to EF.10 and EF.21 for admission requirements.

ALTERNATIVE ADMISSIONS

Recognition of prior learning (RPL):

The University may, subject to Senate-approved special admission rules, admit students who do not comply with the minimum requirements on the grounds of RPL.

Access programmes:

Prospective students who do not meet the general minimum admission requirements may be placed in a Senate-approved access programme, having followed a Senate-approved placement procedure.

ADMISSION REQUIERMENTS FOR INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS AND APPLICANTS WHO COMPLETED THE SENIOR CERTIFICATE (SC)

Admission of international applicants is subject to the conditions set out in the Immigration Act 13 of 2002.

The success of an international application depends on the following:

a) confirmation of academic acceptance; and

b) obtaining of the necessary statutory documentation and state approval.

Only international applicants from non-English speaking countries are required to submit proof of English language proficiency, which may consist of:

a) the results of the internationally recognised International English Language Testing System (IELTS) test (with a score of six for undergraduate studies and a score of seven for postgraduate studies); or

b) English passed at school-leaving level (e.g. A-level or HICCSE with a C symbol minimum or NSSC Higher LEVEL with a 4 symbol minimum); or

c) the result of the English Language Programme (UJELP) module completion test; or

d) Meeting the faculty-specific language requirement, if the student completed the National Senior Certificate (NSC) in South Africa.

• M score points Admission Point Scores (APS) are awarded for the six best symbols (taking faculty- and programme-specific requirements into account) in the SC/Grade 12, HIGCSE, IGCSE, A-level, O-level, AS-level or the IB according to the scales in the table above. A maximum of six subjects will be used to calculate the M score APS. With a maximum M score of 30.

• Applicants who obtained the SC before 2008 will be considered for admission to study at the University in accordance with their final Grade 12 results.

• The minimum achievement rating as required for Life Orientation as stipulated in the minimum entrance requirements per qualification, will either be automatically added or subtracted (with the total APS being adapted accordingly) for applicants who obtained one of the school leaving certificates as mentioned above.

27

RIGHT OF ADMISSION

The Vice-Chancellor and the Council of the University determine the admission of a student to the University. Applicants who have applied for admission and satisfy the minimum rules of access, but who have been refused, may request written reasons for such refusal from the Executive Dean.

The University of Johannesburg and its faculties have the right to change the admission requirements of a specific field of study.

EF.4 REGISTRATION

1. Student submits themselves to the rules and regulations of the University and undertake to pay the prescribed fees by signing the official registration form and the formal agreement with the University.

2. Students may not register simultaneously for two programmes at the University or for a programme or module at another university concurrently with their registration at the University without prior written consent of the executive deans of the relevant faculties and the relevant authority of the other university.

3. Students may not register for more than the prescribed number of modules per academic year/semester as:

a) approved by Faculty Board and Senate; b) reflected in the Faculty rules and regulations and curriculum; and c) specified per year level.

The Executive Dean of the faculty may approve a maximum of two additional semester modules or one year module per academic year.

4. Students must inform the University of any changes in their names, surname and other personal details.

5. Students will only be permitted to register for the higher level of a module or qualification if they have passed the prerequisite module(s) of a module or the prerequisite qualification for another qualification.

6. Financial liability upon total cancellation of studies or cancellation of certain modules:

The rebate on residence fees upon cancellation is calculated according to a sliding scale based on the actual days in residence.

7. Students who cancel their registration are not entitled to reimbursement of the registration fee and remain liable for the tuition fee in accordance with the Student Fees Policy of which the following rules are applicable: a) Total cancellation of studies

- On or before 15 February:

Total remission of tuition fees with the exception of the registration fee and ICT levy.

- After 15 February:

Rebate is calculated as mentioned in 7 (b).

28

b) Cancellation of modules First semester modules:

- Cancellation on or before 15 February: No fees payable. - Cancellation on or before the last day of March: 50% credit is granted. - Cancellation after the last day of March: No credit.

Second semester modules:

- Cancellation on or before the lay day of July: No fees payable. - Cancellation after the last day of July: No credit is granted.

Year modules:

- Cancellation on or before 15 February: No fees payable. - Cancellation on or before the last day of March: 75% credit is granted. - Cancellation on or before the last day of July: 50% credit is granted. - Cancellation after the last day of July: No credit is granted.

8. Cancellation of studies in a semester module(s) or year module(s) within the 21-day period

before the beginning of the last assessment opportunities (examinations) will be regarded as absence from the examination/assessment opportunity.

EF.5 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUATION OF DIPLOMA AND DEGREE STUDIES

First year of study:

For continuation of studies a student should pass the equivalent of at least 60% of the semester modules during the first year of study.

Second year of study:

For re-admission to the next year of studies a student should pass the equivalent of at least 12 semester modules or 40% of enrolled modules (which ever the highest) during the second year of study.

Third year of study:

In order to qualify to graduate a student has to pass all prescribed modules of a particular curriculum.

NOTES:

(i) Requirements for continuation of Extended Degree studies refer to EF.23

(ii) Degree/Diploma and/or module changes must be made within 10 (working) days after the beginning of the following semester.

29

EF.6 PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS FOR DIPLOMA AND DEGREE STUDIES

1. A student in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences who has diploma endorsement but does not meet the Faculty-specific diploma entry requirements may obtain access to diploma studies through the Programme in Commercial Accounting and must complete all prescribed modules of the latter programme within the first year of registration.

2. A student in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences who has obtained access to degree studies through the extended programme must complete all foundation modules within the first two years of study. A student, with any foundation module outstanding, will not be allowed to enrol for any of the regular degree modules that are offered at second year level.

3. A student in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences shall be allowed to register for the second year of a regular programme if he/she passes at least 60% of the first year modules. At least two of these modules must be in the same study field (e.g. Semester 1 & 2 in the same subject).

4. To be admitted to any module in the second or third academic year of study, and progress to the following year of study, students must have passed at least 60% of the modules in the previous year of study. The responsibility rest upon the student to ensure that he/she register for any outstanding modules before registering for new modules in a particular programme.

5. A student who has not been promoted to the following year of study for any two years of study will not be permitted to continue with that programme and will be academically excluded except with the special permission of the Executive Dean. The Executive Dean may stipulate conditions for a student to continue with her/his studies.

6. A student who has failed a module twice will not be allowed to continue her/his studies in the same module at the UJ except with the permission of the Executive Dean on recommendation of the relevant Head of Department after consultation with the lecturer, or on recommendation of the Faculty’s Assessment Committee.

7. A student who is registered for a three- or four- year programme and fails to complete the programme within a further period of two years will only be allowed to continue with the programme if granted special permission by the Executive Dean on recommendation of the relevant Head of Department or the faculty’s Assessment Committee.

8. If a student has been granted special permission to continue with studies following regulations 5 to 7 above, the Executive Dean may refuse continuation of studies if her/his work in the first semester is unsatisfactory. A student may also be refused further admission if he/she continues to perform unsatisfactorily at the end of the relevant academic year and will be academically excluded.

9. The formal time during which a student was registered for a particular programme at another higher education institution and her/his results at such institution may be considered in applying regulations 3 to 7.

10. Attendance of lectures or (where applicable) participation in other learning activities (e.g. Assignment submission and tutorial attendance) is taken into consideration when determining whether progress in a student’s studies is satisfactory or not and also when decisions are made regarding the academic exclusion of students.

11. Students retain credit for exemption and/or renewal of registration purposes for a module passed for a period not exceeding seven years, provided that there are no material changes to the curriculum content in this period and provided further that there has been no change in the statutory body regulation the relevant qualification. This retention is also subject to the programme-specific requirements contained in the Faculty Rules and Regulations.

30

Exceptions may be allowed by the Executive Dean in consultation with the Head of Department.

NOTE:

(i) If a student has two semester modules outstanding for the completion of an undergraduate degree or diploma in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences, then in exceptional circumstances the Executive Dean may grant permission for the student to complete those modules at another traditional University or University of Technology, provided that the corresponding modules at the other university are recognised by the relevant department at the University of Johannesburg. If permission is granted, it would be effective for one year, and the student would be required to register at both the University of Johannesburg and the other traditional University or University of Technology. This permission is at the discretion of the Executive Dean and other conditions/requirements may also apply.

EF.7 LAST ASSESSMENT AND PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MODULES

1. A minimum final period/semester/year mark of 40% is required for undergraduate (diploma, degree and advanced diploma), postgraduate diploma, honours and coursework master’s students to gain access to the last assessment opportunity (exam). Each assessment opportunity carries a predetermined weight in accordance with the module outcomes. The uniqueness of the subject is taken into account in determining the weighting. This predetermined weighting will be communicated to students.

2. When a traditional examination is used as a last assessment opportunity (exam), a minimum final period/semester or year mark of 40%, submission of a minimum of 80% of all assignments (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide) and attendance of a minimum of 80% of tutorial classes (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide) is required for undergraduate, postgraduate diplomas, honours and coursework master’s students to gain access to the last assessment opportunity (exam). Each assessment opportunity carries a predetermined weight in accordance with the module outcomes. The uniqueness of the subject is taken into account in determining the weighting. This predetermined weighting will be communicated to students.

3. The final period/semester/year mark and the mark of the last assessment opportunity (exam) constitute 50% each towards the calculation of the final mark. Any deviation from this must be approved by the Faculty Board and will be communicated to the students in the relevant study guides.

4. A sub-minimum of 40% for the last assessment opportunity examination (EM) and a final mark (FM) of 50% is required to pass a module.

5. A student passes a module with distinction if the final mark (FM) is 75% or more.

6. The scheduling of the last assessment opportunities (exam) occurs according to the fixed timetable for last assessment opportunities (exam). The onus is on the student to complete the last assessment (exam) on the date, at the time and in the venue specified.

7. Requests for the explanation of the award of final marks and/or result codes must be made within 10 (working) days after the beginning of the following semester.as reflected in the University’s Academic Regulations.

31

SEMESTER MODULE(S)

A semester module is a module that extends over one semester (approximately 14 academic weeks) as reflected in the academic calendar of a particular year as approved by Senate. COUPLET MODULE(S)

“Couplet module” is a first-semester module followed by the second-semester module where the content of the second-semester module is dependent on the content of the first-semester module, subject to a minimum of 40% obtained for the first-semester module to progress to the second-semester module. Couplet modules is two modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (EM) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary assessment or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.

SEMESTER MODULE SPREAD OVER A YEAR A semester module spread over a year is equivalent to half the credits of a year module, but is presented over a year. For a semester module spread over a year a minimum half year mark of 40% is required (in June) in order to continue with the module in the second semester. If a student does not meet this minimum requirement then his/her registration for that module will automatically be cancelled for the second semester. In order to gain access to the last assessment opportunity (exam) the following requirements must be met: a final period/semester/year mark of 40%, submission of a minimum of 80% of all assignments (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide) and attendance of a minimum of 80% of tutorial classes (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide). YEAR MODULE(S) Year module is a module that extends over two semesters (approximately 28 academic weeks) as reflected in the academic calendar of a particular calendar year as approved by Senate. For a year module a minimum half year mark of 40% is required (in June) in order to continue with the module in the second semester. If a student does not meet this minimum requirement then his/her registration for that module will automatically be cancelled for the second semester. In order to gain access to the last assessment opportunity (exam) the following requirements must be met: a final period/semester/year mark of 40%, submission of a minimum of 80% of all assignments (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide) and attendance of a minimum of 80% of tutorial classes (where applicable and indicated in the learning guide).

APPEALS

1. After the final mark (FM) for a module is made known, students:

a) who failed the module with a final mark of at least 45%, or b) whose last assessment opportunity (exam) mark is at least 15% lower than their final

period/semester/year mark; or

32

c) who passed a module without distinction, but whose final period/semester/year mark or last assessment opportunity (exam) mark was a distinction mark, may apply to the lecturer who awarded marks in the final period/semester/year mark or last assessment opportunity (exam) for an explanation of the final mark obtained.

2. Requests for the explanation of the award of final marks in the final period/semester/year

mark or last assessment opportunity as indicated in 1. above must be made within 10 days of the new semester. No assessment material (for example answer scripts or portfolios) or copies of it may be provided to students after such explanatory discussion if such material would not otherwise have been returned to them.

3. If, after the explanation has been provided as described in 2. above, students are still

dissatisfied with the award of marks, they may appeal to the Executive Dean. Executive deans may, at their own discretion decide to appoint an external arbiter to re-assess the final and/or last assessment opportunity’s answer script of the student. A fee, as determined by the University, is payable for the assessment by arbitration. The decision of the Executive Dean is final.

4. The fee is refunded if the arbiter alters results from a fail to a pass or from a pass without

distinction to a pass with distinction. In all other cases the fee is forfeited to the University. SPECIAL ASSESSMENT OPPORTUNITIES

1. Special assessment opportunities are considered by the faculty in which the

programme/qualification resides, for students who, in the event of illness, for compassionate reasons, on religious grounds or for similar legitimate reasons, were prevented from attending an assessment opportunity. Students may be granted a special assessment opportunity if they apply for it within seven calendar days after the original date of the relevant assessment opportunity. The Executive Dean or the Vice Dean, in consultation with the relevant head of department, considers all applications and decides whether or not to grant the special assessment opportunity.

Valid reasons include the following:

acceptable medical certificates; or

prior application (with confirmation from the Sports Bureau or Cultural Office) for participating in provincial, national or international sports or cultural events; or

Compassionate reasons such as the death or serious illness of a close family member or friend (documentary evidence is required and must be submitted); or

prior application in respect of assessments conducted on dates and times that clash with religious obligations as certified by the responsible authorities of the religion indicated on the particular student’s registration form for that particular year; or

other excuses deemed acceptable by the Executive Dean in consultation with the Head of Department.

2. The Assessment Committee or a senior administrative officer of a faculty in which the

qualification resides may grant a student a supplementary last assessment opportunity (exam) if the student requires not more than the equivalent of two semester modules or one year module for the completion of the relevant qualification, provided that the student:

a) was registered for the relevant module in the current academic year; and b) was admitted to, and participated in the last assessment opportunity (exam) in the

relevant module; and c) has complied with all the experiential or practical requirements prescribed for the

qualification (where applicable); and d) was not granted a supplementary last assessment opportunity (exam) in the relevant

module during the current academic year; and

33

e) fulfilled the requirements of attendance.

The Executive Dean of the faculty in which the qualification resides may, in exceptional circumstances and in consultation with the Executive Dean of the faculty in which the particular modules reside, waive one or more of the conditions specified in (c) to (e).

3. The scheduling of special assessment opportunities occurs according to the fixed timetable

for special assessment opportunities. The onus is on the student to complete the special assessment on the date, at the time and in the venue specified.

4. No capping of a final mark is applicable in the case of a special assessment opportunity.

SUPPLEMENTARY ASSESSMENT(S) OPPORTUNITIES

1. Supplementary assessment opportunities are automatically granted to a student for those

modules:

where the final mark ranges from 45% to 49% and the student had attempted the last assessment opportunity (exam) for the module; or

where the final period/semester/year mark is at least 60% but the student failed the module having attempted the assessment opportunity for the module;

where a student is a final year student and the module concerned is a first semester module and the module is a prerequisite for a module in the second semester of the particular programme, and the student obtained a final mark of at least 40% in the module concerned.

2. Supplementary assessment opportunity for advanced diplomas, postgraduate diplomas,

honours and master’s coursework modules is granted by the programme manager, in consultation with the Head of Department and the assessors.

3. The scheduling of supplementary assessment opportunities occurs according to the fixed

timetable for supplementary assessment opportunities. The onus is on the student to complete the supplementary assessment on the date, at the time and in the venue specified.

4. The supplementary assessment opportunity is based on all the outcomes of the specific

module and the duration must be the same as that of the last assessment opportunity except in the case of an oral assessment.

5. When a supplementary assessment is written the final period/semester/year mark is taken

into account when calculating the final mark for the module. Any deviation from this must be approved by the Faculty Board.

6. When a supplementary assessment is written, the final mark is capped at 50%.

7. Students are personally responsible for ascertaining whether they qualify for a

supplementary assessment opportunity and for acquainting themselves with the details of the timetable and venue.

34

EXPLANATION OF GLOBAL RESULT CODES

After completion of the last assessment opportunity (exam) session, students will receive a global result code regarding the overall performance for the semester/year. The following table explains the result codes given to students after the last assessment (exams).

CODE DESCRIPTION

P8

DEGREE/DIP/CERT WITH DISTINCTION

Congratulations! Obtained degree/diploma certificate with DISTINCTION. The graduation ceremony will take place during [date to be determined]. Information regarding the ceremony will be communicated to you during [date to be determined].

P7

OBTAINED DEGREE/DIP/CERT

Congratulations! Obtained degree/diploma certificate. The graduation ceremony will take place during [date to be determined]. Information regarding the graduation ceremony will be communicated to you during [date to be determined].

P6

DEGREE/DIPL/CERT COND SSA EXAMS

The completion of your degree/diploma/certificate depends on the result/s of you supp/special assessment/s.

P5 CONTINUE STUDIES

You may continue with the rest of your modules.

P4

PROMOTED

Congratulations! You have been promoted to enrol for modules on the next year of your qualification.

E1

PROCEED: PASS ALL MODULES NOV (UNDERGRADUATE)

Warning - Proceed on condition that all modules must be passed during November. Failing to comply may lead to academic exclusion from FEFS.

E2

PROCEED: PASS ALL MODULES JUNE (UNDERGRADUATE)

Warning - Proceed on condition that all modules must be passed during June. Failing to comply may lead to academic exclusion from FEFS.

E4

PROCEED: PASS ALL MODULES NOV (POSTGRADUATE)

Warning - Proceed on condition that all modules must be passed during November. Failing to comply may lead to academic exclusion from FEFS.

E5

PROCEED: PASS ALL MODULES JUNE (POSTGRADUATE)

Warning - Proceed on condition that all modules must be passed during June. Failing to comply may lead to academic exclusion from FEFS.

E6

UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS MINOR DISSERTATION/ DISSERTATION/THESIS

Warning due to unsatisfactory progress in limited scope/minor diss/diss/thesis. Failure to progress may lead to academic exclusion from FEFS.

E7

MINOR DISSERTAION/DISSERTATION/THESIS NOT COMPLETE IN TIME

Warning due to not completing your limited scope/minor diss/diss/thesis within the prescribe time. Failure to progress may lead to academic exclusion from FEFS.

ND PROPOSAL NOT YET APPROVED

Proposal for dissertation/thesis has not yet been approved.

35

CODE DESCRIPTION

XA EXTENSION OF STUDIES APPROVED

Your application for extension of your studies in FEFS has been approved.

FT

RESULTS NOT FINALIZED

Your global result code depends on the outcome of your supp/special assessment result.

2F

RE-ADMIN REFUSED, REFFERED TO DIPLOMA/ALTERNATIVE PROGRAMME

Re-admission to degree studies refused due to inadequate performance. You can apply for a Diploma programme provided there is space available.

F7

NO RE-ADMISSION SEMESTER 1 (UNDERGRADUATE)

You have been academically excluded from FEFS due to inadequate academic performance in semester 2. You can lodge an appeal for re-admission on the Faculty website or at A-Ring 2, APK.

7F

NO RE-ADMISSION SEMESTER 1 (POSTGRADUATE)


BF

NO RE-ADMISSION SEMESTER 2 (UNDERGRADUATE)


DF

NO RE-ADMISSION SEMESTER 2 (POSTGRADUATE)


1F

APPEAL SUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 1 (UNDERGRADUATE)

Your appeal for continued study for semester 1 has been successful. You may continue your studies subject to conditions set out in the agreement signed by yourself and the Faculty.

6F

APPEAL SUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 1 (POSTGRADUATE)


4F

APPEAL SUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 2 (UNDERGRADUATE)


9F

APPEAL SUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 2 (POSTGRADUATE)


3F

APPEAL UNSUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 1 (UNDERGRADUATE)

Your appeal for continued study in FEFS has been unsuccessful. You are still academically excluded from FEFS and will not be allowed to continue your studies. No further appeals will be accepted.

36

CODE DESCRIPTION

8F

APPEAL UNSUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 1 (POSTGRADUATE)


5F

APPEAL UNSUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 2 (UNDERGRADUATE)


0F

APPEAL UNSUCCESSFUL SEMESTER 2 (POSTGRADUATE)


CALCULATION OF FINAL MARK The calculation criteria for undergraduate and postgraduate modules are as follows unless stated otherwise: A student needs a final period/semester/year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity. The semester and last assessment mark weight is 50:50. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the final period/semester/year mark contributes to the final mark, and the latter is capped at 50%. When a special assessment is written, the final period/semester/year mark contributes to the final mark and the latter is not capped at 50%. NOTE: The following modules deviate from the 50:50 mark/weighting rule above:

A. Year modules in the Foundation Year (Extended Degrees)

APS3000 or APS0X00

LES3000 or LES0X00

A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity in November. The year and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark, and the latter is capped at 50%. B. Year modules in the BCom (Accounting) degree

REK3AB0

GAC3AB0

A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity in November. The year and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark, and the latter is capped at 50%.

37

C. Year modules in the BCom (Finance) degree

REK3AB0


D. Year modules in the Bachelor of Accounting degree

ACC100

COM100

INL100

ECO100

ACC200

FMA200

TAX2AB0

ACC300

AUD300

FMA300

TAX300


E. Year modules in the Advanced Diploma in Accountancy

ADIA001

ADIA002

ADIA003


F. Year modules in the BCom Hons (Accounting with specialisation in Chartered

Accountancy) degree

REK01X7

REK02X7

REK03X7

REK04X7

A student does not need a specific year mark to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity. The year mark and last assessment mark weight is 40:60. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. All four modules must be passed in the same assessment session. When a supplementary

38

assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark and the latter is capped at 50%.

G. Year modules in the BCom Hons (Financial Management) degree

FNB14X7

FNB15X7

FNB18X7

A student needs a cumulative year mark of 40% to gain entrance to the last assessment opportunity. The year and last assessment mark weight is 60:40. A student needs a last assessment opportunity (exam) mark of at least 40% and a final mark of 50% to pass a module. When a supplementary assessment is written, the year mark contributes to the final mark and the latter is capped at 50%.

EF.8 REQUIREMENTS FOR AWARDING OR CONFERRING A QUALIFICATION WITH DISTINCTION.

1. A student obtains a qualification with distinction if:

A. Duration:

(i) Students must complete an undergraduate programme (diploma, degree or

advanced diploma) in the minimum period of study specified for the programme, unless the Executive Dean has approved a longer period of study for legitimate reasons.

(ii) Students must complete a postgraduate diploma or an honours qualification within one year if registered full-time and within two years if registered part-time.

(iii) Students must complete a master’s qualification within two years full-time or three years part-time.

B. Average final mark for the qualification:

(i) Students must achieve a weighted and/or proportional calculated average final mark for an undergraduate qualification of at least 75% as determined by the Faculty Board, approved by Senate and contained in the Faculty Rules and Regulations.

(ii) Students must achieve an average final mark for a postgraduate diploma or an honours qualification of at least 75% calculated by weighting the final marks for all the modules comprising the qualification in accordance with the credit values allocated to the modules.

(iii) Students for a master’s qualification by dissertation must achieve a final mark of at least 75% for the dissertation.

(iv) Students for a master’s qualification by coursework must achieve an average final mark for the qualification of at least 75% calculated by weighting the average final marks for all the coursework modules and the final mark for the limited scope/minor dissertation in accordance with the credit values allocated to all the coursework modules and the limited scope/minor dissertation respectively (for example, if the credit value of the minor dissertation represents 40% of the total credit value of the qualification, the average final mark for the qualification will be weighted in the proportion of 40 for the minor dissertation and 60 for all the coursework modules).

(v) Decimal marks may be rounded upwards or downwards in accordance with the decision taken by the Faculty Assessment Committee concerned.

39

NOTES:

(i) A student must never have failed a module as a first attempt in the relevant programme.

(ii) A student must have obtained a minimum mark of 65% in every prescribed module and, in the case of a master’s qualification by coursework, in the limited scope/minor dissertation as well.

(iii) Students for an advanced diploma, postgraduate diploma or an honours qualification must have been registered for the full curriculum as prescribed for each academic year on a full-time or part-time basis, as the case may be.

(iv) Students for a master’s qualification must have been registered for the full curriculum as prescribed for each academic year on a full-time or part-time basis, as the case may be.

(v) If students are transferred from another Higher Education Institution in the same qualification to UJ the same requirements as stated shall apply, subject to the necessary changes having been made.

(vi) If students change programmes within the UJ only the modules related to the new programme will be taken into consideration in calculating whether the qualification is obtained with distinction.

2. When determining the weighted average mark the weighing for equivalent semester

modules are as follows:

A first-year module 1

A second-year module 2

A third-year module 3

3. The weight is linked to a module and year level and is independent of the year of study.

EF.9 APPEALS AGAINST ACADEMIC EXCLUSION (F7 AND 7F)

1. Students may lodge an appeal against their academic exclusion (i.e. receiving an F7 or 7F global result code) at the specific faculty where the student is registered. Faculty-specific arrangements will be made and dates published by the Faculty concerned,

2. Applicants who want to appeal must follow the prescribed administrative procedure by submitting their motivation and supporting documents as well as other substantiating documents to the relevant dean’s office according to faculty guidelines and procedures in accordance with UJ policies.

3. The Faculty Appeals committee will consider appeals and may refuse or allow re-admission.

4. The student will be notified in writing of the outcome of the appeal. 5. The decision of the Faculty Appeals Committee is final. 6. Students who transfer to another faculty retain their academic record related to their

previous registration for any other programme/s.

40

SECTION B.2: FIELDS OF STUDY DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE SOWETO CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY):

Accountancy Financial Services Operations

EF.10 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES

1. National Senior Certificate (NSC) – 2008 and after

The minimum admission requirement for a diploma programme is a National Senior Certificate (NSC) with a minimum of 30% in the language of learning and teaching of the higher education institution as certified by Umalusi, with an achievement rating of 3 or better in four recognised NSC 20-credit subjects. (Government Notice, No. 751, 11 July 2008)

The following are specific minimum admission requirements in respect of diploma studies in the Faculty.

APS GROUP A SUBJECTS GROUP B SUBJECTS

% RATING Languages OR Life

Orientation Subject

1 Subject

2 Subject

3

80 - 100 7

Language of teaching

and learning - English

Other recognised Language**

Mathematics Mathematical

Literacy

70 - 79 6

60 - 69 5

50 - 59 4

40 - 49 3

30 - 39 2

0 - 29 1

MINIMUM

22 with Mathematics

OR

24 with Mathematical

Literacy

3 2 3 5 3*** 3* 3* 2*

* If a rating of 3 or more is obtained for the Other Recognised Language, then a rating of 3 or more is required for only one subject from group B, provided that the National Senior Certificate 4x3 diploma requirements are met.

** The performance rating for another subject taken instead of Other Recognised Language is the same as indicated for the Other Recognised Language.

*** The rating for Life Orientation is divided by 2 when calculating the APS.

Note 1: Meting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not

necessarily guarantee admission to that programme. Specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan.

Note 2: It is compulsory for applicants to have completed the NBT prior to registration.

41

2. Senior Certificate (SC) – Prior 2008

Admission requirements for candidates who completed the Senior Certificate.

An FETC, Senior Certificate, or equivalent qualification at NQF level 4 as determined by the Faculty Board and:

English with a higher grade D or standard grade C symbol; and

Mathematics with at least a higher grade E or standard grade C symbol; or

Accounting with at least a higher grade D or a standard grade C symbol

M-score of 10

3. National Certificate (Vocational) NC(V) – From 2007

Admission requirements for candidates who completed the National Certificate (Vocational).

SUBJECTS

STATUTORY MINIMUM

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS IN ADDITION TO

THE NC(V)

FEFS MINIMUM ADMISSION

REQUIREMENTS IN ADDITION TO

THE NC(V)

FUNDAMENTAL COMPONENT

3 subjects form Group A of the

approved subject list

Language of Learning and Teaching

(English/Afrikaans) 50% 60%

Mathematics or 50% 60%

Mathematical Literacy 50% 70%

Life Orientation 50% 50%

VOCATIONAL COMPONENT

4 subjects for Group A of the approved

subject list

1 or more subjects may be specified for

FEFS

60% in `3 compulsory

vocational subjects

60% in 3 compulsory

vocational subjects

Note 1: Meting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not



4. Selection criteria

Selection is based on academic merit and the availability of places and hence may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements.

42

EF.11 DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTANCY (D3A15Q) Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 368 PURPOSE The purpose of this diploma is to provide accountancy knowledge and skills to ensure competence in performing reporting functions, rendering taxation services and management advisory services on an accounting technician level, and to convert this embedded knowledge practically into an accounting software programme. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER

MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Cost and Financial Management 1A

CFM11A1 12

Cost and Financial Management 1B

CFM11B1 12

Economics 1A ECO11A1 12 Economics 1B ECO11B1 12

End User Computing 1A*&**

OR

Introduction to Business Management 1B*

EUC01A1*&**

IBM01B1*

12

End User Computing 1A*&**

OR

Introduction to Business Management 1B*

EUC01A1*&**

IBM01B1*

12

Financial Accounting 1A

FAC11A1 12 Financial Accounting 1B

FAC11B1 12

Mathematics for Finance and Business 1A

MATDCA1 12 Mathematics for Finance and Business 1B

MATDCB1 12

* Due to logistical constraints (of computer labs) and the size of classes, End User Computing 1A and Introduction to Business Management 1B will be offered in both semesters to cater for the large group size.

** The Faculty of Management allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for End User Computing 1A (EUC01A1 (new code).On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise needed for EUC01A1 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.

If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both EUC01A1 (the academic module) as well as for the RPL exam (EUC01AR). On passing the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will be granted a credit for EUC01A1. If a student fails the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will remain registered for EUC01A1. No exam fee is attached to the RPL exam (EUC01AR). If a student passes the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will still have to

pay the full amount for the module EUC01A1 but the student will be exempted from the module EUC01A1. Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (EUC01AR) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.

43

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Auditing and Internal Control 2A

AIC22A2 12 Auditing and Internal Control 2B

AIC22B2 12

Communication 1 Module 1

COS1AA1 12 Active Citizenship 1A

ACS1AA1 12

Business Law 1A BUL41A1 12 Business Law 1B BUL41B1 12


CFM22A2 12 Cost and Financial Management 2B

CFM22B2 12



FAC22B2 12

THIRD YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Auditing and Internal Control 3A

AIC33A3 16 Auditing and Internal Control 3B

AIC33B3 16


CFM33A3 16 Cost and Financial Management 3B

CFM33B3 16



FAC33B3 16

Taxation 3A TAX33A3 16 Taxation 3B TAX33B3 16

EF.12 DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATION (D3F15Q) Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 368 PURPOSE The purpose of the Diploma in Financial Services Operations is to develop the student’s knowledge in the area of financial services and its operations. The programme is comprised of a focused curriculum to prepare the student for a career in the financial services industry. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to synthesise financial services operations principles in a professional manner. Fundamental knowledge of global financial services relevant to the financial services industry will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s world of the professional financial services operations industry. The programme emphasises competence,

44

integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a global and South African financial market perspective and an in-depth understanding of the environment which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Mathematics for Finance and Business 1A

MATDCA1 12

Mathematics for

Finance and

Business 1B MATDCB1 12

Financial Accounting 1A FAC11A1 12

Financial

Accounting 1B FAC11B1 12

End User

Computing 1A* EUC01A1* 12

Introduction to Business Management 1B

IBM01B1 12


Fundamentals of Financial Services 1A

FFS11A1 12 Cost and Financial

Management 1B CFM11B1 12

* The Faculty of Management allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for End User Computing 1A (EUC01A1 (new code). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise needed for EUC01A1 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.

If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both EUC01A1 (the academic module) as well as for the RPL exam (EUC01AR). On passing the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will be granted a credit for EUC01A1. If a student fails the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will remain registered for EUC01A1. No exam fee is attached to the RPL exam (EUC01AR). If a student passes the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will still have to pay the full amount for the module EUC01A1 but the student will be exempted from the module EUC01A1. Also

note that a fail on the RPL exam (EUC01AR) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Financial

Accounting 2A FAC22A2 12 Financial


Risk in Financial

Services 2A RFS22A2 12 Risk in Financial

Services 2B RFS22B2 12

45

Communication 1

Module 1 COS1AA1 12 Active Citizenship

1A ACS1AA1 12

Banking

Operations 2A BOP22A2 12 Banking

Operations 2B BOP22B2 12

Financial Services

Operations 2A FSO22A2 12 Financial Services

Operations 2B FSO22B2 12

THIRD YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Financial

Accounting 3A FAC33A3 16 Financial


Financial Market

Regulatory

Environment 3A FMR33A3 16

Financial Market

Regulatory

Environment 3B FMR33B3 16

Financial Services

Operations 3A FSO33A3 16 Financial Services

Operations 3B FSO33B3 16

Financial Services Preparations 3A FSP33A3 16

Financial Planning

Operations 3B FPO33B3 16

46

EF.13 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR DIPLOMAS

MODULE CODE

DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE

ACS1AA1 or ACS11A1

ACTIVE CITIZENSHIP 1A

AIC22A2 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 2A

AIC22B2 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 2B

AIC33A3 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 3A AIC22A2, AIC22B2

AIC33B3 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 3B AIC22A2, AIC22B2

BOP22A2 BANKING OPERATIONS 2A

BOP22B2 BANKING OPERATIONS 2B BOP22A2

BUL41A1 BUSINESS LAW 1A

BUL41B1 BUSINESS LAW 1B

CFM11A1 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1A

CFM11B1 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1B

CFM22A2 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A CFM11B1

CFM22B2 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2B CFM11A1

CFM33A3 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3A CFM22B2

CFM33B3 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B CFM22B2

COS1AA1 or COS1A11

COMMUNICATION 1 MODULE 1

ECO11A1 ECONOMICS 1A

ECO11B1 ECONOMICS 1B

EUC01A1 or EUC11A1

END USER COMPUTING 1A

FAC11A1 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1A

FAC11B1 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1B FAC11A1 – 40%

FAC22A2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2A FAC11A1, FAC11B1

FAC22B2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2B FAC11A1, FAC11B1, FAC22A2 – 40%

FAC33A3 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3A FAC22A2, FAC22B2

FAC33B3 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3B FAC22A2, FAC22B2, FAC33A3 – 40%

FMR33A3 FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 3A

FMR33B3 FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 3B

47

MODULE CODE


FPO33B3 FINANCIAL PLANNING OPERATIONS 3B

FSO22A2 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 2A

FSO22B2 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 2B FSO22A2 – 40%

FSO33A3 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 3A FS022B2

FSO33B3 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 3B

FSP33A3 FINANCIAL SERVICES PREPARATIONS 3A

FFS11A1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL SERVICES 1A

IBM01B1 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1B1

MATDCA1 MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS 1A

MATDCB1 MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS 1B

MATDCA1

RFS22A2 RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES 2A

RFS22B2 RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES 2B RFS22A2

TAX33A3 TAXATION 3A FAC11A1, FAC11B1

TAX33B3 TAXATION 3B FAC11A1, FAC11B1

48

EF. 14 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR DIPLOMAS IN OTHER FACULTIES

MODULE CODE


AAS11A1 APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS 1A

AAS11B1 APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS 1B

BCC11A1 CREDIT CONTROL 1A

BCC11B1 CREDIT CONTROL 1B

BFB22A2 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A

BFB33B3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B BFB22A2

BKM11A1 or CAE01A1

COSTING AND ESTIMATING 1A

BKM11B1 or CAE01B1

COSTING AND ESTIMATING 1B

CCZ1-1 COST ACCOUNTING 1(1)

CCZ2-2 COST ACCOUNTING 2A CCZ1-1

FPP11A1 or FPO0AA1

FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN PRODUCTION 1A

FPP11B1 or FPO0BB1

FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN PRODUCTION 1B

49

ADVANCED DIPLOMAS THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY)

Accountancy Economics Financial Management Financial Markets Property Valuation and Management

CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS

31 October annually for study in the following year. 31 August annually for international students.

Application forms and information are obtainable from the relevant department. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the relevant department.

EF.15 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTANCY (ADIA01) Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The entry requirements for the Advanced Diploma in Accountancy are a Diploma or National Diploma with Financial Accounting, Auditing or Internal Auditing and Taxation at a 3rd year level and Grade 12 Mathematics with minimum APS score of 4. Students with an APS score below 4 for Mathematics or with Grade 12 Mathematic Literacy will only be considered after completion of the Mathematics for Diploma students module offered by the Faculty of Science at the University of Johannesburg to all second and third year Diploma students interested in pursuing further studies at the University of Johannesburg. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advanced Diploma is to prepare the student for further learning in the fields of Accounting, Auditing and Taxation. The programme will also prepare the student for the job market by enabling a student to apply integrated knowledge and advanced conceptual thinking skills to complex problems in Accounting, Auditing and Taxation. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME

YEAR MODULES

MODULE NAME MODULE CODE NEW NQF CREDITS

Accounting ADIA001 30

Taxation ADIA002 30

Auditing ADIA003 30

50

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Mathematics ADIA004 15 Business Ethics and Citizenship ADIA005 15

EF.16 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS (ADIE01) Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The entry requirements for the Advance Diploma in Economies are a Diploma, National Diploma or

BTech with Economics as a major up to 3rd year level (with an average of 55% for Economics 3

AND an overall average of 55% for the relevant qualification AND a minimum APS score of 4 for

Mathematics). Students with an APS score below 4 for Mathematics or with Grade 12 Mathematic

Literacy will only be considered after successful completion of the Mathematics for Diploma

students module offered by the Faculty of Science to all second and third year National Diploma

students interested in pursuing further studies at the University of Johannesburg.

PURPOSE The purpose of the Advance Diploma is to broaden and deepen the knowledge, understanding,

insight and skills with the aim of further learning in Economics. The programme is designed to

prepare the student for the job market by providing them with the tools for the correct interpretation

and understanding of the economy on a microeconomic and macroeconomic level, within a

framework of the business environment.

CURRICULUM


SEMESTER MODLES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Microeconomics ADIE001 30 Macroeconomics ADIE003 30

Mathematical Economics ADIE002 30

Macroeconomic

Research ADIE004 30

51

EF.17 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (ADFM01) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The entry requirements for the Advanced Diploma in Financial Management are a Diploma or National Diploma with Financial Accounting and Management Accounting at a 3rd year level and Grade 12 Mathematics with minimum APS score of 4. Students with an APS score below 4 for Mathematics or with Grade 12 Mathematic Literacy will only be considered after completion of the Mathematics for Diploma students module offered by the Faculty of Science at the University of Johannesburg to all second and third year Diploma students interested in pursuing further studies at the University of Johannesburg. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advanced Diploma is to prepare Diploma or National Diploma students for further learning in the fields of Financial Management and Management Accounting. The programme will prepare the student for the job market by enabling them to apply integrated knowledge and advanced conceptual thinking skills to innovatively solve complex problems in Financial Management. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME / PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Financial Mathematics ADFM001 15

Performance

Management ADFM005 20

Performance Operations ADFM002 15

Financial

Management ADFM006 20

Financial Operations ADFM003 15 Intermediate

Finance B ADFM007 20

Intermediate Finance A ADFM004 15

52

EF.18 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MARKETS (A3F15Q) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

The admission requirements for this programme will adhere to the University of Johannesburg’s Policy for Admission and Selection which is current at the time of the registration for this programme. A student should have one of the following:

New/Old NQF level 6 qualification with 3 years’ relevant work experience in financial markets; or

New/Old NQF level 6 qualification in Finance; or

5 years’ relevant work experience in financial markets. In addition, Grade 12 Mathematics with a minimum APS score of 3 is required in the NSC. Students with an APS score below 3 for mathematics or students with mathematic literacy will only be considered after completion of the Maths for Diploma students or Mathematics for Finance and Business 1A and 1B modules offered by the Faculty of Science at the University of Johannesburg. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advanced Diploma in Financial Markets is to develop the student’s knowledge of the discipline of financial markets and trading. The programme is comprised of a focused curriculum to prepare the student for a career in financial markets. The curriculum includes ten topic areas ranging from Introduction to Financial Markets to Theory of Corporate Events to Trading in Financial Markets and Concluding Financial Market Transactions. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to synthesise financial market principles and apply financial instruments in a professional manner. Fundamental knowledge of global investments relevant to the financial market industry will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s world of professional financial markets industry. The programme emphasises competence, integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a global and South African financial market perspective and an in-depth understanding of the marketplace which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Client Service and Financial Advice CSF7X01 15

Theory of

Corporate Events TCE7X02 10

Introduction to Financial Markets IFM7X01 15

Trading in

Financial Markets TFM7X01 15

53

Client Investment Needs CIN7X02 10

Application of

Corporate Events ACE7X02 10

Securities Information and Market Conditions

SIM7X02 10 Execution of

Market Orders EM07X02 10

Financial Markets

Transactions A FMA7X01 15

Financial Markets

Transactions B FMB7X02 10

PART TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Securities Information and Market Conditions

SIM7X02 10 Theory of

Corporate Events TCE7X02 10

Introduction to Financial Markets IFM7X01 15

Trading in

Financial Markets TFM7X01 15

Application of

Corporate Events ACE7X02 10

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Client Investment Needs CIN7X02 10

Execution of

Market Orders EM07X02 10

Client Service and Financial Advice CSF7X01 15

Financial Markets

Transactions A FMA7X01 15

Financial Markets Transactions B

FMB7X02 10

54

EF.19 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT (ADPVM1)

Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The entrance requirements for the Advanced Diploma in Property Valuation and Management are a Diploma or National Diploma with specialisation in property management or equivalent and Grade 12 Mathematics with a minimum APS score of 4. Students with an APS score below 4 for Mathematics or with Grade 12 Mathematic Literacy will only be considered after completion of the Maths for Diploma students module offered by the Faculty of Science at the University of Johannesburg to all second and third year Diploma students interested in pursuing further studies at the University of Johannesburg. PURPOSE The purpose of the Advance Diploma is to prepare Diploma or National Diploma students in the field of Property Valuation and Management. It will also provide an opportunity for students to become professional property valuers after successfully completing the requirements of the South-African Council for the Property Valuers Profession (SACPVP). CURRICULUM


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Property Valuation and Management A

ADPVM01 24

Property Valuation

and Management

B ADPVM03 24

Applied Time Value of Money ADPVM02 24

Business

Mathematics ADPVM04 24

Discounted Cash Flow Analysis ADPVM05 24

55

EF.20 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR ADVANCED DIPLOMAS

MODULE CODE DESCRIPTION PREREQUISITE

ADIA001 Accounting

ACE7X02 Application of Corporate Events TCE7X02

ADPVM02 Applied Time Value of Money

ADIA003 Auditing

ADIA005 Business ethics and Citizenship

ADPVM04 Business Mathematics

CIN7X02 Client Investment Needs

CSF7X01 Client Service and Financial Advice

ADPVM05 Discounted Cash Flow Analysis ADPVM02

EM07X02 Execution of Market Orders

ADFM006 Financial Management

FMA7X01 Financial Markets Transactions A

FMB7X02 Financial Markets Transactions B FMA7X01

ADFM001 Financial Mathematics

ADFM003 Financial Operations

ADFM004 Intermediate Finance A

ADFM007 Intermediate Finance B

IFM7X01 Introduction to Financial Markets

ADIE003 Macroeconomics

ADIE004 Macroeconomic Research

ADIE002 Mathematical Economics

ADIA004 Mathematics

ADIE001 Microeconomics

ADFM005 Performance Management

ADFM002 Performance Operations

ADPVM01 Property Valuation and Management A

ADPVM03 Property Valuation and Management B ADPVM01

SIM7X02 Securities Information and Market Conditions

ADIA002 Taxation

TCE7X02 Theory of Corporate Events

TFM7X01 Trading in Financial Markets

56

BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (EXTENDED DEGREES) THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (EXTENDED YEAR IS ONLY OFFERED IN ENGLISH)

BCom (Accounting) Extended Degree Bachelor of Commerce in Economics and Econometrics Extended Degree BCom (Finance) Extended Degree

NOTE: The BCom (Accounting) Extended students do not follow the Chartered

Accountancy (CA) stream curriculum.

EF.21 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTENDED DEGREE PROGRAMMES


The minimum admission requirement for a bachelor’s degree is a National Senior Certificate (NSC) with a minimum of 30% in the language of learning and teaching of the higher education institution as certified by Umalusi, coupled with an achievement rating of 4 or better in four subjects from the designated 20-credit subject list. (Government Notice, No. 751, 11 July 2008)

The following are specific minimum admission requirements in respect of extended Baccalaureus Commercii and Bachelor of Commerce degree studies in the Faculty.



Orientation Subject

1 Subject

2 Subject

3

80 - 100 7


and learning - English



Literacy

70 - 79 6

60 - 69 5

50 - 59 4

40 - 49 3

30 - 39 2

0 - 29 1

MINIMUM

27 with Mathematics

OR

4 2 3 3**** 4* 4* 4*

MINIMUM 30 with Mathematical

Literacy 4 2 6 3**** 4* 4* 3*

* If rating of 4 or more are obtained for the Other Recognised Language and/or Mathematics, then rating s of 4 or more are required for fewer designated subjects from group B, in order to meet the 4X4 bachelor’s degree requirement.

** The performance rating for another subject taken instead of the Other Recognised Language is the same as indicated for the Other Recognised Language.

57

*** English is required with a rating of 4 or more either as the Language of Learning and Teaching or the Other Recognised Language

**** The rating for Life Orientation is divided by 2 when calculating the APS.

Note 1: Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not


Note 2: The first year of study comprises foundational modules. The second, third and fourth years are the same as the first, second and third years of study of the regular degree.

Note 3: The BCom (Accounting) Extended degree programme does not provide direct access to the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science (the Chartered Accountancy (CA) stream). However, students who complete the BCom (Accounting) Extended degree, may enrol for a bridging programme (subject to space, admission requirements and the continued future offering of this programme). Upon completion of this bridging programme and compliance with specific performance requirements, candidates may then apply for the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science.


2. Senior Certificate (SC) – Prior to 2008

Admission requirements for candidates who completed the Senior Certificate

A grade 12 certificate on NQF level 4 with exemption; conditional exemption or age exemption

Grade 12 Mathematics (No specific symbol nor a pass in the subject is required)

English First Language (HG) 50% (D symbol) or English Second Language (HG) 60% (C symbol)

M-score of 10

3. National Certificate (Vocational) NC(V) – From 2007

Admission requirements for candidates who completed the National Certificate (Vocational).

SUBJECTS

STATUTORY MINIMUM

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS IN ADDITION TO

THE NC(V)

FEFS MINIMUM ADMISSION

REQUIREMENTS IN ADDITION TO

THE NC(V)

FUNDAMENTAL COMPONENT

3 subjects form Group A of the

approved subject list

Language of Learning and Teaching

(English/Afrikaans) 60% 70%

Mathematics or 60% 70%

Mathematical Literacy 60% 80%

Life Orientation 60% 60%

58

VOCATIONAL COMPONENT

4 subjects for Group A of the approved

subject list

1 or more subjects may be specified for

FEFS

70% in 3 compulsory

vocational subjects

70% in 3 compulsory

vocational subjects


Selection is based on academic merit and the availability of places and hence may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements.

5. Additional selection criteria

The applicant must be a previously educationally and/or socially disadvantaged student, profiled within the relevant policy framework/guidelines of the University.

Applicants may also be required to write a placement/aptitude test to evaluate their learning potential for the relevant extended curriculum programme/s.

Due to enrolment constraints only a predetermined number of students will be admitted to an Extended Baccalaureus Commercii or/and Extended Bachelor of Commerce programme. Hence other selection criteria may be applied.

EF.22 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR EXTENDED BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND EXTENDED BACHEROL OF COMMERCE DEGREES

MODULE CODE


MAEB311 or

MAEB0A1

Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business A

MAEB322 or

MAEB0B1

Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business B

MAEB311 or MAEB0A1

FRAM311 or

FRAM0A1 Financial Recording, Analysis and Management A

FRAM322 or

FRAM0B1 Financial Recording, Analysis and Management B

LES3000 or

LES0X00 Language for the Economic Sciences

APS3000 or

APS0X00 Mastering of Academic and Professional Skills

EBE3111 or

EBE00A1 The Economic and Business Environment A

EBE3222 or

EBE00B1 The Economic and Business Environment B

59

EF.23 FOUNDATION YEAR CURRICULUM, PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS AND PREREQUISITES THESE QUALIFICATION ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY) BCom extended degrees provide alternative access for applicants who do not meet the minimum requirements to enter a regular BCom programme at the University of Johannesburg. The minimum study period for each of the above extended programme is four years. The foundation (first) year of study comprises foundational modules (New / Old NQF level 5), whilst the remaining three years are the same as that of the corresponding regular degree programme. PURPOSE The three BCom Extended Degrees (in Accounting, Economics and Econometrics and Finance) are aimed at access for success in terms of their foundational provision, i.e. in providing alternative access in the fields of Accounting, Economics and Econometrics, and Finance. Students are given foundational provision covering relevant academic skills together with subject-related themes, required to facilitate learning in the regular modules of BCom degree programmes. The combination of foundational modules enables students to develop a comprehensive perspective and effective strategies for adjusting to, and meeting the demands of, the higher education environment with the aim of being successful in the chosen BCom programme.

FOUNDATION YEAR Full time NEW NQF/ OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 128 CURRICULUM

FOUNDATION YEAR

YEAR MODULES


Mastering of Academic and Professional Skills APS3000 or APS0X00

16

Language for the Economic Sciences LES3000 or LES0X00

16

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE NEW NQF CREDITS

MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business A*

MAEB311 or

MAEB0A1* 16

Basic Mathematics and Applications in Economics and Business B*

MAEB322 or

MAEB0B1* 16

60

The Economic and Business Environment A

EBE3111 or

EBE00A1 16

The Economic and Business Environment B

EBE3222 or

EBE00B1 16

Financial Recording, Analysis and Management A

FRAM311 or

FRAM0A1 16

Financial Recording, Analysis and Management B

FRAM322 or

FRAM0B1 16

* MAEB311 or MAEB0A1 and MAEB322 or MAEB0B1 are couplet modules. Note 1: The 2nd, 3rd and 4th years of study in the extended degree will be the same as the 1st, 2nd

and 3rd years of study in the relevant regular degree. Refer to EF.26, 27 and 28.

Note 2: The qualification is only offered in English.

PROMOTION REQUIREMENTS AND PREREQUISITES The promotion of extended degree students, to each subsequent academic year of an extended BCom degree follows generally the same rules pertaining to students of a regular BCom degree. However, all foundational modules must be completed within the first 2 years of study, failing which; a student will not be permitted to proceed any further in the programme. A student, with any foundational module outstanding will not be allowed to enrol for 2nd year regular degree modules.

61

EF.24 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR FOUNDATION YEAR


ACC0AA1 or REK0A01

ACCOUNTING A FRAM311 or FRAM0A1

ACC0BB1 or REK0B01

ACCOUNTING B FRAM311 or FRAM0A1

ACC01A1 or REK1A01

ACCOUNTING 1A FRAM311 or FRAM0A1

ACC01B1 or REK1B01

ACCOUNTING 1B FRAM311 or FRAM0A1

BMA11A1 or BMA1A01

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1A EBE3222 or EBE00B1

BMA21B1 or BMA1B01

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1B EBE3222 or EBE00B1

ECO01A1 or EKN1A01

ECONOMICS 1A EBE3111 or EBE00A1

ECO01B1 or EKN1B01

ECONOMICS 1B EBE3111 or EBE00A1

FNM01B1 or BSR1B01

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1B FRAM322 or FRAM0B1

MAA00A1 or

MAT00A1

INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS A

MAEB311 or MAEB0A1, MAEB322 or MAEB0B1

MAA00B1 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS B MAEB311 or MAEB0A1, MAEB322 or MAEB0B1

62

BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (REGULAR DEGREES)

THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISHONLY)

BCom (Accounting) Bachelor of Commerce In Economics And Econometrics BCom (Finance)

EF.25 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE PROGRAMMES



The following are specific minimum admission requirements in respect of BCom degree studies in the Faculty of Economic and Financial Sciences.


% RATIN

G Languages OR

Life Orientation

Subject 1

Subject 2

Subject 3

80 - 100 7


and learning***



Literacy

70 - 79 6

60 - 69 5

50 - 59 4

40 - 49 3

30 - 39 2

0 - 29 1

MINIMUM

30 with Mathematics

4 2 4 NOT

ACCEPTED 3**** 4* 4* 3*

* If a rating of 4 or more is obtained for the Other Recognised Language, then a rating of 4 or

more is required for just one designated subject from group B, in order to meet the 4X4 bachelor’s degree requirement.


*** English is required with a rating of 4 or more either as the Language of Learning and Teaching or as the Other Recognised Language.


63

Note 1: Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not necessarily guarantee admission to that programme. Specific selection criteria may be applied within the required Enrolment Management Plan.

Note 2: The BCom (Accounting) Extended degree programme does not provide direct access to the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science (the Chartered Accountancy (CA) stream). However, students who complete the BCom (Accounting) Extended degree, may enrol for a bridging programme (subject to space, admission requirements and the continued future offering of this programme). Upon completion of this bridging programme and compliance with specific performance requirements, candidates may then enrol for the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science.


2. Senior Certificate (SC) – Prior to 2008


Senior Certificate with matriculation endorsement and

Mathematics: Higher grade at least 40% (E-symbol) or standard grade at least 70% (B-symbol) and

Language requirements: English (first language) higher grade at least 50% (D-symbol) or English (second language) higher grade at least 60% (C-symbol) and

M-score of 15


Selection is based on academic merit and availability of places, and hence may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements.

64

EF. 26 BCOM (ACCOUNTING) (BCG014) Full time

PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANCY STREAM NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 448 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to provide students with a comprehensive knowledge base for identifying, analysing, evaluating and solving problems in the following underlying core modules: accounting; auditing; taxation and financial management. Students should be able to reflect on their decisions and applications in these fields to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of accounting as a practice. The curriculum below allows admission to the BCom Honours (Accounting or Internal Auditing or Taxation) programme. It is recommended for students who want to specialise in Accounting, Internal Auditing or Taxation. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Accounting 1A REK1A01 16 Accounting 1B REK1B01 16

Introductory Mathematical Analysis A

MAT00A1 16 Financial Management 1B

BSR1B01 16

Business Management 1A

BMA1A01 16 Business Management 1B

BMA1B01 16

Commercial Law KMR1A11 16 Commercial Law 1B

KMR1B21 16

Economics 1A EKN1A01 16 Economics 1B EKN1B01 16

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


65

Ethical Foundations to Commerce 2A

EFC2A01 16 Governance and Control 2B

GAC2B01 16

Business Information Systems 2A*

BIS2A01* 16 Business Information Systems 2B

BIS2B01 16

Commercial Law 2C

KMR2C21 16 Governance and Control 2B

GAC2B01 16

Financial Management 2A

BSR2A01 16 Financial Management 2B

BSR2B01 16

* The Faculty allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for Business Information Systems 2A (BIS2A01). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for BIS2A01 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.

If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both BIS2A01 (the academic module) as well as for BIS2A00 (the RPL exam) and will be debited for the relevant fees for both. On passing BIS2A00 (s)he will be granted a credit for BIS2A01 and will be credited with the relevant fee for BIS2A01. If a student fails the RPL exam (BIS2A00) (s)he will be remain registered for BIS 2A01 and will not be refunded the fee for the RPL exam (BIS2A00). Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (BIS2A00) will be reflected as such on the

student’s academic transcript.

THIRD YEAR

YEAR MODULES


Accounting REK3AB0 32

Governance and Control 3AB GAC3AB0 32

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Financial Management 3A

BSR3A01 16 Financial Management 3B

BSR3B01 16

Taxation 3A BEL3A01 16 Taxation 3B BEL3B01 16

66

EF.27 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS (B3N14Q) BCom (Economics and Econometrics)

Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 404 - 408 PURPOSE The purpose of the programme is to equip students with the necessary theoretical and quantitative economic and econometric knowledge and skills in order to effectively perform their duties as economists/ econometricians in the private and public sectors of the economy. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


MAA00A1 12 Mathematical Analysis B

MAA00B1 12

Commercial Law 1A

COL41A1 12 Financial Management 1B

FNM1B01 12


Electives - choose ONE of the following Electives - choose ONE of the following

Accounting 1A ACC01A1 12 Accounting 1B ACC01B1 12

Accounting A ACC0AA1 12 Accounting B ACC0BB1 12




BMA21B1 13

Marketing Management 1A

MMA11A1 12 Marketing Management 1B

MMA21B1 12

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Economics 2A ECO2AA2 16 Economics 2B ECO2BB2 16

Economics 2C ECO2CA2 16 Economics 2D ECO2DB2 16

67

Economics 2F ECO2FA2 16 Economics 2E ECO2EB2 16

Econometrics 2A ECM02A2 16 Econometrics 2B ECM02B2 16

Electives - choose ONE of the following* Electives - choose ONE of the following*



BMA22B2 16

Investment Management 2A

IVM02A2 16 Investment Management 2B

IVM02B2 16

Quantitative Economics 2A*

QTE2AA2* 16 Quantitative Economics 2B*

QTE2BB2* 16



MMA22B2 14

* Students that want to specialise in Postgraduate Econometrics must choose Quantitative Economics 2A (QTE2AA2) and Quantitative Economics 2B (QTE2BB2).

THIRD YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Economics 3A ECO3AA3 16 Economics 3B ECO3BB3 16

Economics 3C ECO3CA3 16 Economics 3D ECO3DB3 16

Econometrics 3A ECM03A3 16 Econometrics 3B ECM03B3 16

Electives - choose ONE of the following* Electives - choose ONE of the following*



BMA23B3 16

Quantitative Economics 3A*

QTE3AA3* 16 Quantitative Economics 3B*

QTE3BB3* 16


IVM03A3 16 Investment Management 3B

IVM03B3 16



MMA23B3 16

* Students that want to specialise in postgraduate Econometrics must choose Quantitative Economics 3A (QTE3AA3) and Quantitative Economics 3B (QTE3BB3).

68

EF.28 BCOM (FINANCE) (BCF014) Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 448 - 456 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to provide students with applied competencies in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of financial management, investment management, financial planning and accounting principles in preparation for a career in the financial management, investment management, financial planning and accounting fields as well as to provide a basis for further learning. The students should be able to reflect on their financial management, investment management, financial planning and accounting decisions and applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of finance as a practice. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS



MAT00A1 16 Financial Management 1B

BSR1B01 16



BMA1B01 16

Commercial Law 1A

KMR1A11 16 Commercial Law 1B

KMR1B21 16

Economics 1A EKN1A01 16 Economics 1B EKN1B01 16

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


Business Information Systems 2A*

BIS2A01* 16 Financial Management 2B

BSR2B01 16


BLB2A01 16 Investment Management 2B

BLB2B01 16

69

Taxation Planning 2A

TXP2A01 16 Taxation Planning 2B

TXP2B01 16


Economics 2A EKN2A01 16 Economics 2D EKN2D01 16

Property Valuation and Management 2A

PVM2A01 16 Property Valuation and Management 2B

PVM2B01 16

Mathematics 1A01**

MAT1A01* 24 Mathematics 1B01**

MAT1B01* 24

* The Faculty allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for Business Information

Systems 2A (BIS2A01). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for BIS2A01 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.

If a student wishes to write the RPL exam, (s)he needs to register for both BIS2A01 (the academic module) as well as for BIS2A00 (the RPL exam) and will be debited for the relevant fees for both. On passing BIS2A00 (s)he will be granted a credit for BIS2A01 and will be credited with the relevant fee for BIS2A01. If a student fails the RPL exam (BIS2A00) (s)he will be remain registered for BIS 2A01 and will not be refunded the fee for the RPL exam (BIS2A00). Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (BIS2A00) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.

** Students may only enrol for this module if (s)he has achieved an APS rating of 5 for Mathematics in the NCS.

THIRD YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Financial Management 3A*

BSR3A01* 16 Financial Management 3B*

BSR3B01* 16

Financial Planning 3A

FPL3A01 16 Financial Planning 3B

FPL3B01 16


BLB3A01 16 Investment Management 3B

BLB3B01 16


Property Valuation and Management 3A**

PVM3A01**

16 Property Valuation and Management 3B**

PVM3B01**

16

Mathematics 2A01***

MAT2A10***

12 Mathematics 2B01***

MAT2B10***

12

Accounting 3AB0 REK3AB0 32

* Accounting 3AB0, as well as Financial Management 3A and 3B are prerequisites for the Postgraduate

Diploma in Financial Management.

** Property Valuation and Management 3A and 3B are prerequisites for the Bachelor of Commerce Honours in

Property Valuation and Management.

*** Mathematics 2A and 2B are prerequisites for the Bachelor of Commerce Honours (Quantitative Finance).

70

Further stipulations: The curriculum above is recommended for students who intended to apply for the BComHons (Quantitative Finance). The above curriculum is also recommended for students who intend to apply for one of the following honours degrees or postgraduate diploma, and subsequently, on completion, want to write the qualifying exam for the corresponding professional designation: Honours Degree and Postgraduate Diploma linked to Professional bodies: Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Management Chartered Management Accountant (ACMA) - CIMA BComHons (Financial Planning) Certified Financial Planner® (CFP®) - FPI BComHons (Investment Management) Chartered Financial Analyst® CFA®) - CFA Institute BComHons in Property Valuation and Management Professional Valuer – SACPVP

71

EF.29 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES


ACC01A1 or REK1A01

ACCOUNTING 1A MATHS APS Rating 4

ACC01B1 or REK1B01

ACCOUNTING 1B ACC01A1 or REK1A01 – 40%

ACC02A2 or REK2A01

ACCOUNTING 2A ACC01A1, ACC01B1 or REK1A01, REK1B01

ACC02B2 or REK2B01

ACCOUNTING 2B ACC01A1, ACC01B1 or REK1A01, REK1B01, REK2A01 or ACC02A2

REK3AB0 ACCOUNTING 3AB ACC02B2 or REK2B01

ACC0AA1 or REK0A01

ACCOUNTING A MATHS APS Rating 4

ACC0BB1 or REK0B01

ACCOUNTING B ACC0AA1 or REK0A01 – 40%

BIS2A01 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2A

BIS2B01 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2B

BMA11A1 or BMA1A01

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1A MATHS APS Rating 3

BMA21B1 or BMA1B01

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1B MATHS APS Rating 3

BMA12A2 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2A

BMA22B2 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2B

BMA13A3 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3A BMA22B2

BMA23B3 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3B BMA12A2, BMA22B2

CCS22B2 or KRS2001

COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS

COL41A1 or KMR1A11

COMMERCIAL LAW 1A

KMR1B21 COMMERCIAL LAW 1B

KMR2C21 COMMERCIAL LAW 2C KMR1A11

ECM02A2 ECONOMETRICS 2A MAA00A1,MAA00B1

ECM02B2 ECONOMETRICS 2B MAT00A1

ECM03A3 ECONOMETRICS 3A ECM02B2

ECM03B3 ECONOMETRICS 3B ECM03A3

ECO01A1 or EKN1A01

ECONOMICS 1A MATHS APS Rating 4

72


ECO01B1 or EKN1B01

ECONOMICS 1B

ECO2AA2 or EKN2A01

ECONOMICS 2A

ECO2BB2 ECONOMICS 2B ECO01A1

ECO2CA2 ECONOMICS 2C

ECO2DB2 or EKN2D01

ECONOMICS 2D

ECO2EB2 ECONOMICS 2E ECO01A1

ECO2FA2 ECONOMICS 2F

ECO3AA3 ECONOMICS 3A ECO01A1, ECO01B1

ECO3BB3 ECONOMICS 3B ECO1A01, ECO01B1, ECO2AA2

ECO3CA3 ECONOMICS 3C

ECO3DB3 ECONOMICS 3D

EFC2A01 ETHICAL FOUNDATION TO COMMERCE 2A

FNM1B01 or BSR1B01

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1B MATHS APS Rating 4

BSR2A01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A FNM1B01 or BSR1B01

BSR2B01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2B

BSR3A01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3A FNM1B01 or BSR1B01, BSR2B01 – 40%*

BSR3B01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B FNM1B01 or BSR1B01, BSR2A01 or IVM02A2 or BLB2A01

FPL3A01 FINANCIAL PLANNING 3A

FNM1B01 or BSR1B01, BSR2A01 or IVM02A2 or BLB2A01, BLB2B01 or IVM02B2, TXP2A01, TXP2B01

FPL3B01 FINANCIAL PLANNING 3B

FNM1B01 or BSR1B01, BSR2A01 or IVM02A2 or BLB2A01, BLB2B01 or IVM02B2, TXP2A01, TXP2B01, FPL3A01

GAC2B01 GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL 2B

GAC3AB0 GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL 3AB GAC2B01

MAA00A1 or MAT00A1

INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS A

IVM02A2 or BLB2A01

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 2A FNM1B01 or BSR1B01

73


IVM02B2 or BLB2B01

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 2B FNM1B01 or BSR1B01, IVM02A2 or BLB2A01

IVM03A3 or BLB3A01

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 3A

FNM1B01or BSR1B01, IVM02A2 or BLB2A01 or BSR2A01, IVM02B2 or BLB2B01

IVM03B3 or BLB3B01

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 3B

FNM1B01 or BSR1B01, IVM02A2 or BLB2A01 or BSR2A01, IVM02B2 or BLB2B01, IVM03A3 or BLB3A01

MMA11A1 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 1A

MMA21B1 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 1B

MMA12A2 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2A MMA21B1


MMA13A3 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3A MMA12A2


MAA00B1 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS B MAA00A1 or MAT00A1

MAT1A01 MATHEMATICS 1A01 Maths APS Rating 5

MAT1B01 MATHEMATICS 1B01 MAT1A01

MAT2A10 MATHEMATICS 2A01 MAT1A01, MAT1B01

MAT2B10 MATHEMATICS 2B01 MAT1A01, MAT1B01 and MAT2A10

PVM2A01 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 2A

PVM2B01 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 2B

FNM1B01

PVM3A01 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 3A

FNM1B01, PVM2B01

PVM3B01 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 3B

FNM1B01, PVM2B01, PVM3A01

QTE2AA2 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 2A MAA00B1

QTE2BB2 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 2B QTE2AA2

QTE3AA3 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 3A QTE2BB2

QTE3BB3 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 3B QTE3AA3

BEL2A01 TAXATION 2A

BEL3A01 TAXATION 3A BEL2A01

BEL3B01 TAXATION 3B BEL2A01, BEL 3A01 – 40%**

TXP2A01 TAXATION PLANNING 2A

74


TXP2B01 TAXATION PLANNING 2B TXP2A01 – 40%

* BSR2B01: Final Mark of at least 40% for students in their final year of study with only BSR3A01 outstanding.

** Even though Taxation 3A (BEL3A01) and Taxation 3B (BEL3B01) is not a couplet module, a student can only continue with Taxation 3B (BEL3B01) if he/she has a final and exam mark of 40% for Taxation 3A (BEL3A01).

EF. 30 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITE AND MODULE CODES FOR FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES IN OTHER FACULTIES

MODULE CODE


BSR2C01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2C

75

BACHELORS DEGREES (REGULAR DEGREES)

THIS QUALIFICATION IS OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH AND AFRIKAANS)

Bachelor of Accounting

EF.31 FACULTY MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMMES





Orientation Subject

1 Subject

2 Subject

3

80 - 100 7


and learning***



Literacy

70 - 79 6

60 - 69 5

50 - 59 4

40 - 49 3

30 - 39 2

0 - 29 1

MINIMUM

35 with Mathematics

4 2 5 NOT

ACCEPTED 3**** 4* 4* 3*

* If a rating of 4 or more is obtained for the Other Recognised Language, then a rating of 4 or more is required for just one designated subject from group B, in order to meet the 4X4 bachelor’s degree requirement.


*** English is required with a rating of 4 or more either as the Language of Learning and

Teaching or as the Other Recognised Language


Note 1: Meeting the Faculty’s minimum requirements for a particular programme does not


Note 2: The degree mentioned above is presented in English and Afrikaans.


76

2. Senior Certificate (NC) – Prior to 2008


Senior Certificate with matriculation endorsement and

Mathematics: Higher grade at least 40% (E-symbol) or standard grade at least 70% (B-symbol) and

Language requirements: English (first language) higher grade at least 50% (D-symbol) or English (second language) higher grade at least 60% (C-symbol) and

M-score of 15


Selection is based on academic merit and availability of places, and hence may entail the

use of additional criteria/requirements.

77

EF.32 BACHELOR OF ACCOUNTING (BCA012) Full time CHARTERED ACCOUNTANCY STREAM NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 390 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to provide a well-rounded, technically focused education that equips graduates with the technical knowledge base, proficiency and pervasive skills that will enable them to demonstrate initiative and responsibility, and that will enable the development of leadership qualities. The programme is designed in consultation with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and recognised by them as a requirement to practice as a chartered accountant. This qualification requires a thorough grounding in the knowledge, theory, principles and skills of the profession or career concerned and the ability to apply these to professional or career contexts. The programme also serves as basis for entry into several postgraduate study opportunities. NOTE: The curriculum below allows admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Science programme. It is recommended for students who intend writing the Initial Test of Competence (ITC) of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR

YEAR MODULES


Accounting 100 ACC100 28

Commerce 100 COM100 24

Introduction to Law 100 INL100 24

Economics 100 ECO100 24

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Business Mathematics 100

MAT100 14 Accounting studies 100

AST1B01 12

78

SECOND YEAR

YEAR MODULES



Financial Management 200 FMA200 28

SEMESTER MODULE SPREAD OVER A YEAR


Taxation 200 TAX2AB0 12

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Governance and citizenship

GOV2AB0 12 Auditing 200 AUD2B011 12

Informatics 100 IFM100 12 Commercial Law 100

CML1B01 12

Accounting studies 200

AST2A01 10

THIRD YEAR

YEAR MODULES



Auditing 300 AUD300 34

Financial Management 300 FMA300 34

Taxation 300 TAX300 34

79

EF.33 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULE, DESCRIPTIONS, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREES


ACC100 ACCOUNTING 100 MATHS APS Rating 5

ACC200 ACCOUNTING 200 ACC100

ACC300 ACCOUNTING 300 ACC200

AST1B01 ACCOUNTING STUDIES 100

AST2A01 ACCOUNTING STUDIES 200

AUD2B01 AUDITING 200

AUD300 AUDITING 300 AUD2B01

CML1B01 COMERCIAL LAW 100

COM100 COMMERCE 100

ECO100 ECONOMICS 100

FMA200 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 200

FMA300 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 300 FMA200

GOV2AB0 GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENHSIP

IFM100 INFORMATICS 100

INL100 INTRODUCTION TO LAW 100

MAT100 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 100

TAX2AB0 TAXATION 200

TAX300 TAXATION 300 TAX2AB0

80

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS THESE QUALIFICATION ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK, KINGSWAY CAMPUS (OFFERED IN ENGLISH ONLY):

Estate Planning Financial Markets


31 October annually for study in the following year.

31 August annually for international students. Application forms and information are obtainable from the relevant department. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the relevant department.

EF.34 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ESTATE PLANNING (E3EP6Q)

Full Time NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of the Postgraduate Diploma in Estate Planning is to enable working professionals in the financial planning industry to undertake advanced reflection and development by means of current thinking, practice and literature review in Estate Planning. The qualification demands a high level of theoretical engagement and intellectual independence, as well as the ability to relate knowledge to a range of contexts in estate planning, trusts, taxation of trust and administration of estates in order to undertake professional or highly-skilled work in Estate Planning. The programme is comprised of a focused curriculum to prepare the student for a career in Estate Planning. The curriculum includes three topic areas ranging from estate planning, administration of estates and trusts and the taxation of trusts. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to evaluate and apply complex estate planning principles in a holistic financial planning process, when implementing advice or at the administration of an estate at death. In-depth understanding of estate planning and trust principles will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s professional world of financial planning. The programme emphasises competence, integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a holistic estate planning perspective and an in-depth understanding of estate planning which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment in the financial planning industry. RULES OF ACCESS A NQF level 7 qualification with a financial planning module at NQF level 7 or a NQF level 7 qualification with relevant financial planning experience. Meeting recommended minimum admission requirements does not guarantee acceptance into the programme as all students will be subjected to a selection process as determined by the Department of Finance and Investment Management.

81

In addition to the minimum admission requirements as outlined above, prospective students may be required to write a skill’s assessment to ensure that they meet the minimum skills requirement for the Postgraduate Diploma in Estate Planning. CURRICULUM


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Law of Trusts LOT8X01 30 Administration of

Estates AOE8X02 30

Estate Planning ESP8X01 30 Application of

Trusts AOT8X02 30

EF.35 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL MARKETS (E3FM6Q) Full Time/Part Time

NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to strengthen the students’ knowledge and comprehension in the disciplines of Financial Markets and Stockbroking as the field is interdisciplinary in nature and it serves to strengthen and deepen the student’s knowledge. The programme comprises of a broad-based curriculum to prepare the postgraduate student for financial market related specialities. The program emphasises application, analysis and evaluation within each topic area as well as the application of integrity and ethics in a professional environment. This qualification demands a high level of theoretical engagement and intellectual independence, as well as the ability to relate knowledge to a range of contexts in order to undertake professional or highly-skilled work. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the skills to synthesise complex stockbroking principles in order to drive and add value to the entities that employ them. The successful student will gain an overall stockbroking perspective which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. RULES OF ACCESS

A potential student must be in possession of:

- A Financial Market orientated Bachelor of Commerce degree on Old NQF level 6/New NQF level 7; or

- A Financial Market orientated Advanced Diploma qualification on Old NQF level 6/New NQF level 7; or

- Any other qualification on old NQF level 6/new NQF level 7 and have related financial market orientated experience which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management; or

82

- Relevant work experience in financial markets which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management (subjected to Recognition of Prior Learning as well as an entrance exam).

Selection is based on academic merit and the availability of places and hence may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements; and

Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.

CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Equity Investment Analysis EIA8X01 15

Portfolio

Management PRT8X02 15

Financial Markets Rules and Directives

FMR8X02 15 Financial

Engineering FEG8X01 15

Legislation of Financial Markets LFM8X01 15

Applied Financial

Markets Analysis AFM8X02 15

Quantitative Investment Analysis

QIA8X01 15

Financial

Reporting and

Taxation FRT8X02 15

PART TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Equity Investment Analysis EIA8X01 15

Portfolio

Management PRT8X02 15


QIA8X01 15 Financial

Engineering FEG8X01 15

83

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF CREDITS

Financial Markets Rules and Directives

FMR8X02 15

Financial

Reporting and

Taxation FRT8X02 15

Legislation of Financial Markets LFM8X01 15

Applied Financial

Markets Analysis AFM8X02 15

84

EF.36 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS


AOE8X02 Administration of Estates

AOT8X02 Application of Trusts

AFM8X02 Applied Financial Markets Analysis

EIA8X01 Equity Investment Analysis

ESP8X01 Estate Planning

FEG8X01 Financial Engineering

FMR8X02 Financial Markets Rules and Directives

FRT8X02 Financial Reporting and Taxation

LOT8X01 Law of Trusts

LFM8X01 Legislation of Financial Markets

PRT8X02 Portfolio Management

QIA8X01 Quantitative Investment Analysis

85

BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS THESE QUALIFICATION ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK KINGSWAY CAMPUS:

Accounting Accounting with specialisation in Chartered Accountancy Economics Econometrics Financial Management Financial Planning Internal Auditing Investment Management Property Valuation and Management Quantitative Finance Taxation Treasury Management



31 August annually for international students. Application forms and information are obtainable from the relevant department.

Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the relevant department.

EF.37 BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS (ACCOUNTING) BCom Hons (Accounting) (HCA014)

Full time

NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop intellectual and practical skills in the analysis, interpretation and application of advanced accounting, governance and control and taxation. This programme will prepare students to identify and solve advanced accounting, governance and control and taxation in practice. Lastly this programme will prepare students for further studies in accounting, governance and control and taxation as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a BCom or an Advanced Diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Accounting, Taxation and Governance and Control on New NQF level 7 /Old NQF level 6. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific module knowledge in Accounting, Taxation and Governance and Control. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.

86

CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

YEAR MODULES


Accounting 4 RHR01X8 30

Governance and Control 4 RHR03X8 30

Research Methodology: Accounting RHR05X8 10

Electives - Choose ONE of the following:

South African Taxation 4 RHR02X8 30

Public Sector Governance RHR04X8 (not

presented in 2016) 30

Electives - Choose ONE of the following:

Applied Research: Accounting RHR01N8 20

Applied Research: Taxation RHR02N8 20

Applied Research: Governance & Control RHR03N8 20

Applied Research: Public Sector Governance RHR04N8 (not

presented in 2016) 20

EF.38 BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS (ACCOUNTING with specialisation in Chartered Accountancy) BCom Hons (Accounting with specialisation in Chartered Accountancy) (HCO118)

Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the acquisition, analysis, interpretation and application of accounting, auditing, financial management and taxation principles in accounting and business contexts on a postgraduate level, as well as being prepared for a career in the accounting profession or further learning in this field. The student should be able to reflect on their managerial decision-making processes and applications based on their professional values and foundational knowledge and understanding of accounting, auditing, financial management and taxation principles, to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of the accounting profession

87

RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor of Accounting degree or a BCom (Accounting) degree accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6) with an overall average of 55% for the third year modules and a sub-minimum of 55% in Accounting 300. A student must pass all four the final year subjects in the same year. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific module. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. Students are allowed to repeat the Honours programme once, provided that they obtained a minimum average for the first attempt which is set by the Department. CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

YEAR MODULES


Advanced Financial Accounting (CA) REK01X7 30

Advanced Auditing (CA) REK02X7 30

Advanced Financial Management (CA) REK03X7 30

Advanced Taxation (CA) REK04X7 30

* Please note: All four modules must be passed in the same academic year for successful completion of this

qualification.

** This qualification will only give access to a Masters qualification after completion of a Bridging Programme in Research Methodology.

EF.39 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN INTERNAL AUDITING (H3I14Q) BComHons (Internal Auditing)

Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop intellectual and practical skills in the analysis, interpretation and application of advanced accounting, governance and control and internal auditing principles. This programme will prepare students to identify and solve advanced accounting governance and control and internal auditing in practice. Lastly this programme will prepare students for further studies in accounting, and internal auditing as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a BCom or an Advanced Diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Accounting, Taxation and Internal Auditing (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6). The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not

88

comply with the rules of access regarding the specific module knowledge in Accounting, Taxation and Internal Auditing. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

YEAR MODULES


Accounting 4 ACC8X00 30

Governance and Control 4 GAC8X00 30

Research Methodology: Accounting RMA8X00 10

Advanced Internal Auditing AIA8X00 30

Applied Research: Internal Auditing ARI8X00 20

EF.40 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN TAXATION (H3T14Q) BComHons (Taxation)

Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop intellectual and practical skills in the analysis, interpretation and application of advanced accounting, governance and control and taxation principles. This programme will prepare students to identify and solve advanced accounting, governance and control and taxation principles in practice. Lastly, this programme will prepare students for further studies in accounting, auditing and taxation as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a BCom or an Advanced Diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Accounting, Taxation and Governance and Control on New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific module knowledge in Accounting, Taxation and Governance and Control. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.

89

CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

YEAR MODULES


Accounting 4 ACC8X00 30

Research Methodology: Accounting RMA8X00 10

South African Taxation 4 SAT8X00 30

Applied Research: Taxation ART8X00 20

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Introduction to Governance and Control

IGC8X01 15 Global Taxation Principles GTP8X02 15

EF.41 BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS (ECONOMETRICS) BCom Hons (Econometrics) (HCM014)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120

PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the, analysis, interpretation and application of economic principles and methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economic applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics and Econometrics. Lastly, it will prepare them for further study in Economics and Econometrics as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor’s degree, with an average of 65% for Economics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) and an average of 65% for either Econometrics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) or Mathematics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) or Statistics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6), to be considered for entrance into the Honours programme. A potential student in possession of a Bachelor’s degree in Economics with an average of 60-64% for Econometrics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) and average of 65% for Economics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6), obtain conditional acceptance into the honours programme , and must successfully complete an entrance module in Mathematics before registration.

90

Students that have completed a Bridging Programme in Economics are not allowed to articulate into the honours programme. CURRICULUM This curriculum consists of five compulsory core modules, a compulsory research project and three electives from the list.

FULL TIME OR PART TIME

YEAR MODULES


Research project: Economics EKN4805 30

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Microeconomics 4 EKN4801 12 Macroeconomics 4 EKN4802 12

Econometrics 4A EKN4814 11 Econometrics 4B EKN4815 11

Quantitative Economics 4

EKN4813 11

Electives - Choose THREE of the following:*

Monetary Theory A

EKN4806 11 Monetary Policy B EKN4807 11

Financial Economics A

EKN4809 11 Financial Economics B EKN4810 11

National and Local Government Finance

EKN4812 11

International Trade: Theory and Policy Issues

EKN4811 11

Environmental Economics EKN4816 11

Economic Issues in Developing Countries

EKN4808 11

* Students are advised to choose electives in a balanced way in terms of spreading it over the two semesters.

91

EF.42 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN ECONOMICS (H3N14Q) BComHons in Economics

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the analysis, interpretation and application of economic principles and methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economical applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics as a social science. Lastly, it will prepare them for further study in Economics as a science. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor’s degree or an Advanced Diploma in Economics, with an average of 65% for Economics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) and an average of 65% for either Econometrics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) or Statistics 3 (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6), to be considered for entrance into the Honours programme. A potential student in possession of a Bachelor’s degree or an Advanced Diploma in Economics, with an average of 60-64% for Economics 3 (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6) and / or without Econometrics 3 (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6) or Mathematics 3 (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6) or Statistics 3 (New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6), obtain conditional acceptance into the Bachelor of Commerce Honours in Economics, and must successfully complete an entrance module in Mathematics before registration. The department requires the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge The Department of Economics and Econometrics reserves the right to alter the entrance requirements. CURRICULUM This curriculum consists of four compulsory core modules, a compulsory research project and four electives from the list.


YEAR MODULES


Research project: Economics RPN8X00 30

92

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Microeconomics 4 MIE8X01 12 Macroeconomics 4 MAE8X02 12

Applied Econometrics

APM8X01 11

Mathematical Economics 4

MAN8X01 11

Electives - Choose FOUR of the following*

Monetary Theory A

MTE8X01 11 Monetary Policy B MTE8X02 11


FNN8X01 11 Financial Economics B FNN8X2 11


NLG8X01 11

Environmental Economics ENE8X02 11


ITP8X01 11


EDC8X02 11

* Students are advised to choose electives in a balanced way in terms of spreading it over the two semesters.

EF.43 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS (FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT) BCom Hons (Financial Management) (HCO130)

Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this qualification is to strengthen the student’s knowledge and comprehension in the disciplines of management accounting and finance. The programme is comprised of a broad-based curriculum to prepare the postgraduate student for a wide range of finance-related specialities. The programme emphasises application, analysis and evaluation within each topic area as well as the application of integrity and ethics in a professional environment. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the skills to synthesize complex management, financial, performance and risk principles in order to drive and add value to the entities that employ them. The successful student will gain an overall financial and business perspective which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment and prepare them for further studies in this field.

93

RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of either a Bachelor of Commerce qualification or an appropriate Advanced Diploma and should have obtained a final mark of at least 50% for both Accounting and Financial Management (Finance as well as Cost and Management Accounting assessed at new NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6. Should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge or does not meet the selection criteria, the department may require the completion of the Bridging Programme in Financial Management. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

YEAR MODULES


Financial Strategy FNB15X7 27

Management Accounting Strategy FNB14X7 27

Performance and Risk Strategy FNB18X7 27

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Contemporary Management Accounting

FNB16X7 12

Advanced Cost and Management Accounting

FNB13X7 12

Research Methodology: Financial Management

FNB17X7 15

EF.44 BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS (FINANCIAL PLANNING) BCom Hons (Financial Planning) (HCO127)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of the qualification is to develop applied competence and deepen the student's expertise in the analysis, interpretation and application of financial planning principles and research capacity in the economic environment at an advanced level. Learners are also prepared for a career in the practice of financial planning and further learning in researched based postgraduate study in this field by developing research and reporting skills. The students should be able to reflect on their

94

decisions and applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of financial planning as a practice at an advanced level. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a BCom degree or an appropriate advanced diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Financial Planning (assessed at a New NQF level 7/ Old NQF level 6). The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge in Financial Planning. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

MODULE NAME MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Insurance and Risk Management

FPL03X7 15 Employee Benefits FPL01X7 15

Income Tax Planning

FPL04X7 15 Estate Planning FPL02X7 15

Investment Planning

FPL05X7 15 Retirement Planning FPL06X7 15

Research Methodology: Financial Planning

FPL09X7 15 Case Study: Financial Planning FPL10X7 15

PART TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


NEW NQF

CREDITS

Income Tax Planning

FPL04X7 15 Estate Planning FPL02X7 15

Research Methodology: Financial Planning

FPL09X7 15 Retirement Planning FPL06X7 15

95

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


NEW NQF

CREDITS

Insurance and Risk Management

FPL03X7 15 Employee Benefits FPL01X7 15

Investment Planning

FPL05X7 15 Case Study: Financial Planning FPL10X7 15

EF.45 BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS (INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT) BCom Hons (Investment Management) (HCO102)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to strengthen the student’s knowledge of the discipline of investment valuation and portfolio management. The programme is comprised of a broad-based curriculum to prepare the student for a wide range of investment-related specialities. The curriculum includes eight topic areas ranging from equity investment, interest-bearing investment to portfolio management and retirement finance. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to synthesize complex investment principles and apply financial instruments in a professional manner. Fundamental knowledge of global investment principles will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s world of professional investing. The programme emphasizes competence, integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a global investment perspective and an in-depth understanding of the global marketplace which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor’s degree or an appropriate Advanced Diploma and should have appropriate knowledge of Investment Management (New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6). The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge in Investment Management. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. Prior to commencement of the honours programme, students will be required to attend a compulsory preparatory workshop. Students will also be required to attend compulsory library research training which will be arranged and provided by library services.

96

CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


NEW NQF

CREDITS

Equity Investment BLB11X7 15 Financial Engineering BLB14X7 15

Forex Exposure Management

BLB09X7 15 Interest-bearing Investment BLB15X7 15


BLB10X7 15 Portfolio Management BLB05X7 15

Research Methodology: Investment Management

BLB17X7 15 Retirement Finance BLB18X7 15

PART TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


NEW NQF

CREDITS


BLB10X7 15 Interest-bearing Investment BLB15X7 15

Research Methodology: Investment Management

BLB17X7 15 Retirement Finance BLB18X7 15

SECOND YEAR

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


NEW NQF

CREDITS

Forex Exposure Management

BLB09X7 15 Portfolio Management BLB05X7 15

97

Equity Investment BLB11X7 15 Financial Engineering BLB14X7 15

EF.46 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANGEMENT (H3P14Q) BComHons (Property Valuation and Management)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is to strengthen students’ knowledge and comprehension in the disciplines of property valuation and management. The programme comprises a broad-based curriculum to prepare the postgraduate student for a wide range of property-related specialities. The curriculum includes topic areas ranging from property valuation and property law, to property finance and property management. The programme emphasises application, analysis and evaluation within each topic area as well as the application of integrity and ethics in a professional environment. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the skills to combine complex valuation, management, financial and legal principles in order to add value to the entities that employ them. The successful student will gain an overall property valuation and property management perspective which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment and prepare them for further studies in this field. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor of Commerce (Finance) OR another relevant qualification assessed at New NQF level 7/Old NQF level 6. The department may require the completion of a bridging programme should students not comply with the rules of access regarding the specific subject knowledge in Property Valuation and Management. Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department. CURRICULUM


YEAR MODULES


Research Project: Property Valuation and Management RPP8X00 30

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Advanced Property Valuation and Management A

PVM8X01 15

Advanced Property Valuation and Management B

PVM8X02 15

98

Advanced Property Finance and Investment

PFI8X01 15 Property Portfolio Management PPM8X02 15

Applied Property Law A

APL8X01 15 Applied Property Law B APL8X02 15

EF.47 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN QUANTITATIVE FINANCE (H3Q15Q) BComHons (Quantitative Finance)

Full time NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The purpose of the programme is to provide students with the required theoretical and practical training needed to understand and implement mathematical financial models. The programme is a vital qualification needed for entry into professional practice or management positions in the quantitative finance services industry. The curriculum covered in the programme provides an in-depth groundwork for further learning and specialisation within financial engineering field and advanced quantitative finance. The provision of self-reflexive, scientifically trained professionals for the South African financial services industry builds our national, intellectual and economic infrastructure. RULES OF ACCESS An appropriate Bachelor’s degree with a minimum average of 65%, obtained in the final year modules. Students are required to have completed the following as part of their undergraduate degree:

• Mathematics (specifically calculus) and/or Statistics at a New NQF level 5 and 6. CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

YEAR MODULES


Research Project: Quantitative Finance RPQ8X00 30

SEMESTER MODULE


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Introduction to Derivative Securities

IDS8X01 10 Interest Rate Modelling IRM8X02 12

99

Stochastic Process for Finance – Discrete

SPD8X02 12

Stochastic Process for Finance – Continuous

SPC8X02 12

Risk Measurement 1

RMO8X01 10 Risk Measurement 2 RMT8X02 10

Numerical Methods in Finance

NMF8X01 12

South African Financial Instruments and Markets

SAF8X01 12

EF.48 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS IN TREASURY MANAGEMENT (H3TM5Q) BComHons (Treasury Management)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 120 PURPOSE The primary purpose of the BComHons (Treasury Management) is to develop the student’s knowledge of the discipline of corporate treasury valuation and management. The programme is comprised of a focused curriculum to prepare the student for a career in corporate treasury management. The curriculum includes eight topic areas ranging from quantitative investment analysis, liquidity management to risk management and financial engineering. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to synthesize complex treasury management principles and apply financial instruments in a professional manner. Fundamental knowledge of global investment and treasury principles will be gained enabling the qualifying student to work in today’s world of professional corporate treasury management. The programme emphasizes competence, integrity, and application of ethics in a professional environment. The successful student will gain a global corporate treasury management perspective and an in-depth understanding of the global marketplace which will provide them with a competitive advantage for employment. RULES OF ACCESS An appropriate Bachelor’s degree with a minimum average of 65%, obtained in the final year modules. Students are required to have completed the following as part of their undergraduate degree:

Investment Management at Old NQF level 6/New NQF level 7.

100

CURRICULUM

FULL TIME

FIRST YEAR

YEAR MODULES


Research Project: Treasury Management RPT8X00 30

SEMESTER MODULE


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


QIA8X01 15 Financial Engineering FEN8X01 15

Equity Investment Analysis

EIA8X01 15 Hedging and Risk Management HAR8X02 10

Liquidity Management

LMG8X02 15 Treasury Case Studies TCS8X02 10

Treasury Organisation

TOR8X02 10

PART TIME

FIRST YEAR

SEMESTER MODULE


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


QIA8X01 15 Financial Engineering

FEN8X01 15

Equity Investment Analysis

EIA8X01 15 Hedging and Risk Management

HAR8X02 10

SECOND YEAR

YEAR MODULES


Research Project: Treasury Management APT8X00 30

101

SEMESTER MODULE


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Liquidity Management

LMG8X02 15 Treasury Case Studies TCS8X02 10

Treasury Organisation

TOR8X02 10

102

EF.49 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII CUM HONORIBUS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE HONOURS


RHR01X8 or

ACC8X00 Accounting 4

REK02X7 Advanced Auditing (CA)

FNB13X7 Advanced Cost and Management Accounting

REK01X7 Advanced Financial Accounting (CA)

REK03X7 Advanced Financial Management (CA)

AIA8X00 Advanced Internal Auditing

PFI8X01 Advanced Property Finance and Investment

PVM8X01 Advanced Property Valuation and Management A

PVM8X02 Advanced Property Valuation and Management B

REK04X7 Advanced Taxation (CA)

APM8X01 Applied Econometrics

APL8X02 Applied Property Law B

APL8X01 Applied Property Law A

RHR01N8 Applied Research: Accounting

RHR03N8 Applied Research: Governance & Control

ARI8X00 Applied Research: Internal Auditing

RHR04N8 Applied Research: Public Sector Governance

RHR02N8 or ART8X00

Applied Research: Taxation

FPL10X7 Case Study: Financial Planning

FNB16X7 Contemporary Management Accounting

EKN4814 Econometrics 4A

EKN4815 Econometrics 4B

EDC8X02 or EKN4808


FPL01X7 Employee Benefits

EKN4816 or ENE8X02

Environmental Economics

EIA8X01 Equity Investment Analysis

BLB11X7 Equity Investment

FPL02X7 Estate Planning

103


FNN8X01 or EKN4809


FNN8X2 or EKN4810

Financial Economics B FNN8X01 or EKN4809

BLB14X7 or FEN8X01

Financial Engineering

FNB15X7 Financial Strategy

BLB09X7 Forex Exposure Management

GTP8X02 Global Taxation Principles

RHR03X8 or GAC8X00

Governance and Control 4

HAR8X02 Hedging and Risk Management

FPL04X7 Income Tax Planning

FPL03X7 Insurance and Risk Management

IRM8X02 Interest Rate Modelling

BLB15X7 Interest-bearing Investment

ITP8X01 or EKN4811


IDS8X01 Introduction to Derivative Securities

IGC8X01 Introduction to Governance and Control

FPL05X7 Investment Planning

LMG8X02 Liquidity Management

MAE8X02 or EKN4802

Macroeconomics 4

FNB14X7 Management Accounting Strategy

MAN8X01 Mathematical Economics 4

MIE8X01 or EKN4801

Microeconomics 4

MTE8X02 or EKN4807

Monetary Policy B MTE8X01 or EKN4806

MTE8X01 or EKN4806

Monetary Theory A

NLG8X01 or EKN4812


NMF8X01 Numerical Methods in Finance

FNB18X7 Performance and Risk Strategy

BLB05X7 Portfolio Management

PPM8X02 Property Portfolio Management

RHR04X8 Public Sector Governance

104


EKN4813 Quantitative Economics 4

BLB10X7 or QIA8X01


RHR05X8 or RMA8X00

Research Methodology: Accounting

FNB17X7 Research Methodology: Financial Management

FPL09X7 Research Methodology: Financial Planning

BLB17X7 Research Methodology: Investment Management

RPN8X00 or EKN4805

Research Project: Economics

RPP8X00 Research Project: Property Valuation and Management

RPQ8X00 Research Project: Quantitative Finance

RPT8X00 Research Project: Treasury Management

BLB18X7 Retirement Finance

FPL06X7 Retirement Planning

RMO8X01 Risk Measurement 1

RMT8X02 Risk Measurement 2

SAF8X01 South African Financial Instruments and Markets

RHR02X8 or SAT8X00

South African Taxation 4

SPC8X02 Stochastic Process for Finance – Continuous

SPD8X02 Stochastic Process for Finance – Discrete

TCS8X02 Treasury Case Studies

TOR8X02 Treasury Organisation

105

MASTER OF COMMERCE OR PHILOSOPHY QUALIFICATIONS THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK KINGSWAY CAMPUS Note 1: Prospective students must be proficient in English (reading, writing and comprehension).

Note 2: A pass mark must be obtained for each individual course work module as well as the research component (limited scope/minor dissertation/limited scope dissertation) in order for the degree to be conferred.

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK - COMMERCE

Computer Auditing* Development Economics Financial Economics Finance International Accounting* Local Economic Development** South African and International Taxation*

* These programmes are only offered bi-annually. The next intake will be in 2017.

** This programme is a professional master’s degree.

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK – PHILOSOPHY

Industrial Policy CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS


31 August annually for international students. Application forms and information are obtainable from the relevant department.

CLOSING DATE FOR REGISTRATIONS

End of February.

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH - COMMERCE

Accounting Auditing Econometrics Economics Financial Management Investment Management Quantitative Finance South African and International Taxation

106


31 May and 31 October annually for study commencing in the following semester.

31 August annually for international resident students.

Application forms and information are obtainable from the relevant department.

CLOSING DATE FOR REGISTRATIONS

End of February.

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK - COMMERCE The research component of master’s qualifications by course work consists of 50% research and 50% course work. Note 1: The following qualifications deviate from the 50:50 rule above in the sense that the

master’s qualification by course work consists of 33.3% research and 66.7% course work:

Computer Auditing

International Accounting

Local Economic Development

South African and International Taxation Note 2: That a pass mark must be obtained for each individual module as well as the research

component (limited scope/minor dissertation) in order for the degree to be conferred.

EF.50 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN COMPUTER AUDITING (M3CC5Q) MCom (Computer Auditing)

Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of computer auditing principles in the computer auditing field. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work through a limited scope dissertation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification or a postgraduate diploma in a related computer auditing field, on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively any other four-year qualification on New NQF level 8/ Old NQF level 7 and related practical auditing experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Accountancy. A selection process will be followed.

107

CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR – PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


NEW NQF

CREDITS

Risk management RSM9X01 27

IT Risk and System Development

DIC9X02 27

Research methodology: Computer Auditing

RMC9X01 12

EF.51 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS (M3CN3Q) MCom (Development Economics)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of economic principles and methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economic applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work.

SECOND YEAR – PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


NEW NQF

CREDITS

Computer security and business continuity

CSE9X02 27 Audit and IT compliance AIT9X02 27

Limited scope dissertation: Computer Auditing

LSC9X01 30

Limited scope dissertation: Computer Auditing

LSC9X02 30

108

RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification in Economics or Econometrics on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 with an average mark as determined by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Alternatively, any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 with an average mark obtained determined by the Department of Economics and Econometrics and related Micro- and Macroeconomics and Applied Econometrics experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Economics and Econometrics will be considered. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME OR PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Applied Econometric Techniques

ATE9X01 20

Microeconomic Issues in Development

MID9X02 20

Research Methodology: Economics

RMN9X01 10

Macroeconomic Issues in Development

MAD9X02 20

SECOND YEAR - FULL TIME OR PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Minor Dissertation: Economics*

MDN9X01* 45

Minor Dissertation: Economics*

MDN9X02* 45

Electives - Choose TWO of the following

Labour Market Issues

LMI9X01 10 Local Economic

Development LED9X01 10

Topics in Political Economy of Development

PED9X01 10

Topics in Poverty and Inequality

POI9X01 10

109

Topics in Trade, Industrial and Competition Policy

TIP9X01 10

* As one of the requirements for the awarding of this degree, coursework students are required upon submission of their minor dissertation to submit an article for the possibility of publication.

EF.52 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (M3CFEQ) MCom (Financial Economics)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The student should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of advanced financial principles in the context of the international economy, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions, through quantitative analysis and to assess the effect thereof in the holistic financial context. The qualification will provide qualifying students with the opportunity to further study at New NQF level 10/Old NQF level 8 on a doctoral degree programme in Economics. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification in Economics, Econometrics, Statistics and/or Mathematics on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and related Mathematical and/or Statistical and Applied Econometrical experiences which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR - FULL TIME OR PART TIME

YEAR MODULES


Financial Economics FEN9X00 30

Quantitative Analysis QTA9X00 30


YEAR MODULES


Research Design: Financial Economics

DEN9X00 30

110

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Minor dissertation: Financial Economics*

MDFN9X1* 45

Minor dissertation: Financial Economics*

MDFN9X2* 45

* As one of the requirements for the awarding of this degree, coursework students are required upon submission

of their minor dissertation to submit an article for the possibility of publication.

EF.53 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCE (M3CF6Q) MCom (Finance)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180

PURPOSE The aim of this qualification is for the student to develop applied competence in the mastering, interpretation, reflecting on and application of principles in the broader field of finance. Through the minor dissertation, a qualifying student shows evidence of scientific research, application of scientific research methodologies and an ability to reflect thereon in the holistic context of finance. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess a financially oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 with at least either Financial Management and/or Investment Management at third year level. Alternatively a student should possess any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and have related financial management and/or investment management financially oriented experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the department. For acceptance into the programme, preparatory study, an entrance course and examination may be required by the Department of Finance and Investment Management. Successful applicants must prepare a research proposal in consultation with a member of staff of the Department of Finance and Investment Management allocated to them. This proposal must be presented to a panel convened for this purpose. Once a decision has been made that the proposal has been accepted, the student will be allowed to proceed with the research component of the programme. The Department of Finance and Investment Management must specifically approve the field of study, the research topic, methodology and problem statement before the candidate may register for the minor dissertation.

111

CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR – FULL TIME OR PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF CREDITS

MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Core modules Electives - choose any ONE of the following pairs of modules

Developments in Finance

DEF9X01 15 Corporate Finance CRF9X01 15

AND

Empirical Finance

EMF9X01 15

Competitive Strategy CPS9X01 15

Risk Management RIM9X01 15

Principles of Finance

POF9X01 15

AND

Financial Engineering FEN9X02 15


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Minor dissertation: Finance MDF9X01 45

Minor dissertation: Finance MDF9X02 45

Applied Research Methodology in Finance

ARF9X02 15

EF.54 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING (M3CA5Q) MCom (International Accounting)

Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competence in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of accounting principles in the financial accounting field. Through a limited scope dissertation, a qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work.

112

RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification or a postgraduate diploma in Accounting or a Financial Management related honours degree on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively any other four-year qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and related accounting experience, which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Accountancy. A selection process will be followed. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR - PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Accounting Theory ACT9X01 27 Developments in Accounting DEA9X02 27

Research Methodology: International Accounting

RMA9X01 12

SECOND YEAR - PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Limited scope dissertation: International Accounting

LSA9X01 30

Limited scope dissertation: International Accounting

LSA9X02 30

Specialised applications of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

SAG9X01 27 Specialised industries

SPI9X02 27

113

EF.55 PROFESSIONAL MASTER OF COMMERCE IN LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (M3CL5Q) MCom (Local Economic Development)

Full time/Part time

NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The purpose of the Professional MCom (Local Economic Development) is to develop an advanced level of knowledge, skills and applied competence in the field of Local Economic Development (LED). The programme is specifically designed to meet the requirements of the LED profession and is aimed at students who plan to qualify as Certified LED professionals. This professional Master’s degree prepares students to reflect on the practice of LED. Through the research component, students will contribute towards the development of knowledge at an advanced level and prepare them for specialised professional employment. RULES OF ACCESS The minimum admission requirement is a cognate Bachelor Honours Degree or a Postgraduate Diploma. Alternatively any other four-year qualification with Honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and related Micro- and Macroeconomics and or related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. A preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the UJ Department of Economics and Econometrics. Students whose previous degrees did not include LED will have to complete a bridging module in the form of a short learning programme (SLP) entitled “Introduction to LED”. CURRICULUM


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Technical Research Project: Local Economic Development

RPL9X01 30


RPL9X02 30

Globalisation and Local Regional Development

GLR9X01 20

Leadership and Sustainable Local and Regional Economic Development

LSL9X02 20

Systems Thinking in Local and Regional Economic Development

STL9X01 20


MAL9X02 20

114


RML9X01 10

Poverty and Inequality PAI9X01 10

Strategic Planning for Local and Regional Economic Development

SPL9X01 20

EF.56 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN SOUTH AFRICAN AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION (M3CT5Q) MCom (South African and International

Taxation) Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of taxation principles in the taxation field. Through a limited scope dissertation, a qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student should possess an honours qualification or a postgraduate diploma in Accounting or a Tax related honours degree on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and related taxation experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Preparatory study and an entrance examination may be required by the Department of Accountancy. A selection process will be followed. CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR - PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Gross income and Tax Administration GIT9X01 27

Corporate and Capital Gains Tax CCT9X02 27

Research Methodology: South African and International Taxation

RMT9X01 12

115

SECOND YEAR - PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Limited scope dissertation: South African and International Taxation

LTS9X01 30

Limited scope dissertation: South African and International Taxation

LTS9X02 30

International Taxation

INT9X01 27 Tax treaties TTR9X02 27

MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSE WORK – PHILOSOPY The research component of master’s qualifications by course work consists of 50% research and 50% course work. NOTE: That a pass mark must be obtained for each individual module as well as the research component (minor dissertation) in order for the degree to be conferred.

EF.57 MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY IN INDUSTRIAL POLICY (M3CP4Q) MPhil (Industrial Policy)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The purpose of the Master of Philosophy in Industrial Policy is to develop the students’ intellectual competencies, intellectual independence and practical skills in the acquisition, analysis, interpretation and application of appropriate industrial policies to support the structural transformation of the economies of the continent. The programme consists of core modules offering an in-depth coverage of a broad range of issues pertaining to industrial development policies, strategies and management in Africa, and allowing students to test the practical application of the knowledge imparted, participate in analysing case studies, conducting field visits, and prepare individual technical reports on the various themes covered. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to be able to reflect critically on theory of industrial policy and its application. They will be able to deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively, design and critically appraise research, make sound judgments using data and information using the econometric techniques learned and communicate their conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences. RULES OF ACCESS The purpose of the Master of Philosophy in Industrial Policy is to develop the students’ intellectual competencies, intellectual independence and practical skills in the acquisition, analysis, interpretation and application of appropriate industrial policies to support the structural transformation of the economies of the continent. The programme consists of core modules offering an in-depth coverage of a broad range of issues pertaining to industrial development policies,

116

strategies and management in Africa, and allowing students to test the practical application of the knowledge imparted, participate in analysing case studies, conducting field visits, and prepare individual technical reports on the various themes covered. Mastering of the curriculum will provide students with the ability to be able to reflect critically on theory of industrial policy and its application. They will be able to deal with complex issues both systematically and creatively, design and critically appraise research, make sound judgments using data and information using the econometric techniques learned and communicate their conclusions clearly to specialist and non-specialist audiences.

CURRICULUM

FIRST YEAR - FULL TIME OR PART TIME

SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS


RMI9X01 5


RMI9X02 5

Industrial Policy: Comparative Historical Experiences and Conceptual Frameworks

CHE9X01 20

Applied Microeconomic Issues

MCD9X02 20

Industrial Policy: Instruments, Design and Implementation

IDI9X01 20

Applied Macroeconomic Issues

MND9X02 20


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Minor Dissertation: Industrial Policy MDI9X01 15

Minor Dissertation: Industrial Policy MDI9X02 45

Topics in Trade, Industrial and Competition Policy

TIP9X01 10

Electives: Choose ONE of the following


AMT9X01 20

Advanced Practice of Industrial Policy

API9X01 20

117

EF.58 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY COURSEWORK – COMMERCE OR PHILIOSOPY


ACT9X01 Accounting Theory

API9X01 Advanced Practice of Industrial Policy

ATE9X01 or AMT9X01


MND9X02 Applied Macroeconomic Issues

MNC9X02 Applied Microeconomic Issues

ARF9X02 Applied Research Methodology in Finance

AIT9X02 Audit and IT Compliance

CPS9X01 Competitive Strategy

CSE9X02 Computer Security and Business Continuity

CCT9X02 Corporate and Capital Gains Tax

CRF9X01 Corporate Finance

DEA9X02 Developments in Accounting

DEF9X01 Developments in Finance

EMF9X01 Empirical Finance

FEN9X00 Financial Economics

FEN9X02 Financial Engineering

GLR9X01 Globalisation and Local Regional Development

GIT9X01 Gross income and Tax Administration

CHE9X01 Industrial Policy: Comparative Historical Experiences and Conceptual Frameworks

IDI9X01 Industrial Policy: Instruments, Design, and Implementation

INT9X01 International Taxation

DIC9X02 IT Risk and System Development

LMI9X01 Labour Market Issues

LSL9X02 Leadership and Sustainable Local and Regional Economic Development

LSC9X01 and LSC9X02

Limited Scope Dissertation: Computer Auditing

LSA9X01 and LSA9X02

Limited Scope Dissertation: International Accounting

LTS9X01 and LST9X02

Limited Scope Dissertation: South African and International Taxation

118


LED9X01 Local Economic Development

MAD9X02 or MAL9X02


MID9X02 Microeconomic Issues in Development

MDN9X01 and MDN9X02

Minor Dissertation: Economics

MDF9X01 and MDF9X02

Minor Dissertation: Finance

MDFN9X1 and MDFN9X2

Minor Dissertation: Financial Economics

MDI9X01 and MDI9X02

Minor Dissertation: Industrial Policy

PAI9X01 Poverty and Inequality

POF9X01 Principles of Finance

QTA9X00 Quantitative Analysis

DEN9X00 Research Design: Financial Economics

RMC9X01 Research Methodology: Computer Auditing

RMN9X01 or RML9X01 or RMI9X01 and RMI9X02


RMA9X01 Research Methodology: International Accounting

RMT9X01 Research Methodology: South African and International Taxation

RSM9X01 or RIM9X01

Risk Management

SAG9X01 Specialised Applications of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

SPI9X02 Specialised Industries

SPL9X01 Strategic Planning for Local and Regional Economic Development

STL9X01 Systems Thinking in Local and Regional Economic Development

TTR9X02 Tax Treaties

RPL9X01 or RPL9X02


PED9X01 Topics in Political Economy of Development

POI9X01 Topics in Poverty and Inequality

TIP9X01 Topics in Trade, Industrial and Competition Policy

119

MASTER OF COMMERCE QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH AS ONE OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AWARDING OF A DEGREE, RESEARCH MASTERS’ STUDENTS ARE REQUIRED UPON SUBMISSION OF THEIR DISSERTATION TO ALSO SUBMIT AN ARTICLE FOR THE POSSIBILITY OF PUBLICATION.

EF.59 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ACCOUNTING (M3RA3Q) MCom (Accounting)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of accounting principles in the financial accounting field. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work through the master’s dissertation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of an Accounting oriented Bachelor of Commerce honours on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Dissertation: Accounting

DAC9X01 90 Dissertation: Accounting

DAC9X02 90

120

EF.60 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN AUDITING (M3RD3Q) MCom (Auditing) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of auditing principles in the auditing field. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work through the master’s dissertation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of an Accounting oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Dissertation: Auditing

DAU9X01 90 Dissertation: Auditing

DAU9X02 90

EF.61 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMETRICS (M3RM3Q) MCom (Econometrics) Full time/Part time

NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of econometric methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economic applications by using econometric

121

techniques either to perform empirical checks on specific economic models, or as tools for forecasting and policy evaluation. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Dissertation: Econometrics

DEM9X01 90 Dissertation: Econometrics

DEM9X02 90

EF.62 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS (M3RN3Q) MCom (Economics)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of economic principles and methods. This programme will prepare students to reflect on their own economical applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of

122

preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Dissertation: Economics

DEN9X01 90 Dissertation: Economics

DEN9X02 90

EF.63 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (M3RF3Q) MCom (Financial Management)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of this qualification is for the student to develop applied competence in the mastering, interpretation, reflecting on and application of principles in the broader field of finance. Through the master’s dissertation, a qualifying student shows evidence of scientific research, application of scientific research methodologies and an ability to reflect thereon in the holistic context of finance. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of a financially oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification or equivalent on New NQF level 8/NQF level 7, with at least Financial Management and/or Investment Management at third year level. Alternatively a student should possess any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and have related financially oriented experience which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. The research proposal should be presented to a panel convened by the Department of Finance and Investment Management for this purpose.

123

CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Dissertation: Financial Management

DFM9X01 90

Dissertation: Financial Management

DFM9X02 90

EF.64 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (M3RI3Q) MCom (Investment Management)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The aim of this qualification is for the student to develop applied competence in the mastering, interpretation, reflecting on and application of principles in the broader field of finance. Through the master’s dissertation, a qualifying student shows evidence of scientific research, application of scientific research methodologies and an ability to reflect thereon in the holistic context of finance. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of an Investment Management oriented Bachelors of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7. Alternatively a student should possess any other four-year qualification with honours status on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7 and have related investment management oriented experience which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. The research proposal should be presented to a panel convened by the Department of Finance and Investment Management for this purpose.

124

CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Dissertation: Investment Management

DIM9X01 90

Dissertation: Investment Management

DIM9X02 90

EF.65 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN QUANTITATIVE FINANCE (M3RQ6Q) MCom (Quantitative Finance)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9 NEW NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The purpose of this programme is for the student to develop applied competence in the interpretation, reflection and application of principles in the broader field of quantitative finance. Through the master’s dissertation, a qualifying student shows evidence of scientific research, application of scientific research methodologies and an ability to reflect thereon in the holistic context of quantitative finance. RULES OF ACCESS

A potential student must be in possession of a - Quantitative Finance oriented Bachelor of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF

level 8/Old NQF level 7; or - Alternatively a student should possess any other qualification on New NQF level 8/Old

NQF level 7 and have related quantitative finance oriented experience which is deemed applicable by the Department of Finance and Investment Management;

Selection to the master’s research programme is subject to the successful defence of a research proposal. The research proposal should be presented to a panel convened by the Department of Finance and Investment Management for this purpose. The Department of Finance and Investment Management must specifically approve the field of study, the research topic, methodology and problem statement before the candidate may register;

Selection is based on academic merit and the availability of places and hence may entail the use of additional criteria/requirements; and

Final admission requirements will from time to time be set by the department.

125

CURRICULUM


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Dissertation: Quantitative Finance

DQF9X01 90

Dissertation: Quantitative Finance

DQF9X02 90

EF.66 MASTER OF COMMERCE IN SOUTH AFRICAN AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION (M3RT3Q) MCom (South African and International Taxation)

Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180 PURPOSE The student should develop applied specialised competencies in mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of taxation principles in the taxation field. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original scientific work through the master’s dissertation. RULES OF ACCESS A potential student must be in possession of an Accounting or Financial Management oriented Bachelors of Commerce Honours qualification on New NQF level 8/Old NQF level 7, which is deemed applicable by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions.

126

CURRICULUM A dissertation on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for master’s qualifications are also applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Dissertation: South African and International Tax

DSIT9X1 90

Dissertation: South African and International Tax

DSIT9X2 90

127

EF.67 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR MASTER’S QUALIFICATIONS BY RESEARCH


DAC9X01 and DAC9X02 Dissertation: Accounting

DAU9X01 and DAU9X02 Dissertation: Auditing

DEM9X01 and DEM9X02 Dissertation: Econometrics

DEN9X01 and DEN9X02 Dissertation: Economics

DFM9X01 and DFM9X02 Dissertation: Financial Management

DIM9X01 and DIM9X02 Dissertation: Investment Management

DQF9X01 and DQF9X02 Dissertation: Quantitative Finance

DSIT9X1 and DSIT9X2 Dissertation: South African and International Tax

128

DOCTORAL QUALIFICATIONS

THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE OFFERED IN THE FOLLOWING FIELDS AT THE AUCKLAND PARK KINGSWAY CAMPUS: Note: Prospective students must be proficient in English (reading, writing and comprehension).

Accounting Auditing Econometrics Economics Finance Taxation

As one of the requirements for the awarding of a degree, doctoral students are required upon submission of their thesis to also submit an article for the possibility of publication. CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS

31 May and 31 October annually for study in the following semester.

31 August annually for international students. CLOSING DATE FOR REGISTRATIONS

End of February.

EF.68 PhD (ACCOUNTING) (PHD301) Full time/Part time DCOM (ACCOUNTING) (DCO113) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The candidate should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of accounting principles in the financial accounting field. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based accounting orientated master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme-specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions.

129

CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Thesis: Accounting REK01P9 180 Thesis: Accounting REK02P9 180

EF.69 PhD (AUDITING) (PHD302) Full time/Part time DCOM (AUDITING) (DCO112) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The candidate should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of auditing principles in the auditing field. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. Prospective students must prepare a research proposal in consultation with a member of staff of the Department of Accountancy so allocated to them. This proposal must be presented to a panel convened for this purpose. Once a decision has been made that the proposal has been accepted, the prospective student will be allowed to register for the degree. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based Auditing or Computer Auditing orientated master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme-specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions.

130

CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Thesis: Auditing ODT01P9 180 Thesis: Auditing ODT02P9 180

EF.70 PhD (ECONOMETRICS) (PHD303) Full time/Part time DCOM (ECONOMETRICS) (DCO105) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The candidate should develop advanced competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of econometric techniques. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. Prospective students must prepare a research proposal in consultation with a member of staff of the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Once a decision has been made that the proposal has been accepted, the prospective student will be allowed to register for the degree. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme- specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department Economics and Econometrics. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions.

131

CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable. In order to complete the research component students are required to defend their methodologies and empirical findings in a presentation to faculty members.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Thesis: Econometrics

EKM01P9 180 Thesis: Econometrics

EKM02P9 180

EF.71 PhD (ECONOMICS) (PHD304) Full time/Part time DCOM (ECONOMICS) (DCO106) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The candidate should develop advanced competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of economic models. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. Prospective students must prepare a research proposal in consultation with a member of staff of the Department of Economics and Econometrics. Once a decision has been made that the proposal has been accepted, the prospective student will be allowed to register for the degree. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme- specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department Economics and Econometrics. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable. In order to complete the research component students are required to defend their methodologies and empirical findings in a presentation to faculty members.

132


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Thesis: Economics EKN01P9 180 Thesis: Economics EKN02P9 180

EF.72 PhD (FINANCE) (PHD305) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The candidate should develop applied competencies and practical skills in the mastering, interpretation, understanding and application of a topic in the broader field of finance. Through the doctoral thesis, a qualifying student would show evidence of independent and original scientific work. The thesis would constitute a decided contribution to knowledge of and insight into the subject discipline as well as the field of research. Qualifying candidates would also display competence in the application of related research methodology, and the proper written and/or oral communication of the research process and findings. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based financially orientated master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme- specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and finance related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department Finance and Investment Management. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Thesis: Finance FIN01P9 180 Thesis: Finance FIN02P9 180

133

EF.73 PhD (TAXATION) (PHD306) Full time/Part time DCOM (TAXATION) (DCO101) Full time/Part time NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360 PURPOSE The candidate should develop applied specialised competencies in the mastering, interpretation, understanding, analysis and application of taxation principles in the financial and commercial sector. A qualifying candidate should show evidence of original and independent scientific work. RULES OF ACCESS A candidate who is in possession of a university-based taxation orientated master’s qualification on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8 may apply for admission to this qualification. Alternatively any other related qualification with a programme- specific minimum level of competency on New NQF level 9/Old NQF level 8, and related experience which is considered relevant and sufficient by the Department of Accountancy. Finalisation of registration for the programme (and/or continued registration) is subject to applicants complying with departmental-specific requirements. Such requirements usually include preparatory work leading up to a research proposal that is approved by the department. Possible examples of preparatory work are pre-reading, literature reviews, concept development, and successful completion of short courses aimed at skills and/or knowledge development. Candidates may also be required to successfully defend their research proposals at special discussion sessions. CURRICULUM A thesis on an approved topic has to be successfully completed. The Academic Regulations for doctoral qualifications are also applicable.


SEMESTER MODULES


MODULE NAME MODULE

CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS MODULE NAME

MODULE CODE

NEW NQF

CREDITS

Thesis: Taxation BEL01P9 180 Thesis: Taxation BEL02P9 180

134

EF.74 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MODULES, DESCRIPTION, PREREQUISITES AND MODULE CODES FOR DOCTORAL QUALIFICATIONS


REK01P9 and REK02P9 Thesis: Accounting

ODT01P9 and ODT02P9 Thesis: Auditing

EKM01P9 and EKM02P9 Thesis: Econometrics

EKN01P9 and EKN02P9 Thesis: Economics

FIN01P9 and FIN02P9 Thesis: Finance

BEL01P9 and BEL02P9 Thesis: Taxation

135

SECTION C: PURPOSE AND OUTCOMES DIPLOMA MODULES

EF.75 AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AIC22A2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with an introduction to:

• the development of the auditing/accounting professions,

the auditor’s duties and responsibilities,

codes of professional conduct, and

concepts

for obtaining audit evidence.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to explain the:

responsibilities, functions and qualities of an auditor;

professional ethics governing the work of the auditor;

rights and duties covered by statute;

responsibilities and legal liability of the auditor;

concepts and principles relevant to the audit process; and

fundamental concepts for obtaining audit evidence.

AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONTROL 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AIC22B2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with an introduction to the basic principles of internal control and testing, in general and applied to some business cycles.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to:

explain and advise on the framework for internal control and internal control evaluation;

explain and advise on the objectives, nature and evaluation of internal control on the revenue and receipts, purchases and payments, payroll and inventory cycles;

identify and describe the controls to Electronic Data Processing (EDP)

explain the concepts and principles relevant to the audit process; and

explain and describe the objectives and aspects to consider during the planning of an audit.

136

AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONROL 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AIC33A3 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the basic principles of internal control and testing, in general, and as applied to some business cycles.


describe the principles that determine the selecting of items for testing to gather audit evidence;

perform audit planning by incorporating the preliminary evaluation of business risk, internal control and audit risk;

apply the audit plan into action for the revenue and receipts cycle and for the acquisition and payment cycle; and

apply the audit plan into action for finance and investment cycles.

AUDITING AND INTERNAL CONROL 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AIC33B3 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the basic principles of internal control and testing, in general, and as applied to some business cycles.


audit around the computer (Pastel – integration with Financial Accounting (a practical approach));

report preliminary findings to audit manager;

describe the principles that determine the form, content and extent of audit documentation files (working papers);

explain the electronic data-processing (EDP) systems (Input, processing and output control)

EF.76 BANKING OPERATIONS BANKING OPERATIONS 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BOP22A2 NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to explain the banking environment and all the operational processes that goes along with the industry.

137


identify and explain the principle of banking operations and how a bank operates including the principles of savings and borrowings; and

discuss the instruments in the banking environment.

BANKING OPERATIONS 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BOP22B2 NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to explain regulations in the banking industry and all the operational processes that goes along with the industry.


identify and explain the processes in banking operations; and

discuss the banking regulations in the South African market.

EF.77 COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CFM11A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic costing techniques and methods. In this module students will identify and analyse cost and management accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes.


explain and understand the basic principles of cost classification and terminology;

define and understand the different terms and concepts in respect of inventory-holding and administer different inventory systems manually and electronically;

introduce the basic concepts of Just in Time (JIT) Inventory holding concepts; understand and administer remuneration systems both manually and electronically;

classification and analysis of overheads and allocation of overheads by means of predetermined rates;

introduce the concept of Activity Based Costing for the allocation of overheads;

understand the cost flow in a manufacturing concern and be able to determine cost of manufactured products and services; and

describe and prepare the accounting records of a manufacturing entity using both Integrated and non-integrating accounting systems;

138

COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CFM11B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function.


Explain and appraise the context within which the financial management function takes place;

explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation;

differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic financial instruments and financial markets;

explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;

understand the cost of capital concept by performing simple calculations; and

discuss, explain and apply the underlying principles of foreign trade and exchange rates.

COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CFM22A2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function.


demonstrate his/her ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and relate them to the role of the financial manager;


explain and appraise the context within which the analysis of financial statements function takes place;

explain the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities;


differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic debt instruments and understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations; and

explain the basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations; and discuss, explain and apply the underlying principles of valuing the equity of an entire company and do advanced calculations.

139

COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CFM22B2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic costing techniques and methods. In this module students will identify and analyse cost and management accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes.


identify and explain the different terms and concepts in respect of job costing and prepare a job card from given data;

prepare process cost reports using both first- in –first- out (FIFO) and weighted average method (WAM) stocking methods; including the treatment of normal and abnormal losses;

identify, explain and analyse the process costs into joint-; by- and scrap products;

explain, assess and apply the Activity Based Costing (ABC) system and compare with other overhead allocation systems; and

explain and discuss modern cost control systems such as Just In Time, Activity Based Management and Benchmarking and modern electronic systems available;

calculate cost and profit according to absorption cost principles; and

calculate cost and profit according to direct cost principles.

COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CFM33A3 COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce advanced costing techniques and methods. In this module students will analyse and apply cost and management accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to: prepare standard and actual cost sheets; record, assess, evaluate product costs calculate all the relevant operational variances; record and report variances within a standard costing system; analyse and interpret the operational variances; argue which department/manager is responsible for which variances; calculate and analyse pricing decisions and methods; prepare an operational budget for the production of more than one product and using more

than one material; compile a cash budget and evaluate the cash flow position of the enterprise; calculate the differences between actual and budgeted figures; explain the differences between actual and budgeted figures; identify potential problems highlighted by the operational and cash budgets; design solutions to these potential problems identified;

140

identify budget constraints and propose solution; interpret and evaluate the performance of the organisation and managers within the

organisation; and appraise and criticize an organization’s approach to performance measurement.

COST AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CFM33B3 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply advanced costing techniques and methods to the decision-making process. In this module learners will analyse and evaluate different operational decisions and investment options and decide on the best course of action taking into account both qualitative and quantitative factors.


perform Cost Volume Profit Calculations;

measure relevant costs for decision-making;

differentiate between relevant and irrelevant costs and benefits;

explain and identify qualitative factors that affect the decision;

apply and evaluate short-term decision-making techniques such as contribution per limiting factor and CVP analysis;

compare possible decisions and courses of action;

rate possible decisions on factors such as acceptability, sustainability, relevance, practicality;

design alternative solutions to the options given (if analysis proves given courses of action are not optimal);

make the best decision taking into account information available;

explain the capital budgeting process;

explain and identify qualitative factors that affect the investment;

prepare project cash flows that take account of taxations and inflation;

evaluate mutually exclusive projects with unequal lives;

rate possible investment decisions according to qualitative as well as quantitative factors; and

choose the best investment taking into account the information available.

EF.78 ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS 1A (DIPLOMA) (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO11A1 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the main themes and concepts of Economics, and the application of these concepts in the students’ future role as managers and decision makers.


fully assess the relationship between economics and the economy;

correctly identify the different factor characteristics of the economy;

141

comprehensively illustrate and discuss a basic model of the economy;

fully examine how different methods are used to measure economic progress;

comprehensively derive and apply demand and supply as a model for determining the prices of goods and services;

correctly examine in what manner price and income sensitivity impacts on the revenue position of the firm;

comprehensively derive, graphically illustrate and assess the short run production function of an individual firm and must be able to indicate the effect on production of technological development;

correctly graphically illustrate and assess cost efficiency of the firm in the short and long run;

fully determine price and output equilibrium in a perfect competitive environment; and

comprehensively determine price and output equilibrium in an imperfect competitive environment.

ECONOMICS 1B (DIPLOMA) (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO11B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the main themes and concepts of macroeconomics, and the application of these concepts in the students’ future role as managers and decision makers.

OUTCOMES Students should be able:

discuss and analyse fully business cycles and their macroeconomic implications;

define, discuss and evaluate the role of money and interest rates in the economy correctly;

discuss and assess comprehensively international economics and international finance;

derive and explain the total expenditure model fully;

derive, discuss and apply comprehensively the aggregate demand and aggregate supply model;

discuss the economics of development correctly;

discuss the effect of HIV/AIDS on the labour market, economic growth and development of South Africa; and

discuss and analyse comprehensively the most important economic issues in South Africa.

EF.79 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1A (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: FAC11A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to basic accounting principles, concepts and processes. Using technology-assisted learning this module integrates the theory with a practical element and the student will work with a computer-based entity (sole trader) on which aspects of this module can be practised. The module introduces the accounting process for recording of transactions from source documents through to the financial statements of a sole trader. The focus is on the measurement and recognition of Value Added Tax (VAT), assets, liabilities, income and expenses; recognition of accounting adjustments and period end adjustments.

142


integrate technology assisted learning by means of an accounting software package throughout the module;

understand basic accounting principles and the accounting process and apply these for a sole trader using the accounting software;

set up a service entity (sole trader) using the accounting software and convert it to a trading entity;

understand accounting tools (accounting equation and 6 column worksheet) and the accounting implication of transactions;

measure and recognise Value Added Tax (VAT);

prepare source documents, journal entries and general ledger accounts using the accounting software;

set up and monitoring individual trade receivables accounts;

record transactions in specialised journal entries and the respective subsidiary ledgers;

reconcile the cashbook to the bank statement balance;

reconcile the subsidiary ledgers to the control accounts for trade receivables and payables;

prepare and record journal entries for accounting adjustments, correction of errors and period end adjustments;

identify, measure and recognise inventories in terms of section 13 of IFRS for SMEs; and

present basic financial statements for a sole trader.

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1B (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: FAC11B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the partnership as a form of a legal entity. Using technology-assisted learning, this module integrates the theory with a practical element and the student works with a computer-based entity (partnership) on which aspects of this module can be practised. The module will reinforce the accounting process for the recording of transactions from source documents through to the financial statements of a partnership. The focus is on the measurement and recognition of Value Added Tax (VAT), assets, liabilities, income and expenses, the disposal of non-current assets, recognition of accounting adjustments and period end adjustments.


integrate the technology-assisted learning by means of an accounting software package throughout the module;

convert a sole trader to a partnership;

measure and recognise the transactions in a partnership and account for changes in partnership;

measure and recognise the disposal of non-current assets;

understand the accounting tools (accounting equation and 6 column worksheet) and the accounting implication of transactions;

measure and recognise Value Added Tax (VAT);

prepare source documents, journal entries and general ledger accounts by using the accounting software;

set up and monitor individual trade receivables accounts;

143

record transactions in specialised journal entries and the respective subsidiary ledgers;

reconcile the cashbook to the bank statement balance;

reconcile the subsidiary ledgers to the control accounts for trade receivables and payables;

prepare and record journal entries for accounting adjustments, correction of errors and period end adjustments;

identify, measure and recognise the inventories as per section 13 of IFRS for SMEs; and

present basic financial statements for a partnership.

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2A (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: FAC22A2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to extend the knowledge students acquired from Financial Accounting 1A and 1B by focusing more specifically on accounting principles applied within a specific accounting standard.

Using technology-assisted learning, this module integrates the theory with a practical element and the student will work with a computer-based entity (sole trader, and other business entities including small and medium-sized entities (SMEs), private entities and non-publicly accountable entities) on which aspects of this module can be practised.

Students must know the rules and procedures governing business entities including small and medium sized entities (SMEs) private entities and non-publicly accountable entities .Students must be able to understand the conceptual framework as a base, together with the Framework for Small Medium Enterprises (SMEs) and International Accounting Standards 1 (IAS1) / International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as a guide for the preparation and presentation of financial statements for entities to comply with the relevant standards.

Students must know all the difference classes of shares and be able to classify these different classes of shares correctly in the financial statements.

Students must be able to recognise, classify and measure various line items in the statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income and statement changes in equity according to their relevant International Accounting Standards.

Students should be able to apply this to the following items: - Share transactions - Revenue - Inventories - Borrowing costs

Students should be able to apply the principles of Value Added Taxation (VAT) to all various accounting transactions

Students should be able to apply the foreign exchange principles to various accounting transactions



apply rules and procedures governing business entities including small and medium-sized entities (SMEs), private entities and non-publicly accountable entities;

convert business entities including small and medium-sized entities (SMEs), private entities and non-publicly accountable entities;

prepare and present the Annual Financial Statements in terms of the following Frameworks; - Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements - Framework for Small Medium Enterprises’ (SMEs)

144

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Share transactions in terms of Section 3;

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Revenue in terms of Section 23;

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Inventories in terms of Section 13;

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Borrowing Costs in terms of Section 25;

apply various value added taxation principles to all accounting transactions; and

apply foreign exchange principles to various accounting transactions in terms of Section 30.

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2B (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: FAC22B2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to extend the knowledge students acquired from Financial Accounting 2A and focus more specifically on accounting principles applied within a specific accounting standard. Using technology-assisted learning, this module integrates the theory with a practical element and the students will work with a computer-based entity (companies) on which aspects of this module can be practised. Students must be able to recognise, classify and measure various line items in the statement of financial position, statement of comprehensive income and statement changes in equity according to their relevant International Financial Reporting Standards. Students should be able to apply this to the following items: property plant and equipment, impairment of assets, provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets, financial instruments relating specifically to equity, events after the reporting period a Students should be able to apply the principles of Value Added Taxation (VAT) to all accounting transactions where applicable Students should be able to apply the foreign exchange principles to accounting transactions where applicable. Students should also be able to calculate, analyse and interpret the ratios related to a company’s financial statements, with the aid of accounting software, where applicable.



identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Property plant and equipment in terms of Section 17;

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Impairment of assets in terms of Section 27;

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets in terms of Section 21;

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Financial Instruments specifically regarding Equity in terms of Section 13;

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Events After the Reporting Period in terms of Section 32;

apply various value added taxation (VAT) principles to all accounting transactions where applicable;

apply foreign exchange principles to all accounting transactions where applicable in terms of Section 30; and

analyse and interpret financial statements.

145

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3A (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: FAC33A3 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the knowledge to identify measure, recognise, present and disclose advanced transactions and events in entities with the focus on International Financial Reporting Standards for Small and Medium Entities, with the aid of accounting software, where applicable.


identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Property, plant and equipment;

recognise, present and disclose Borrowing Costs;

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Impairment of Assets

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose; and

identify, recognise, measure, present and disclose Financial Instruments,

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3B (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: FAC33B3

NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the knowledge to prepare and present consolidated financial statements of companies, cash flow statements (non-consolidated) advanced equity related transactions, and analysis and interpretation of financial statements with the aid of accounting software, where applicable.

OUTCOMES

Students should be able to:

Integrate the technology-assisted learning by means of an accounting software package throughout the module, where applicable, to:

consolidate simple groups;

prepare cash flow statements;

identify, recognise, and measure the reduction of share capital;

measure, present and disclose earnings per share; and

analyse and interpretation of financial statements.

EF.80 FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FMR33A3

NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to equip students to apply legal knowledge on the South African financial markets in a financial market environment.

146


identify and discuss the broad South Africa financial market regulatory environment; and

explain the fundamental regulatory acts in the South African financial markets.

FINANCIAL MARKET REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FMR33B3

NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to give the student the ability to notice illegal activities in finance, and grasp the international regulatory environment and its function.


identify and discuss the international regulation environment, compliance function, financial crime, integrity and corporate governance.

EF.81 FINANCIAL PLANNING OPERATIONS

FINANCIAL PLANNING OPERATIONS 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPO33B3 NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of financial planning and its related operations and the associated regulations in South Africa.


identify and explain the principles of financial planning operations;

state and discuss the instruments in the financial planning environment;

describe the processes in financial planning operations; and

state and discuss the associated regulations in the South Africa market.

EF.82 FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FSO22A2 NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with the skills to solve industry related calculations and grasp the directives in the financial services industry.

147


describe and calculate financial mathematics and statistics, such as time value of money and discounted cash flows;

identify and discuss industry regulation in financial services; and

discuss and calculate basic instruments in the following areas in the financial services industry:

- equities - fixed interest - cash and money market instruments - collective investment schemes - exchange traded products - structured products - derivatives - property - alternative investments.

FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FSO22B2 NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with the skills to solve investment analysis problems and explain portfolio management and performance measurement in financial services.


identify and discuss the different financial markets and their role in the financial services industry;

discuss and calculate investment analysis principles; and

define and discuss portfolio management and performance measurement in the financial services context and calculate the performance measurement indicators of portfolios.

FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FSO33A3 NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to supply students with the skills to explain the concepts property valuation, treasury management and the insurance industry and be able to calculate instruments related to these industries.


define and discuss treasury management, property valuation and insurance industry and calculate the instruments in the treasury management, property valuation and insurance environments.

148

FINANCIAL SERVICES OPERATIONS 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FSO33B3 NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of financial planning and its related operations and the associated regulations in South Africa.


define and discuss global securities operations and calculate the instruments in the global securities operations environment including the settlement process involved.

EF.83 FINANCIAL SERVICES PERPARATIONS FINANCIAL SERVICES PREPARATION 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FSP33A3 NEW NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to educate students on the necessitated nature of professionalism, administrative skills, emotional intelligence, time management, ethics and information management in the financial services industry.


demonstrate effective administrative skills by being organised, punctual and effective in verbal and written communication skills;

deliver an idea clearly effectively and with confidence as well as demonstrate active listening and responding in a clear and confident manner;

act professionally with co-workers, clients, suppliers or investors by being well-mannered and considerate in dealing with others, including business email etiquette, telephone etiquette and professional dressing;

demonstrate emotional intelligence by managing and acting accordingly in different situations;

identify and analyse personal work related problems and find logical solutions;

efficiently conduct a job search by producing a professional CV, cover letter, navigate the process of looking for a job and following the correct protocols during an interview;

time manage themselves by setting goals and priorities to ensure that daily activities are completed efficiently and that the student is punctual;

demonstrate ethics, morals and professionalism in all activities;

build a good rapport, interact and work effectively with others;

distinguish between the role of leader and follower and play the role of leader and follower accordingly;

recognise and respect other’s attitude, behaviour and beliefs;

contribution to the planning and coordination of group work; and

find and manage relevant information from various sources to demonstrate an efficient work commitment and a desire to learn and improve oneself.

149

EF.84 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL SERVICES FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL SERVICES 1A (SEMESTER MODULE)

CODE: FFS11A1


PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with the relevant knowledge about the role of finance in everyday life and to be able to grasp the concepts related to everyday financial services.


explain the role money plays in life and the number of money-related decisions made on an average day;

discuss attitudes to money, how they are formed and how it may differ from one person to another;

identify what people’s money motivations are, so they make money decisions that are right for their circumstances;

explain what the difference is between credit and store cards;

discuss how bank overdrafts work;

explain what interest is and how it is calculated; and

discuss where to go to borrow money.

EF.85 RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RFS22A2 NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with significant knowledge in international regulation related to risk management and give the student a workable knowledge of risk management and all the techniques, operations, concepts and drivers of risk in the business industry.


explain risk management and identify the sources of and drivers of risk in business;

identify the international regulation that is relevant to the financial services industry;

explain, and manage operational, credit, market, investment, liquidity and model risk; and

describe corporate governance, risk oversight, model risk and enterprise risk management.

150

RISK IN FINANCIAL SERVICES 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RFS22B2 NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with significant knowledge in risk management to explain risk management principles in a financial services environment and give the student a workable knowledge of risk management to accomplish success dealing with operational risk.


define, discuss and manage operational risk in a financial services environment; and

describe the nature, causes and consequences of operational risk.

EF.86 TAXATION

TAXATION 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TAX33A3 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide an introduction to Taxation in South Africa and will cover VAT (value added tax); Gross income; Exempt income; Deductions, capital allowances & recoupments; and CCs & companies.


determine the imposition of value-added tax;

establish what gross income is;

determine which income is exempt from tax;

determine the allowable deductions, capital allowances and recoupments in terms of the income Tax Act; and

calculate the taxable income and tax liability of a CC and a company.

TAXATION 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TAX33B3 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to discuss additional aspects of Taxation in South Africa and discusses individuals; fringe benefits; retirement benefits; SITE & PAYE; provisional tax; sole traders & partnerships; and capital gains tax.


calculate the taxable income and tax liability of individuals including the provisions relating to fringe benefits and retirement benefits;

determine the amounts of remuneration which are subject to SITE and PAYE;

151

determine which taxpayers are liable to register as provisional taxpayers and determine their tax liability;

calculate the tax liability of sole traders and partnerships; and

determine the amounts that are subject to the provisions relating to Capital Gains Tax.

152

FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR DIPLOMAS IN OTHER FACULTIES

EF.87 APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS

APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AAS11A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF Credits: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic financial accounting at a level consistent with non-accounting students. In this module the students will be provided with the basic principles of accounting, the recording of each transaction and the accounting cycle. This module helps students to understand the process flow of assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses and the accounting records of a basic entity. Students will also be introduced to company financial statements and basic calculations and recording of value-added tax (VAT) transactions.


define and apply the basic accounting principles, concepts and the accounting process;

identify and classify financial transactions according to the key elements of financial statements (assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses);

identify and classify entities based on their legal status;

record basic financial transactions from source document to the journals (general journal, cash receipts journal and cash payments journal), the general ledger and prepare a trial balance;

identify and interpret transactions related to the purchase, depreciation and disposal of property, plant and equipment;

prepare basic financial statements for a sole trader as a service entity and a trading entity;

list the requirements for forming a company as a legal entity and demonstrate a basic understanding of company financial statements; and

identify, explain, calculate and record value-added tax (VAT) implications for basic financial transactions.

APPLIED ACCOUNTANCY SKILLS 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AAS11B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF Credits: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic costing and financial management at a level consistent with non-accounting students. In this module students will identify and analyse cost, learn to apply basic managerial accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes, applicable to service, trade and manufacturing entities.


explain and understand the need for managerial information;

define cost accounting terminology and correctly use the basic principles of cost classification;

153

define and understand the different terms and concepts in respect of inventory-holding and administer basic inventory systems;

calculate the remuneration of employees;

correctly classify overheads and calculate the fixed and variable components;

understand the cost flow in a manufacturing concern and be able to determine the cost of manufactured products;

discuss and apply the principles and theory of budgeting;

discuss and prepare basic flexible budgets and a “what if” scenario; and

discuss and apply the principles of good working capital management.

EF.88 COST ACCOUNTING

COST ACCOUNTING 1 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CCZ1-1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce basic costing techniques and methods. In this module students will identify and analyse cost and management accounting techniques and prepare information for decision-making purposes.


understand the basic principles of cost classification and terminology;

define and understand the different terms and concepts in respect of stock holding and administer different stock systems;

administer remuneration systems;

classification and analysis of overheads and allocations of overheads by means of predetermined rates;

understand the cost flow in a manufacturing concern determine cost of manufactured products and services; and

use the cost-volume-profit analysis as a management tool.

COST ACCOUNTING 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CCZ2-2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE Interpret cost data that will affect good internal control and profitability of the organisation. Apply cost and management principles that contribute to effective decision-making in a manufacturing enterprise. Prepare managerial reports that contribute to effective decision-making for the organisation.


describe and prepare the books of a manufacturing entity using both Integrated and interlocking accounting systems;

identify and explain the different terms and concepts in respect of job costing and prepare a job card from given data;

154

prepare contract accounts and do calculations pertaining to contract costing;

prepare master budgets;

prepare cash budgets; and

explain, calculate and analyse flexible budgets.

EF.89 COSTING AND ESTIMATING

COSTING AND ESTIMATING 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BKM11A1/CAE01A1


PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of costing, the recording of the elements of cost of production.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to: describe and discuss the basic concepts in costing; identify and explain the different terms and concepts in respect of inventory-holding and

administer different inventory systems comprehensively; examine critically the different terms and concepts in respect of labour; identify, explain and calculate the different terms and concepts in respect of overheads; and identify, explain and calculate cost-volume-profit analysis.

COSTING AND ESTIMATING 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BKM11B1/CAE01B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15


OUTCOMES Students should be able to: describe, explain and apply job and process costing as a costing method; explain and prepare the individual sections of manufacturing cost statements; and explain and analyse budgetary information flow and prepare functional budgets.

EF.90 CREDIT CONTROL

CREDIT CONTROL 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BCC11A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a framework explaining the nature and meaning of credit, and to discuss the role of credit management in the enterprise.

155


explain the nature and meaning of credit;

distinguish between the different types of credit;

discuss the role of credit management in the enterprise; and

discuss the position of the credit department in an organization.

CREDIT CONTROL 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BCC11B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a framework for the assessment of credit and the collection of debtors in the enterprise.


provide an in-depth discussion of credit terms;

provide an in-depth discussion of the process of credit assessment;

provide an in-depth discussion of the process of the collection of debtors in the enterprise; and

provide an in-depth discussion of the collection procedure.

EF.91 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BFB22A2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function. OUTCOMES demonstrate his/her ability to successfully use basic mathematical and statistical skills in

solving problems related to issues of financial management;

explain and appraise the context within which the financial management function takes place;

explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of

simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation;

differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic financial instruments and

financial markets;

explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on

single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;

understand the cost of capital concept by performing simple calculations;

explain the basic capital budgeting techniques to assist in investment decisions;

156

apply the working capital management concept by performing simple calculations; and

discuss, explain and apply the underlying principles of foreign trade and exchange rates.

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BFB33B3 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicative knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function.

OUTCOMES demonstrate his/her ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and

relate them to the role of the financial manager; explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on

single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows; explain and appraise the context within which the analysis of financial statements function

takes place; explain the components of working capital management including current assets and

liabilities; explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of

simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation; differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic debt instruments and

understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations; and explain the basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations; and discuss,

explain and apply the underlying principles of valuing the equity of an entire company and do advanced calculations.

EF.92 FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN PRODUCTION

FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN PRODUCTION 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPP11A1/FPO0AA1



OUTCOMES Students should be able to: describe and discuss the basic concepts in costing; identify and explain the different terms and concepts in respect of inventory-holding and administer different inventory systems comprehensively; examine critically the different terms and concepts in respect of labour; identify, explain and calculate the different terms and concepts in respect of overheads; and identify, explain and calculate cost-volume-profit analysis.

157

FINANCIAL PRINCIPLES IN PRODUCTION 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPP11B1/FPO0BB1



OUTCOMES Students should be able to: describe, explain and apply job and process costing as a costing method; explain and prepare the individual sections of manufacturing cost statements; and explain and analyse budgetary information flow and prepare functional budgets.

158

OTHER FACULTIES’ SERVICE MODULES FOR FEFS DIPLOMAS

EF.93 ACTIVE CITIZENSHIP

ACTIVE CITIZENSHIP 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ACS1AA1/ACS1A11 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE A course in active citizenship is intended to help students to understand both their own identity and the nature of society and, most importantly, how to navigate the complex relationship of rights and responsibilities that exist between the two. This course further intends to instil in students a series of deep and meaningful concepts around justice, diversity, democracy, rights, responsibilities and Ubuntu (human dignity). The aim is to empower the student to think critically, express informed opinions and take effective action. It is about making the student aware of the world around them so that they are able to make responsible decisions that affect their community, whether it is locally or globally, with thought, care and sensitivity. Finally it is about fostering, within the student, the necessary skills of confidence and conviction for them to be able to contribute to debates and take a positive and active role in their community. The course will be undertaken with the following three elements at its core: 1.) knowledge and understanding, 2.) values and dispositions, and 3.) skills and competences.

OUTCOMES Students will be able to:

use and apply citizenship knowledge, understanding and their own participative experiences in order to communicate and articulate different views, ideas and perspectives;

recognise that HIV and AIDS constitutes a very real and major challenge to citizenship and democracy globally but most especially in South Africa and acknowledge the resulting impact of this threat on all aspects of South African society;

advocate, negotiate, plan, make decisions and take action on citizen issues in the wider community;

carry out research and in-depth investigations of citizenship issues, problems and events, using different primary and secondary sources;

appreciate the complex and dynamic nature of identity and how it is informed by varying understandings of what it means to be a citizen of South Africa and the world;

discuss the relationship between citizenship and national identity; and

acknowledge diversity of society and opinion while exploring the common or shared values within the South African society. This can be taken further to recognize commonalities within the region, Africa, and the wider world.

159

EF.94 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

COMMUNICATION 1 MODULE 1 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: COS1AA1/COS1A11 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE This is an examination subject and a compulsory credit-bearing service subject offered primarily in the first year to students, and is offered to students in FEFS. This module consists of one module, extending over six months, offered during Semester 1 only.

OUTCOMES This module includes: Communication theory as well as non-verbal communication, organisational communication and conflict management, job application skills and interviewing skills, as well as meeting procedures. Language structure (grammar) and application of language skills in preparation for the world of work are emphasized. Effective business writing includes sentence construction, paragraph writing, summary writing, memorandum writing, business letter writing, e-mail and fax writing skills and report writing skills. In addition, oral presentation skills and graphic communication skills enhance their ability to enter the job market.

EF.95 BUSINESS LAW

BUSINESS LAW 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BUL41A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE To enable students to acquire a basic knowledge and reflective understanding of the prescribed substantive law; and introduce students to the basic requirements for a valid contract and the consequences of contracts.


identify and explain the sources of South African Law;

briefly define the law relating to contract and basic concepts used;

explain the requirement of serious intention to conclude a contract;

explain and demonstrate consensus (meeting of the minds) and how it comes about;

explain and apply the factors that may influence consensus, and to consider whether each of them renders the contract either void or voidable;

explain and apply the meaning of contractual capacity and the contractual capacities of different categories of persons;

explain the term “legality” and to consider the effect of illegality on a contract;

identify and illustrate the different formalities that can be required for a contract to come into existence;

explain the possibility of certain or ascertainable performance under the contract as a requirement for a valid contract, and to consider the effects of initial and supervening impossibility of performance on a contract;

demonstrate the consequences of valid, void and voidable contracts;

160

identify the different parties who may be party to, or involved in, a contract;

identify and explain the different term that makes up a contract;

define and explain the principles relating to breach of contract and the different forms it can take;

identify and explain the correct remedies for the different kinds of breach of contract;

identify and explain the different ways in which a contract can come to an end; and

explain and apply in the actual interpretation of a law the theory, rules and principles of interpretation theory.

BUSINESS LAW 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BUL41B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE To enable students to acquire a basic knowledge and reflective understanding of the prescribed substantive law; and discuss basic principles of different categories of specific contracts.


familiarise the student with the law pertaining to contracts of sale;

identify, apply and discuss the salient provisions of applicable legislation (i.e. the National Credit ACT (NCA) 34 of 2005) and to familiarize the student with the concept of buying or leasing goods and services on credit;

familiarise the student with the concept of using and enjoying property while the ownership of it lies elsewhere;

introduce the student to the concept of insurance and to explain the basic principles relevant thereof;

familiarise the student with the ways in which a creditor can secure the debt owed by a debtor;

familiarise the student with the ways in which to obtain credit, pay debts and promise to pay debts, other than in cash; and

familiarise the student with the applicable legal rules if a debtor is wound-up/ the estate of a debtor is sequestrated.

EF.96 END USER COMPUTING

END USER COMPUTING 1A* or A* (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EUC01A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the students to basic IT (information technology) terms, skills and the basic components of a computer. The students will be able to manipulate files and use word processing application to solve business problems and to use presentation software.


explain concepts and terms associated with information technology (IT);

demonstrate the ability in using common functions of a pc and its operating system;

demonstrate the ability to use a word processing application on a computer; and

demonstrate the ability to use a presentation application on a computer.

161

* The Faculty of Management allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for End User Computing 1A (EUC01A1). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise needed for EUC01A1 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.

If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both EUC01A1 (the academic module) as well as for the RPL exam (EUC01AR). On passing the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will be granted a credit for EUC01A1. If a student fails the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will remain registered for EUC01A1. No exam fee is attached to the RPL exam (EUC01AR). If a student passes the RPL exam (EUC01AR) (s)he will still have to pay the full amount for the module EUC01A1 but the student will be exempted from the module EUC01A1. Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (EUC01AR) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.

EF.97 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1B (SEMESTER MODULE)

CODE: IBM01B1


PURPOSE This module will provide students with a global overview of Business Management as a science and prepare them for challenges in the South African Business environment in a multicultural context.


explain the role of business in society, considering the needs and resources of the community, the main economic systems and the nature of Business Management;

identify and explain the internal and external business environment and the interaction between an organisation and its environment;

define and explain the entrepreneurial process, the characteristics of an entrepreneur, the difference between an entrepreneurial venture and a small business and the phases of growth in a business;

explain the importance of Business Ethics and analyse the relevant aspects to be considered in developing ethical behaviour and a code of ethical conduct in an organisation;

identify and explain the origin of management theory and modern approaches currently at hand;

analyse the skills, roles and characteristics of managers as important role players in establishing effective and efficient business practice; and

identify and explain all the relevant aspects, processes, characteristics, theories, models and techniques relevant to the four primary management tasks.

162

EF.98 MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS 1A (SEMESTER MODULE)

CODE: MATDCA1 NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to give students a proper foundation in important Mathematical skills needed to pursue studies in Accounting, Business, Finance and Economics. Students are taught various topics in fundamental Algebra, Graphs, Financial Mathematics, Statistics and Calculus with direct applications in the relevant fields.


accurately perform basic calculations in algebra;

correctly apply the algebraic techniques learned to problem solving;

apply consistently the features of a straight line to selected problems;

solve and discuss economic and financial based problems by means of graphs, lines, functions and inequalities;

apply methodically non-linear functions to selected areas in the economic sciences;

calculate and apply exponential and logarithmic functions to selected problems;

apply concepts of percentage, rates and ratio;

logically reason problems using the skills that they have learned; and

reproduce formulas and apply techniques in order to solve economic and financial science related problems.

MATHEMATICS FOR FINANCE AND BUSINESS 1B (SEMESTER MODULE)

CODE: MATDCB1 NEW NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to teach students more intermediate Mathematical skills needed to pursue studies in Accounting, Business, Finance and Economics. Students are taught various topics in fundamental Algebra, Graphs, Financial Mathematics, Statistics and Calculus with direct applications in the relevant fields.


accurately perform time value of money calculations;

correctly apply time value of money to problem solving;

solve methodically, simultaneous equations and apply them to selected problems in the economic sciences;

determine by means of linear programming solutions to constrained problems;

perform and interpret descriptive statistics calculations;

163

determine and discuss probability related problems;

apply the rules of differentiation logically to selected areas in the financial and economic sciences;

logically reason problems using the skills that they have learned; and

reproduce formulas and apply techniques in order to solve economic and financial science related problems.

164

ADVANCED DIPLOMA MODULES

EF.99 ACCOUNTING

ACCOUNTING (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ADIA001 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the basic concepts of discounted cash flow models in a property valuation and management environment.


discuss the accounting treatment of integrated and advanced practical case studies, as well as present and disclose integrated accounting transactions in the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial position in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and/or Interpretations; and

present and disclose integrated accounting transactions in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and the statement of financial position for the different investment types.

EF.100 APPLICATION OF CORPORATE EVENTS

APPLICATION OF CORPORATE EVENTS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ACE7X02

NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with a practical understanding of corporate events and how they are used within the financial market environment.


advise clients on best practice with regard to the selection of financial market corporate events; and

record and process financial market corporate events (per client instructions on market default but to firm/client mandate on instruction).

165

EF.101 APPLIED TIME VALUE OF MONEY

APPLIED TIME VALUE OF MONEY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADPVM02 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 24

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the concept of time value of money in a property valuation and management environment. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:

explain the concept of time value of money;

perform and interpret the following simple and compound interest calculations on single amounts/lump sums, annuities/annuities due/ escalating annuities, perpetuities, and mixed/multiple cash flows, using applicable formulae, interest factor tables, a financial calculator, and Excel, and apply it to appropriate situations:

- Number of periods (N); - Interest rate per year (I/Y); - Present value (PV); - Payment (PMT); and - Future value (FV); and

distinguish between discrete and continuous compounding and apply appropriately;

understand the difference and convert between effective and various nominal interest and apply correctly in appropriate situations;

perform amortisation and draw up amortisation tables; and

apply the principles of net present value (NPV) and internal rate of return (IRR) to cash flow streams.

EF.102 AUDITING

AUDITING (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ADIA003 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the students a strong and academically sound understanding of governance and control of organisations. The student should, after completing the module, be competent in understanding the relevant governance and control principles and apply them to given practical scenarios.


discuss the governance of companies in integrated and advanced practical case studies; and

discuss the controls within companies in integrated and advanced practical case studies.

166

EF.103 BUSINESS ETHICS AND CITIZENSHIP

BUSINESS ETHICS AND CITIZENSHIP (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADIA005 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the concepts of ethics and the role of ethics within a business environment to students. The module also encourages students to work together in groups, enforcing the principles of teamwork and time management.


discuss the principles of business ethics, citizenship and professionalism;

correctly apply the principles of business ethics, citizenship and professionalism to a practical scenario; and

use the principles of team work and time management effectively to produce a group project and presentation on a topic within the business environment.

EF.104 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADPVM04 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 24

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to use basic mathematical knowledge and skills in a property valuation and management environment.


use basic mathematical knowledge and skills by demonstrating the order of operations in formulae, including brackets, powers and roots, percentages and proportions;

solve and apply simple and quadratic equations (including graphs);

prepare correct tabulations of data and draw and interpret histograms;

calculate (for both ungrouped and grouped data) the arithmetic mean, median, mode, range, variance, standard deviation and coefficient of variation;

calculate simple probability and demonstrate the addition and multiplication rules of probability; and

accurately explain the properties of normal distribution by drawing and interpreting applicable normal curves.

167

EF.105 CLIENT INVESTMENT NEEDS

CLIENT INVESTMENT NEEDS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CIN7X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a framework to source information from a client in order to meet the requirements of setting up a client portfolio and assisting clients with any questions related to the portfolio.


interview clients and obtain information on clients’ financial position;

assess clients’ needs, objectives and risk profiles;

obtain clarity on client mandates;

document the information obtained from clients;

provide information on financial market matters, market conditions and products ;

measure the performance of an investment portfolio;

identify the market asset classes that will satisfy the client needs and profile;

identify and articulate the risks related to asset classes; and

identify elements of regulatory requirements regarding investments that need to be communicated to clients.

EF.106 CLIENT SERVICE AND FINANCIAL ADVICE

CLIENT SERVICE AND FINANCIAL ADVICE (SEMESTER MODULE)

CODE: CSF7X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to provide a student with a framework on dealing with clients and the appropriate processes for providing financial advice.


construct and provide investment and investment advice services to clients;

implement the correct procedures in respect of the take-on of new clients, their client identification and verification, record keeping and suspicious transaction reporting;

apply rules and regulations pertaining the provision of financial markets information and advice;

apply the codes of conduct applicable to the financial markets;

evaluate and manage the risk associated with different asset classes;

evaluate the risk factors including political risks, legislative risks, currency risks and equity risk premiums;

168

explain and calculate tax implications of different asset classes and the trading in those asset classes; and

describe investment analysis and portfolio management and calculate the effects of financial instruments used in portfolio management.

EF.107 DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS

DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADPVM05 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 24

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the basic concepts of discounted cash flow (DFC) models in a property valuation and management environment.


apply the basic concepts of discounted cash flow models by discussing basic financial project appraisal methods with the emphasis on DCF by correctly integrating time value of money into DCF by eliminating non-cash flow items from information in order to construct a DCF model and by constructing a basic DCF model; and

explain the concept of corporate finance and perform calculations relevant to corporate finance;

discuss the different financial statement analysis measures and calculate the measures;

discuss behavioural finance;

discuss regulations, ethics and corporate governance; and

explain the concept of costing and perform calculations relevant to costing.

EF.108 EXECUTION OF MARKET ORDERS

EXECUTION OF MARKET ORDERS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EM07X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a framework necessary to implement client market orders in the financial market.


interpret client orders (quantum, price, instrument, direction);

execute buy and sell orders on behalf of clients using a trading system; and

relay trade information to clients such as number of securities bought and sold and the price.

169

EF.109 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADFM006 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to expand the scope of the Financial Operations module to more advanced topics in financial accounting (preparation of consolidated financial statements and applying accounting standards dealing with more complex areas) and to developments in external reporting. With the advanced level of financial accounting and reporting achievement in this module, the analysis and interpretation of financial statements becomes more meaningful and this constitutes a substantial element of the module.


prepare the consolidated financial statements of a single group and the consolidated statements of financial position and comprehensive income for the group (in relative complex circumstances);

demonstrate the impact on the preparation of consolidated financial statements of certain complex group scenarios including consolidating a foreign subsidiary;

discuss the provisions of relevant international accounting standards in respect of the recognition and measurement of revenue, leases, financial instruments, provisions, share-based payments, deferred taxation as well as construction contracts.

prepare the accounting entries, in accordance with relevant international accounting standards;

discuss the ethical selection and adoption of relevant accounting policies and accounting estimates;

evaluate the financial performance, financial position and financial adaptability of a company by preparing a ratio analysis from financial statements and supporting information;

calculate basic and diluted earnings per share; and

discuss contemporary developments on financial and non-financial reporting.

EF.110 FINANCIAL MARKETS TRANSACTIONS

FINANCIAL MARKETS TRANSACTIONS A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FMA7X0 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with a solid understanding of the legislation related to the relevant financial markets as well as the processes involved.


interpret the legislation pertaining to trading, settlement, custody and administration (e.g. Security Services Act);

describe the settlement timetable for transactions conducted on the various financial markets and by different participants within the various markets ;

170

explain the role, rules and function of the regulator, the central securities depository, the clearing house and participants;

describe the he requirements needed to effect settlement within different financial markets and instruments;

explain the custody and administration of securities within members and authorised users ;

describe the procedure required in order to settle uncertified securities;

explain the settlement requirements regarding position keeping, reporting, matching and clearing on various financial markets and unlisted securities;

describe financial requirements for authorised users and members; and

calculate and evaluate mark-to-market and margin positions on various financial markets.

FINANCIAL MARKETS TRANSACTIONS B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FMB7X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with a practical understanding of the processes involved with transactions presented in the financial market environment.


record and transmit buy and sell orders;

calculate and record costs of transactions and corporate events;

process trades with correct prices, associated taxes and fees;

allocate prices/fees to correct accounts;

make corrections where prices/fees negotiated are different from system process;

arrange settlement and custody of securities;

segregate client funds according to legislative requirements;

perform bank, regulatory and investment product reconciliations;

calculate and process fees; and

calculate and process interest payments.

EF.111 FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADFM001 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and to explain where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function.




171


understand and apply basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations;

understand and apply the concept of cost of capital concept by performing basic calculations;

explain the basic capital budgeting techniques to assist in investment decisions; and

compare the roles of cost accounting, management accounting and financial accounting in a business environment.

EF.112 FINANCIAL OPERATIONS

FINANCIAL OPERATIONS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADFM003 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to prepare students with the knowledge for the preparation of financial statements of a single company and the consolidated financial statements for a simple group. Coverage of a wide range of international standards is implicit in these objectives, as specified in the module’s content. Similarly, understanding the regulatory and ethical context of financial reporting, covered in the module, is vital to ensuring that financial statements meet users’ needs. Principles of taxation are included, not only to support accounting for taxes in financial statements, but also as a basis for examining the role of tax in financial analysis and decision-making within subsequent modules (i.e. Financial Management)


explain the need for the regulation of the financial reporting information of companies as well as the key elements of an ethical regulatory environment

explain the types of taxes that can apply to incorporate businesses and potential administrative requirements;

explain fundamental concepts in international tax of incorporated businesses;

prepare corporate income tax calculations;

apply the accounting rules for current and deferred taxation;

explain the main elements of and key principles underpinning financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS);

apply the rules contained in IFRS to generate appropriate accounting entries in respect of reporting performance, accounting for taxation, employee benefits, non-current assets, accounting for government grants, impairment, inventories, and events after the reporting period;

prepare the primary financial statements of an individual company incorporating accounting transactions and adjustments in accordance with relevant IFRS (in relative straightforward circumstances); and

prepare the consolidated statement of financial position and consolidated statement of comprehensive income in accordance with relevant IFRS.

172

EF.113 INTERMEDIATE FINANCE

INTERMEDIATE FINANCE A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADFM004 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function.


demonstrate their ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and relate them to the role of the financial manager;



explain the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities;

explain the concept of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlation;

differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic debt instruments and understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations;

explain the basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations; and

discuss, explain and apply the underlying principles of valuing equity in a company and perform advance calculations.

INTERMEDIATE FINANCE B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADFM007 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the skills to evaluate and select long-term investment options and to make decisions regarding the financing of an enterprise and its long-term assets. They would also be provided with the skills to value business operations using different valuation methods and financial analysis techniques.


make long-term capital investments decisions by using different capital budgeting techniques and critically evaluate each technique;

evaluate the leasing decision and alternative sources of finance;

identify, evaluate and make decisions regarding the appropriate sources of long-term corporate capital;

evaluate critically the dividend policy of a company and make recommendations regarding the optimum pay-out and retention ratios;

use ratio analysis and interpret a company’s or division’s performance;

173

determine the value of business operations by applying different valuation methods and evaluate each critically; and

explain the role of the treasury function to manage financial risk and evaluate different techniques to hedge against these risks.

EF.114 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MARKETS INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MARKETS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IFM7X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of financial markets and the characteristics and relevance of the different financial markets present both locally and internationally.


describe and compare financial markets system, its constituent components and their functioning and the regulatory framework in which they function;

explain local and international financial markets, financial market products and the macro-economic environment;

classify the terminology pertaining to financial markets;

describe participants in financial markets and their specific roles;

describe and interpret rules and regulations pertaining to financial markets and financial instruments;

explain the risk factors including political risks, legislative risks, currency risks and equity risk premiums; and describe exchange control in a financial market environment.

EF.115 MACROECONOMICS

MACROECONOMICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADIE003 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a key understanding of the real functioning of the macro-economy, to provide the tools for the correct interpretation and understanding of the economy on a macroeconomic level, within a national and institutional framework.


apply macroeconomic theories to decision making and policy prescription;

demonstrate how macroeconomic models are applied and correctly manipulated to produce predictions of economic events; and

174

explain how macroeconomic models are applied and correctly manipulated to produce prescriptions for economic policy

EF.116 MACROECONOMICS RESEARCH

MACROECONOMICS RESEARCH (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADIE004 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a key understanding of the concepts, functions and principals of economic research and to provide the tools for the correct procedures and practices that are required for effective research and research writing.


apply basic research methods in economics;

demonstrate how relevant data is sourced and appropriately presented with the aid of Excel;

show how written data commentaries which convey the meaning behind the data are produced; and

demonstrate how Economic literature is synthesized into an argumentative essay which is coherent and well-researched.

EF.117 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS

MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADIE002 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a key understanding of the concepts, functions and principals of mathematical economics and to provide the student with tools for the correct interpretation and understanding of the mathematical systems that are relevant to the interpretation, understanding and analysis of the data that relates to the functioning of the economy.


perform the mathematical operations in linear algebra, optimization, matrix algebra and integrals required in the manipulation of economic models;

perform differentiation of functions as applied to economic problems;

do constrained optimization problems and solve these accurately; and

do simultaneous equations which are properly specified and solved with the use of matrix.

175

EF.118 MATHEMATICS

MATHEMATICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADIA004 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop student’s mathematical skills to prepare the student for the use of the principles within the other core subjects.


accurately perform calculations in Algebra and Financial Mathematics;

logically resolve problems using the skills that they have acquired; and

correctly state all the formulas and techniques that they have learnt.

EF.119 MICROECONOMICS

MICROECONOMICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADIE001 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a key understanding of the micro-economy, to provide the tools for the correct interpretation and understanding of the economy on a microeconomic level, within a framework of the business environment.


apply microeconomic theories to the decision making by individual consumers and firms;

correctly state the utility and profit maximization problems faced by consumers and firms; and

develop predictions of the pricing behaviour of firms under different market conditions.

EF.120 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADFM005 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop student’s cognitive skills and practical competency in the application of information in the management processes of decision-making and control, so as to ensure the optimisation of performance.

176


evaluate techniques for analysing and managing costs for competitive advantage;

analyse information to assess its impact on long-term decision;

discuss pricing strategies and their consequences;

discuss management’s responsibilities with regard to risk

evaluate information to support project appraisal

discuss issues arising from the use of performance measures and budgets for control;

evaluate issues arising from the division of the organisation into responsibility centres; and

discuss decision making responsibility centres.

EF.121 PERFORMANCE OPERATIONS

PERFORMANCE OPERATIONS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADFM002 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students’ skills in applying different cost accounting tools and techniques to generate information needed to evaluate and control present and projected performance. The student should after completing the module be competent in forecasting key variables and recognise the uncertainties attached to future events. The aim is for students to be able to apply these skills when preparing operational budgets and long-term project appraisals. The module will further aim to ensure that the successful student is competent in the management of working capital.


discuss the following costing methods and their results: - marginal, variable and absorption costing; - activity based costing; and - standard costing.

explain the role of material requirement planning (MRP) and enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems;

explain the role of environmental costing;

explain the purpose of forecasts, plans and budgets;

prepare forecasts of financial results;

prepare and discuss budgets on forecasts;

discuss the principles that underlie the use of budgets for control;

analyse performance using budgets, recognising alternative approaches and sensitivity to variable factors;

explain concepts of cost and revenue relevant to pricing and product decisions; and

analyse short-term pricing and product decisions.

177

EF.122 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT

PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADPVM01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 24

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the fundamentals of property valuation theory in the valuation of property and to value a single residential property.


apply the fundamentals of property valuation theory in the valuation of property and to value a single residential property;

describe the role of the Valuer in the property industry;

conduct an inspection to identify problems in an existing building;

explain the present-day definition of market value as established by the South African Courts;

discuss the relationship between value without potential, with potential and highest and best use;

perform market adjustments to reflect market realities; and

apply the concept of market value in the valuation of a specific property. PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ADPVM03 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 24

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct valuations on income producing properties and valuations of undeveloped properties by applying discounted cash flow and feasibility studies methodologies and mass valuations.


conduct valuations on income producing properties and valuations of undeveloped properties by applying discounted cash flow and feasibility studies methodologies and mass valuations;

discuss the relationship between value without potential, with potential and highest and best use;

perform market adjustments to reflect market realities;

accurately estimate the building cost of a residential property;

define, calculate and interpret the results of a capitalisation rate;

determine the replacement cost of a property for insurance purposes;

compile a fully motivated valuation report on an income producing property; and

conduct a valuation of an undeveloped property by using discounted cash flow and feasibility study concepts and compile a fully motivated valuation report.

178

EF.123 SECURITIES INFORMATION AND MARKET CONDITIONS

SECURITIES INFORMATION AND MARKET CONDITIONS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: SIM7X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate knowledge of interpreting information present in the market in order to utilise the information in a financial market environment.


select, read and interpret information relating to the macroeconomic environment;

interpret data from securities reports, financial periodicals and stock quotation viewer screens;

interpret fundamental research reports; and

consolidate securities and market conditions information that could be disseminated to clients.

EF.124 TAXATION

TAXATION (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ADIA002 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to provide students with knowledge of fundamental concepts of taxation and how to apply the principles of the South African Tax Act.

OUTCOMES


discuss and apply the principles of taxation of companies in integrated and advanced practical case studies; and

discuss and apply the principles of taxation of individuals in integrated and advanced practical case studies.

EF.125 THEORY OF CORPORATE EVENTS THEORY OF CORPORATE EVENTS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TCE7X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a clear understanding of corporate events and the implications thereof.

179


explain the definitions of corporate actions, various event types and the timelines involved; and

evaluate the general principles of corporate actions and the application thereof.

EF.126 TRADING IN FINANCIAL MARKETS TRADING IN FINANCIAL MARKETS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TFM7X01


PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to relate knowledge of the trading systems and processes used in the financial market trading environment.


explain trading methodology and automated trading processes;

describe the different trade types and reporting on the different markets and the regulations governing each trade type (Main board trades, report-only transactions, OTC trades, unlisted trades)

analyse legislation, rules and regulations specifically regarding trading in different financial markets;

evaluate trading risks present in trading in different financial markets; and explain legislation and regulations regarding the provision of information to clients.

180

FOUNDATION MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE EXTENDED DEGREES

EF.127 BASIC MATHEMATICS AND APPLICATION IN ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS

BASIC MATHEMATICS AND APPLICATIONS IN ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS A AND B The definition of couplet modules is two modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (exam mark) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.

BASIC MATHEMATICS AND APPLICATIONS IN ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS A (SEMESTER MODULE) COUPLET MODULE CODE: MAEB311/MAEB0A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature, specifically designed to cover selected applications in the economic sciences. It has as its primary purpose, the development of specific mathematical skills (relevant to the economic sciences) for students to cope with the mathematical demands of relevant regular modules in BCom degree programmes.


perform basic algebraic operations accurately;

apply consistently, the features of a straight line to selected problems in the economic sciences;

solve methodically, simultaneous equations and apply them to selected problems in the economic sciences;

apply methodically non-linear functions to selected areas in the economic sciences; and

apply the rules of differentiation logically to selected areas in the economic sciences.

181

BASIC MATHEMATICS AND APPLICATIONS IN ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS B (SEMESTER MODULE) COUPLET MODULE CODE: MAEB322 or MAEB0B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature, specifically designed to cover selected applications in the economic sciences. It has as its primary purpose, the development of specific mathematical skills (relevant to the economic sciences) for students to cope with the mathematical demands of relevant regular modules in BCom degree programmes.


apply consistently, the features of a straight line to selected problems in the economic sciences;

apply the rules of differentiation to selected areas in the economic sciences, logically;

determine, and interpret logically, selected variables/elements relating to finance; and

interpret selected concepts relating to basic statistics clearly and undertake calculations involving such concepts.

EF.128 FINANCIAL RECORDING, ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT

FINANCIAL RECORDING, ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FRAM311/ FRAM0A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development and preparation of students for regular undergraduate first year modules in accounting by covering core themes in respect of the recording, analysis and evaluation of the financial activities and results of a business, in combination with academic development elements and skills.


place the study of accounting, as a discipline, clearly in context in respect of BCom degree studies and careers in the financial sciences;

examine objectively the nature of logic and reasoning applied in accounting;

illustrate and interpret the various analytical and graphical tools used in accounting clearly;

explain and apply the basic concepts, requirements and principles that underlie the practice of accounting fully;

process financial transactions, adjustments and results within a structured accounting system (entailing interpretation, analysis and recording) logically; and

debate broadly, selected real-world situations, relating to the practice and development of accounting as a science.

182

FINANCIAL RECORDING, ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FRAM322/ FRAM0B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the preparation of students for regular undergraduate first year and subsequent modules in financial management, by covering core themes in respect of the tools of measurement, analysis and evaluation; and other relevant issues concerning the acquisition, investment, and administration of finances, in combination with academic development elements and skills.


place the study of financial management, as a discipline, clearly in context in respect of BCom degree studies and careers in the financial sciences;

examine objectively the nature of logic and reasoning applied in financial management;

illustrate, interpret and apply the various analytical and other tools used in financial management clearly;

explain and apply the core concepts and tools in financial analysis and evaluation fully;

process relevant financial information using basic instruments, measures/ indicators and calculations in financial management logically; and

debate broadly, selected real-world situations, relating to the practice and development of financial management.

EF.129 LANGUAGE FOR ECONOMIC SCIENCES

LANGUAGE FOR THE ECONOMIC SCIENCES (YEAR MODULE) CODE: LES3000/ LES0X00 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development of the academic literacies that students need, thereby facilitating learning and enabling them to succeed in their chosen field of study in the economic sciences.


access, process, evaluate and use information effectively and responsibly, from a variety of sources and situations;

apply, effectively and responsibly, language and literacy practices and conventions in academic contexts;

produce coherent and cohesive academic texts in a style appropriate to his/her field of study in the economic sciences;

use appropriate communication strategies for specific purposes and situations; and

develop and apply effectively, a variety of personal management and self-reliance skills.

183

EF.130 MASTERING OF ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS

MASTERING OF ACADEMIC AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS COUPLET MODULE CODE: APS3000/APS0SX00 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development and mastering of academic and professional skills required to facilitate learning for students in the regular courses of their BCom degree studies. The module enables a student to develop a comprehensive perspective and effective strategies for successful adaptation to the higher education environment, with the aim of being successful in a chosen BCom programme.


demonstrate effectively, the use of individualised study methods, involving summarization and memorization techniques, in their chosen field of study in the economic sciences;

read on a first year HE level, at a minimum required level;

apply selected approaches towards the career development process effectively;

demonstrate computer competence in Microsoft Office (Word, Excel, and PowerPoint), internet research and the use of email;

apply professional and personal strategies for success in the chosen field of study in the economic sciences; and

communicate and present written and oral information professionally, accurately and skilfully.

EF.131 ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

THE ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EBE3111/ EBE00A1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE

This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development and preparation of students for regular undergraduate first year modules in economics, by covering core themes in combination with academic development elements and skills.

OUTCOMES


place the study of economics, as a discipline, clearly in context in respect of BCom degree studies and careers in the economic sciences;

examine objectively the nature of logic and reasoning in economic theory;

illustrate and interpret clearly the various analytical and graphical tools used in economics;

explain fully, the different economic problems relating to scarcity and choice and discuss how they may be addressed, with specific attention to a market-oriented economy;

184

provide a comparative analysis of the behaviour of consumers and producers under different market structures, with the use of selected microeconomic models and tools of analysis, giving particular attention to perfect competition;

discuss in detail, macroeconomic goals and policy, with the use of selected macroeconomic models and tools of analysis; and

debate broadly, selected real-world situations based on themes covered in this module.

THE ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EBE3222/EBE00B1 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE

This module is foundational in nature and has as its primary purpose, the development and preparation of students for regular undergraduate first year modules in business management, by covering core themes in combination with academic development elements and skills.

OUTCOMES


place the study of business management, as a discipline, clearly in context in respect of BCom degree studies and careers in the economic sciences;

examine objectively the nature of logic and reasoning applied in business management;

illustrate and interpret clearly the various analytical and graphical tools used in business management;

explain basic business problems/decisions and how they may be approached fully, with a focus on the business environment and basic management; principles;

explain in detail, basic business problems/decisions and how they may be addressed, with a focus on a functional approach to business management and

debate broadly, selected real-world situations, applicable to business and based on selected themes covered in this module.

185

UNDERGRADUATE MODULES FOR THE BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE REGULAR DEGREES AND BACHELOR DEGREES

EF.132 ACCOUNTING

ACCOUNTING A AND B; 1A AND 1B; 2A AND 2B ARE COUPLET MODULES The definition of couplet modules is 2 modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (exam mark) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.

ACCOUNTING A CODE: ACC0AA1/REK0A01 COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of accounting, the recording of various elementary transactions and the accounting cycle. This forms the basis for further modules in the analysis, interpretation and application of accounting. The only further module for which Accounting A is an acceptable credit is Accounting B. Accounting A and Accounting B are not modules sufficient to allow entry into any accounting module on a second year level.


discuss and apply the basic concepts in accounting;

discuss and record simple transactions with reference to the accounting equation;

account for information in the general ledger;

journalise simple transactions;

prepare a trial balance and detect and correct trial balance errors;

discuss the accounting cycle;

discuss and apply the different inventory methods to calculate profit;

identify, measure, present, disclose and record the different asset categories in the annual financial statements for basic transactions;

calculate, journalise and disclose depreciation using different methods;

calculate, journalise and disclose the amortisation of intangible assets;

identify, measure, record, present and disclose the disposal of assets;

186

adjust the ledger accounts according to the accrual basis;

record transactions in the relevant subsidiary journals;

apply the basic principles of value-added tax;

discuss and record transactions in the receivables and payables control accounts;

discuss and apply the reconciliation of receivables and payables with their respective lists;

identify, explain, calculate and record: sales or trade discount; settlement or cash discount; bad debts and provision for bad debts;

present receivables and payables in the statement of financial position;

define inventories according to IAS 2 Inventories;

name, discuss and apply the different methods to measure the cost of inventories;

define, calculate and measure net realisable value, fair value and lower of cost;

record transactions relevant to inventories;

present and disclose inventories in the financial statements;

discuss and record all cash transactions; and

reconcile the balance of the bank account per the general ledger with the balance per the bank statement.

ACCOUNTING B CODE: ACC0BB1/REK0B01 COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to further develop the basic principles of accounting taught in Accounting A with reference to specific scenarios and entities. Accounting A and Accounting B are not modules sufficient to allow entry into any accounting module on a second year level.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to: Non-trading entities:

prepare a statement of receipts and payments and financial statements in respect of non-trading entities;

account for transactions in the general ledger; and

identify, explain, calculate, record, present and disclose receivables, payables, inventories, cash and property, plant and equipment.

Partnerships:

discuss and apply the principles of partnerships;

account for information in the general ledger of a partnership; and

prepare financial statements of a partnership. Company financial statements:

discuss the company as a form of entity briefly;

discuss, calculate and record share transactions of a simple nature; and

prepare the following components of the annual financial statements of a company according to the minimum requirements of the Companies Act 1973, as amended, and International Financial Reporting Standards: statement of financial position; statement of comprehensive income; statement of changes in equity and accounting policies and explanatory notes.

187

Close corporations:

discuss the legal aspects and the accounting and reporting requirements of a close corporation (CC) briefly;

name the qualifications for and the professional bodies whose members qualify for appointment as an accounting officer by a close corporation; and

prepare the following components of the annual financial statements of a close corporation according to the requirements of the Act on Close Corporations of 1984 and Statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice: statement of financial position; statement of comprehensive income; statement of changes in the net investment of members; accounting policies and explanatory notes.

Cash flow statements:

a simple cash flow statement with notes, under the following headings, is prepared in accordance with IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows:

- cash flows from operating activities; - cash flow from investing activities; - cash flow from financing activities; and - net change in cash and cash equivalents.

Budgets:

calculate and prepare a cash budget, budgeted statement of comprehensive income, budgeted statement of changes in equity and budgeted statement of financial position; and

prepare cash budgets and budgeted financial statements.

ACCOUNTING 1A CODE: ACC01A1 (12) / REK1A01 (16) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 / 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to understand and account for basic transactions and events in a profit orientated entity and the financial reporting thereof in a contemporary environment.


demonstrate a detailed knowledge and understanding of basic transactions and events by accounting for these transactions and events in line with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS); and

prepare financial statements to account for the following transactions and events: - The conceptual framework for financial reporting; - Presentation of financial statements - The investing activities, financing activities and the operating activities of a sole

trader; - The review and adjustments process; - The closing-off process; - Value Added Tax; - Payables and Receivables; and - Cash and cash equivalents.

188

ACCOUNTING 1B CODE: ACC01B1 (12) /REK1B01 (16) COUPLET MODULE NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 / 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to understand and account for basic transactions and events in a profit orientated entity and the financial reporting thereof in a contemporary environment.


Demonstrate detailed knowledge and understanding of basic transactions and events by accounting for these transactions and events in line with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFS) and

prepare financial statements to account for the following transactions and events: a finance lease in the records of the lessee;

intangible assets (trade marks);

inventories;

investment in another entity’s equity instruments;

loans;

presentation of general purpose financial statements;

property, plant and equipment;

provisions and contingencies;

revenue, including Circular 9/06;

statement of cash flows;

the company as a form of entity (Companies Act of 2008 (Act 71 of 2008), share transactions, distributions to owners, auditors’ remuneration, directors’ remuneration, income tax expense, preliminary income tax payments; and

the conceptual framework for financial reporting.

ACCOUNTING 100 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ACC100 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 28 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to help students attain a basic proficiency level in dealing with routine accounting transactions. An appropriate level of knowledge and understanding of routine transactions and events should be gained. This knowledge and understanding will enable students to execute practical case studies of these routine accounting transactions at a basic proficiency level, to the extent possible in an academic environment.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to gain knowledge, have an understanding and be able to execute tasks (practical applications) at a basic level relating to routine accounting transactions and events in relation to:

• the Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting;

189

• presentation of financial statements; • the investing activities, financing activities and the operating activities of a sole trader; • the review and adjustments process; • the closing-off process; • Value Added Tax; • Payables and Receivables; • accounting systems and subsidiary records; • Property, plant and equipment; • Inventories - trading entity; • Cash and cash equivalents; • Non-trading entities; • the company as a form of entity (Companies Act of 2008 (Act 71 of 2008), share transactions,

distributions to owners, auditors’ remuneration, directors’ remuneration, income tax expense, preliminary income tax payments;

• presentation of general purpose financial statements; • Statement of cash flows; • Intangible assets (trade marks); • Investment in another entity’s equity instruments; • Loans; • a finance lease in the records of the lessee; • borrowing costs on funds specifically borrowed to obtain a qualifying asset; • Investment property; • Provisions and contingencies; • Events after the reporting period; • Revenue, including Circular 9/06; • Close corporations; and • Branches accounted for according to the decentralised method.

ACCOUNTING 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ACC02A2/REK2A01


PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to obtain integrated knowledge of intermediate transactions and events and to obtain basic knowledge of advanced transactions and events in a profit-oriented entity and to apply this knowledge to the financial reporting thereof in a contemporary environment.


understand and account for the following intermediate and advanced transactions and events: - capitalisation of borrowing costs; - employee benefits; - financial instruments; - impairment assets; - intangible assets; - investment properties; - leases; - property, plant and equipment; - revenue; and - the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates; and

prepare and present financial statements to account for the above transactions and events.

190

ACCOUNTING 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ACC02B2/REK2B01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to obtain integrated knowledge of intermediate transactions and events and to obtain basic knowledge of advanced transactions and events in a profit-oriented entity and to apply this knowledge to the financial reporting thereof in a contemporary environment.


understand and account for the following intermediate and advanced transactions and events: - accounting policies; - changes in accounting estimates and errors; - business combinations; - earnings per share; - events after the reporting period; - inventories; - non-current assets held for sale and provisions and - contingent liabilities & contingent assets;

prepare and present financial statements to account for the above transactions and events; and

prepare and present consolidated financial statements.

ACCOUNTING 200 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ACC200 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to help students attain an intermediate proficiency level in dealing with routine accounting transactions. An intermediate knowledge and understanding of routine transactions and events should be gained. This intermediate knowledge and understanding will enable students to execute practical applications at an intermediate level, to the extent possible in an academic environment. The module will also give students basic proficiency levels in dealing with non-routine transactions.

OUTCOMES Students should gain knowledge and understanding and be able to execute tasks (practical applications) at an intermediate level relating to routine events and transactions incurred in relation to:

Inventories;

Property, plant and equipment;

Intangible assets;

Investment properties;

Revenue;

Financial instruments (recognition and measurement, presentation and disclosure);

191

Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets;

Leases; and

Impairment of assets.

Such routine events and transactions should be treated in terms of the framework for the preparation and presentation of financial statements and IFRS requirements relating to the presentation of financial statements in single as well as group statements, taking into account the impact on sustainability reporting. The reporting of earnings per share is also discussed. Students should gain knowledge and understanding and be able to execute tasks (practical applications) at a basic level relating to the following non-routine events and transactions:

Business combinations;

Individual non-current assets held for sale;

Accounting policies, changes in estimates and errors;

Employee benefits;

Foreign exchange transactions; and

Events after the reporting period.

ACCOUNTING 3AB (YEAR MODULE) CODE: REK3AB0 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 32 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the knowledge and ability to account for advanced transactions and events in broader entities and to be able to prepare the financial reports thereof.

OUTCOMES

Students should be able to do the calculations and prepare the journal entries in accordance within the conceptual foundations of International Financial Reporting Standards and to prepare the financial reporting thereof for the following types of advanced transactions and events:

revenue;

share-based payment;

deferred tax and income tax;

provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities;

accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and prior period errors;

earnings per share;

borrowing costs;

leases;

foreign exchange transactions;

financial instruments (Hedging);

property, plant and equipment;

asset impairments;

investment property.

business combinations; financial instruments; consolidated financial statements investments in associates; and investments in joint ventures.

192

Lastly, students should be able to demonstrate a basic understanding of the principles underlying integrated reporting practices by applying these principles to practical scenarios.

ACCOUNTING 300 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ACC300 NEW NQF 7 LEVEL/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 34 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is for students to develop intellectual skills to be able to account for practical and integrated case studies, as well as prepare and present comprehensive financial statements to fully comply with the requirements of the International Financial Reporting Standards with regards to intermediate to advanced routine transactions and intermediate non-routine transactions. Students should also develop a basic awareness of the accounting issues relating to specialised reporting.


account for integrated practical case studies on an intermediate to advanced level, as well as present and disclose integrated accounting transactions on an intermediate to advanced level in the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial position in accordance with the following International Financial Reporting Standards and/or Interpretations dealing with routine transactions:

- Conceptual Framework; - IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements; - IAS 2 – Inventories; - IAS 7 – Cash Flow Statements; - IAS 10 – Events after the Reporting Period; IAS 12 – Income Taxes; - IAS 16 – Property Plant and Equipment; - IAS 17 – Leases; - IAS 18 – Revenue; - IAS 23 – Borrowing Cost; - IAS 27 – Investments in Subsidiaries; - IAS 28 – Investments in Associates; - IAS 31 – Investments in Joint Ventures; - IAS 32 – Financial Instruments: Presentation; - IAS 33 – Earnings per Share; - IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets; - IAS 37 – Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets; - IAS 38 – Intangible Assets; - IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement; - IAS 40 – Investment Properties; - IFRS 7 – Financial Instruments: Disclosure; - SIC 21 – Income Taxes – Recovery of Revalued Non-depreciable Assets; - AC 502 – Substantively Enacted Tax Rates and Tax Laws; and - Circular 9/06.

account for integrated practical case studies on an intermediate level, as well as present and disclose integrated accounting transactions on an intermediate level in the statement of

193

comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial position in accordance with the following International Financial Reporting Standards and/or Interpretations dealing with non-routine transactions;

- IAS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors; - IAS 18 – Revenue; - IAS 19 – Employee Benefits; - IAS 20 – Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance; - IAS 21 – Foreign Exchange; - IFRS 3 – Business Combinations; - IFRS 5 – Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations; - SIC 12 – Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities; - SIC 32 – Intangible assets – Web Site Costs; - IFRIC 1 – Changes in Existing Decommissioning, Restoration and Similar Liabilities;

and - IFRIC 4 – Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease.

have a basic awareness of accounting issues relating to specialised reporting such as: insurance, banking mineral resources and mining exploration costs, sustainability reporting, XBRL, SIC 10 and IAS 24.

EF.133 ACCOUNTING STUDIES ACCOUNTING STUDIES 100 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AST1B01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to provide students with a basic understanding of the milieu in which Accounting is practiced, by addressing the historic development of the discipline and the profession in global context, the development of Accounting regulation in practice; the basic theory underlying the development of Accounting as a discipline and the interaction between global economic developments and developments in Accountancy.


discuss the history of Accounting as a discipline;

explain the development of the accounting profession in a global context

specify the development of the main accounting theories underlying the developments in Accounting;

explain the development of the financial reporting environment,

discuss the development of the global Accounting regulation in which financial reporting is done; and

explain the interaction between global economic development and developments in Accountancy.

194

ACCOUNTING STUDIES 200 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AST2A01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE In this module students are introduced to basic Accounting research methodology and an understanding of the underlying theories of accounting research. Students are also exposed to a more advanced perspective on Accounting theory; students are introduced to the development of Accountancy and the Accounting profession in South Africa; the interaction between local economic development and Accounting development; the development of the ethical, environmental and social responsibility dimensions of Accounting and how that impacts on financial reporting.


do basic accounting research;

apply reference techniques in assignments;

explain and apply the more advanced theories in Accounting;

explain the interaction between local economic development and accounting developments;

comment on the corporate social responsibilities of accounting entities;

discuss environmental and integrated accounting; and

explain the ethical dimensions of Accounting.

EF.134 AUDITING

AUDITING 200 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AUD2B01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce students to the basic principles of auditing and risk

management as well as ethical and legal aspects governing the work performed by an auditor. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:

apply as well as recommend on the principles and compliance of the Auditing Profession Act (“AP Act”), the Code of professional Conduct (“CPC”) as prescribed by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (“SAICA”), as well as the disciplinary rules of the Independent Regulatory Board for Auditors (“IRBA”);

apply as well as recommend on the Companies Act 71 of 2008 dealing specifically with the introduction of the Act, the liability of directors, the auditor and the accounting records;

apply the above principles and guidelines to practice situations;

demonstrate an understanding of sustainability and the auditor’s involvement therein;

195

describe and discuss the audit process with specific detailed focus on the pre-engagement activities of the audit process as well as the planning procedures of an audit;

identify and explain risks from the auditor as well as from management’s point of view and understand the risk management process;

understand the implications of computer systems within organisations and explain how the use of computers for data processing can affect the internal controls of an organisation as well as describe and explain the general and application controls in a computer environment, the related weaknesses in computer controls and recommendations to improve on the weaknesses; and

demonstrate an awareness of the International Standards on Auditing (“ISA”) and their effect on the auditing environment.

AUDITING 300 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: AUD300 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 34 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce students to business activities and controls in the business cycles and addresses the method for auditing in these business cycles. Detail focus will be place on risks, internal controls and audit procedures that are applicable to the cycles of a business. The cycles that are addressed are: Revenue and receipt cycle, purchase and payment cycle, payroll cycle, production and inventory cycle, bank and cash cycle and the investment and finance cycle. The purpose of this module also covers risk management, the steps in the completion of the audit, audit reporting, auditing in a computer environment, the statutory requirements of the Companies Act and the Close Corporations Act, the detail principles of corporate governance and the audit of group companies.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to: understand the risk management process; design or identify controls necessary in each of the business cycles; identify controls weaknesses in a given scenario for each of the business cycles and provide

recommendations for improvements; describe tests of controls relevant to each of the business cycles and apply these to practical

situations; describe substantive procedures relevant to the accounting in each of the business cycles

and apply these to practical situations; understand how to complete the audit including the going concern concept and events after

reporting period end; identify different types of audit reports, as well as the situations and events that will lead to

the issuance of each type of audit report; explain how the use of computers for data processing can affect the internal controls of an

organisation; identify the audit implications of computer systems; classify and explain controls in a computer system; propose new and analyse existing application controls in systems; propose new and analyse existing general controls in systems; test computer controls and propose actions to correct weaknesses;

196

apply the use of computer assisted audit techniques; describe the methods used by the auditor in auditing in a computerised environment and

apply these principles to practical situations;

explain the statutory requirements of the Companies Act and Close Corporations Act and apply these rules in practical situations;

identify contraventions of the Companies Act and Close Corporations Act explain the principles of corporate governance and apply these principles in practical

situations; demonstrate an understanding of sustainability, how it affects businesses operations and

decision making and the auditor’s involvement therein; identify the risks specific to auditing of groups; and describe the audit procedures relevant to the audit of group companies.

EF.135 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2A* (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BIS2A01/BIS02A2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic computer skills required by professional people in the financial world.


perform file maintenance with the operating system;

develop and modify electronic presentations, documents, spread sheets and databases;

process basic transactions in an accounting information system; and

use the Internet and electronic mail.

* The Faculty allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for Business

Information Systems 2A (BIS2A01). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for BIS2A01 and will therefore be granted a credit for the module.

If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both BIS2A01 (the academic module) as well as for BIS2A00 (the RPL exam) and will be debited for the relevant fees for both. On passing BIS2A00 (s)he will be granted a credit for BIS2A01 and will be credited with the relevant fee for BIS2A01. If a student fails the RPL exam (BIS2A00) (s)he will be remain registered for BIS 2A01 and will not be refunded the fee for the RPL exam (BIS2A00). Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (BIS2A00) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.

197

BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BIS2B01/BIS02B2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce information systems in the South African business environment and to introduce an accounting software package, data interrogation tools and audit software.


use the computer logically as a business tool in an accounting software environment in order to create, set up and prepare a set of accounting records and financial statements correctly;

apply information technology correctly in an accounting environment;

prepare and manage financial records correctly;

prepare general ledger accounts accurately;

prepare and manage master file detail regarding customers, suppliers and inventory correctly;

manage customers and supplier processing correctly;

prepare and manage cash book entries accurately;

prepare a bank reconciliation correctly;

prepare ledger balances and control accounts correctly;

prepare and manage draft trial balance, income statement and balance sheet correctly;

use discuss and interpret logically results from data interrogation and audit engagement software;

clearly define, correctly identify and explain an understanding of information systems, the role of information systems in business, the features and operations of commonly used information technology hardware and software;

clearly define, correctly identify and explain the concepts of data processing, the concepts of computers systems and data communication, the role of information systems in business, and describing of management of information systems; and

clearly define, correctly identify and explain the process of developing new information systems, information systems risks and information systems controls.

EF.136 ECONOMETRICS

ECONOMETRICS 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECM02A2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive introduction to the principles of probability theory and mathematical statistics, which underpin statistical analysis in the field of economics and business science. Students who complete this module will have acquired the necessary background to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of statistical methods of inference and will be well equipped to embrace further studies in econometrics.

198


apply descriptive statistics to a set of data;

describe the classical, empirical, and subjective approaches to probability;

distinguish between a discrete variable and continuous variable;

understand the concepts of continuous random variables and probability distributions;

explain and construct sampling distributions;

distinguish between and calculate point estimation and interval estimation;

understand statistical inference and hypothesis testing;

understand and apply the analysis of variance approach to hypothesis testing;

describe the concepts of linear regression, multiple regression and correlation analysis;

calculate and interpret linear and multiple regressions to given sets of data with the use of Excel; and

calculate and interpret the coefficient of correlation for given sets of data with the use of Excel.

ECONOMETRICS 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECM02B2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to build on the content covered in Econometrics 2A (ECM02A2) in the first semester. It gives students a proper foundation in probability theory and mathematical statistics with direct applications in the various fields of Economics and Econometrics. The module will cover distribution theory by focusing on multivariate probability distributions, moments, generating functions and multivariate sampling distributions. Statistical inference discussed in Econometrics 2A will be expanded on and the students will be introduced to non-parametric statistics and Bayesian inferences.


understand conditional probability and independence of events for discrete and continuous random variables;

explain the moments and generating functions;

understand the difference between relative efficiency, consistency and minimum-variance(unbiased) estimation;

distinguish between the method of Maximum Likelihood and Method of Moments;

distinguish nonparametric tests; the Sign test, the Wilcoxon signed, Rank test and Run test; and;

explain Bayesian Inferences.

ECONOMETRICS 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECM03A3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expose students to more advanced econometrics, which is the basis of complex econometric model building and forecasting in the field of econometrics. This module covers the methodology of econometric research namely the econometric model-building process. This includes the properties of an econometric model, correlation and regression analysis. The purpose of applied econometrics is to apply regression analysis to various economic variables

199

and to specify a model for forecasting. This module covers an analysis of econometric problems and second orders tests namely heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation and multicollinearity.


• understand concepts of advanced econometrics; • understand, apply and interpret single- and multiple regressions; • test hypothesis using multiple regressions; • do forecasts using multiple regression models, with the practical application of E-views (a

leading econometrics package) and Excel; • add a dummy variable to a model; • identify and rectify multicollinearity, autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity problems; • specify and test an econometric model according to the various tests with the practical use of

E-views (a leading econometrics package); and • understand plagiarism and the consequences thereof.

ECONOMETRICS 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECM03B3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to extend basic regression analysis covered in Econometrics 3A (ECM03B3) by introducing the student to some key econometric techniques encountered in empirical work. Such techniques include how to deal with qualitative response variables, non-linear models, and simultaneous equation systems. The module will introduce the student to concepts involved in the rapidly expanding branch of time series econometrics. Students who complete this module will have acquired the necessary background and knowledge to undertake practical applications of econometric techniques learnt and will be well equipped to further studies in econometrics.


construct and apply non-linear regression models;

identify and apply qualitative response regression models;

debate the role of time or lags in economics and estimate dynamic models;

understand and estimate simultaneous equation models;

determine and identify stationarity of a time series; and

understand and apply basic cointegration analysis.

EF.137 ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO01A1 (12) / EKN1A01 (16) NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 / 16

PURPOSE To introduce students to basic introductory economic concepts and basic micro-economics.

200


assess the relationship between economics and the economy fully;

identify the different factor characteristics of the economy correctly;

illustrate and discuss a basic model of the economy comprehensively;

provide a critical discussion, evaluation and application of the various important principles and concepts that relate to the importance of well-functioned institutions in an economy;

derive and apply demand and supply as a model for determining the prices of goods and services comprehensively;

examine in what manner price and income sensitivity impacts on the revenue position of the firm correctly;

derive, graphically illustrate and assess comprehensively the short run production function of an individual firm and indicate the effect on production of technological development;

illustrate graphically and assess cost efficiency of the firm in the short and long run correctly;

determine price and output equilibrium in a perfect competitive environment fully; and

determine price and output equilibrium in an imperfect competitive environment comprehensively.

ECONOMICS 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO01B1 (12) / EKN1B01 (16) NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 / 16

PURPOSE To introduce students to basic macro-economy theory, concepts and issues.


discuss and analyse business cycles and their macro-economic implications fully;

examine how different methods are used to measure economic progress fully;

define, discuss and evaluate the role of money and interest rates in the economy correctly;

discuss and assess international economics and international finance comprehensively;

derive and explain fully the total expenditure model;

derive, discuss and apply the aggregate demand and aggregate supply model comprehensively;

discuss the economics of development correctly;

discuss the impact of HIC/AIDS on economic growth and development of a nation, especially for South Africa; and

discuss and analyse the most important economic issues in South Africa comprehensively.

ECONOMICS 100 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ECO100 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 24 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The main objective of the module is to empower learners to firstly understand the macroeconomic environment of the economy and secondly to be able to determine possible impacts of economic and other exogenous variables (or events) on the South African economy.

201


fully discuss the different basic concepts in the field of economics;

correctly identify the different factor characteristics of the economy;

comprehensively illustrate and discuss a basic model of the economy; fully examine how different methods are used to measure economic progress;

comprehensively derive and apply demand and supply curves;

correctly examine in what manner elasticity (in terms of price, disposable income and interest rates) impacts on economic aggregates and economic policy;

fully discuss and analyse business cycles and their macroeconomic implications;

provide a critical discussion, evaluation and application of the various important principles and concepts that relates to the importance of well-functioned institutions in an economy;

correctly define, discuss and evaluate the role of money and interest rates in the economy;

comprehensively discuss and assess international economics and international finance;

fully derive and explain the total expenditure model of an economy;

comprehensively derive, discuss and apply the aggregate demand and aggregate supply model;

correctly discuss the economics of development;

comprehensively discuss and analyse economic issues such as inflation, unemployment, poverty and growth in South Africa;

discuss and evaluate the impact of fiscal policy on the South African economy;

discuss and evaluate the important linkage between the monetary & real sectors of the economy;

discuss and evaluate the impact of foreign sector movements on macroeconomic stability;

comprehensively discuss competition policy in South Africa; and

comprehensively discuss the applicable aspects of the “Green Economy”.

ECONOMICS 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO2AA2/EKN2A01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The module will prepare students intellectually for the challenges in a changing global and national economic framework by acquiring skills in the acquisition, analysis, interpretation and application of knowledge relating to intermediate macroeconomic topics, concepts and issues.


critically explain the objectives of macroeconomic policy and the measurement techniques of development in South Africa;

apply, logically and consistently, the Keynesian Model I, within a simple closed economy with consumers, producers and the government;

analyse fiscal policy and the role of the state with the use of appropriate theory and actual South African information;

apply, logically and consistently the Keynesian model II, within a simple closed economy by focusing on financial institutions, money and interest rates;

analyse critically the concept of Monetary policy and the functions of the Reserve Bank in South Africa;

formulate the complete Keynesian model with a foreign sector, balance and payments, exchange rate and capital flows using relevant theory; and

202

construct an aggregate macro-model with aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves, under conditions of an inflationary economy.

ECONOMICS 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO2BB2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE To introduce students to the world of more advanced micro-economic topics, concepts and issues.


explain fully and illustrate graphically the impact of price, income, preference changes and advertising strategy to consumer behaviour;

discuss critically, evaluate, illustrate and calculate all relevant aspects that pertain to factor market conditions, game theory as a strategic tool for solving decision-making problems, risk analysis in managerial decision-making, oligopoly behaviour and the shareholder-management model for decision-making;

explain fully and illustrate graphically allocation efficiency, productive efficiency and the theory of the second best; and

explain correctly, graphically illustrate and calculate price and output levels for relevant pricing practices.

ECONOMICS 2C (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO2CA2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop learners to be able to demonstrate a well-rounded knowledge and understanding of, and an ability to critically evaluate and compare the views and economic thought of the major economic philosophers.


critically evaluate the main contributions to economic thought by the various philosophers of the classical period including Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Owen, Mills, Marx, Keynes, and Schumpeter;

discuss the major tenets of the post classical schools of economics against their historical background including the Keynesians and Post Keynesians, Monetarists, New Classicism (including the Chicago School), Mathematical and Institutional, Welfare and Development School;

discuss important concepts developed by the post classical schools of economics; and

discuss and compare views and debates and construct criticism around some of the schools of economic thought

203

ECONOMICS 2D (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO2DB2/EKN2D01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce students to the aspects of economic indicators and the analyses of economic data.


analyse critically the performance of the South African economy theoretically and in terms of the different components of various economic indicators;

evaluate the performance of the South African economy coherently in terms of various economic indicators;

define and discuss the analyses of economic data by using basic econometric techniques; and

interpret economic regression models with the use of econometric techniques.

ECONOMICS 2E (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO2EB2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE To introduce students to the dynamics and importance of development economics; develop a well-rounded knowledge of issues relevant to developing countries; and develop an understanding of problems that is experienced in developing countries. Students should be in a suitable position to use the information gained in this course to critically evaluate and create policy options. In addition, the module will introduce and instil in students concepts around justice, democracy, diversity, right, responsibility and Ubuntu (human dignity) in the context of citizenship.


analyse, from a theoretical perspective, the meaning and definition of development;

demonstrate knowledge of the classical theories of development and the contemporary models of development;

analyse the issues of poverty and inequality, urbanisation and migration within developing countries, education and health issues, the environment and development, trade policy and globalisation, foreign aid and the role of government;

synthesise the various issues within the subject of economic development as to objectively identify and constructively challenge theoretical and practical problems that become obvious to the student as the student’s awareness about development issues matures;

evaluate the topical and relevant concepts of development;

show an understanding of both their own identity and the nature of society and have an understanding of how to navigate the complex relationship of the rights and responsibilities that exist between their own identity and the nature of society; and

use and apply citizenship knowledge and discuss the relationship between citizenship and national identity.

204

ECONOMICS 2F (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO2FA2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE This module will cover the most important elements of labour economics. The module will deal with the structure of labour markets as well as the determinants of the supply of and demand for labour. In addition the module will cover specific topics that have implications for labour policy, such as the existence of labour shortages, the impact of the minimum wage on employment, the effect of tax policy on labour supply and demand, the impact of investment in education and training, the impact of welfare policy on labour markets, the effect of international trade on labour demand, worker mobility, pay and productivity, the labour effects of outsourcing, the role of trade unions, unemployment, and income inequality.

OUTCOME Students should be able to:

explain and discuss the determinants of the supply and demand for labour;

critically discuss the effects of a minimum wage on employment;

discuss the effects of welfare policy on labour supply and demand; and

use the knowledge and skills obtained through the module to explain the dynamics of the labour market in the South African economy.

ECONOMICS 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO3AA3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to give undergraduate students a systematic knowledge of the important theories of international economics (with an emphasis on international trade, but also international investment and international migration) and the application of these theories to an African context with the aid of economic models and well-structured arguments.


explain fully how the study of international economics is approached and the value it adds to the understanding of the economy and economic development;

apply effectively the tools of analysis used in international economics to argue the case of free international trade;

determine accurately the most beneficial pattern of trade between countries with the aid of the basic theories of international economics;

anticipate correctly how international trade and movements in exchange rates will affect a country's performance in regards to the five macroeconomic objectives;

examine how trade policy can be used to facilitate economic development in developing countries,

estimate the most likely consequences of the global process of economic integration;

assess the effects of different kinds of foreign capital flows to developing host economies;

analyse how migration affects source and destination countries and the appropriate policy response to these effects; and

judge the likely direction of globalisation given current events in the global economy.

205

ECONOMICS 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO3BB3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop students able to demonstrate a coherent critical understanding of the role of money in the economy and what the role of money in the economy means for monetary policy in South Africa.


analyse critically the concepts relating to money and foreign exchange in context;

use the different theories and related models with regards to determination of interest rate in an analysis;

use the different theories and related models with regards to the determination of exchange rate in an analysis; and

evaluate clearly the implications of the orthodox and non-orthodox models for the execution of monetary policy.

ECONOMICS 3C (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO3CA3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide students with a critical understanding of financial economics, its applications and various related micro- and macroeconomic concepts. The specific focus of the module is to explain the effects of uncertainty on the global capital market.


evaluate critically the nature and macroeconomic relevance of financial markets under conditions of uncertainty;

apply, logically and consistently, the concept of financial instability and underlying factors to conditions on the global financial market;

evaluate fully, with the use of relevant microeconomic principles, the behaviour of investors in financial markets under conditions of uncertainty;

evaluate fully, with the use of relevant theory and practical examples, the role of international financial institutions and alternative measures in addressing uncertainty and financial instability; and

analyse the nature and consequences of speculative behaviour, and policy responses with the use of appropriate theory and actual case studies.

ECONOMICS 3D (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ECO3DB3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE This module will cover the most important elements of public economics. One of the goals is to understand the background, philosophy and the principles underlying local economic development

206

in order to promote economic development, create employment opportunities, reduce poverty and improve service delivery to local communities. The module will establish why, and how, governments intervene in markets to address problems associated with externalities. In addition the module will focus on taxation and state expenditure policies to assist in explaining the role of the government in the economy through fiscal policy.

OUTCOME Students should be able to:

display a broad knowledge of the main fiscal tools used in public economics;

define local economic development, identify the goals, objectives and advantages of LED;

understand the basics of local economic development and the different development activities and strategies;

apply the knowledge and understanding gained in LED context;

evaluate the importance of LED within a particular local government;

understand the role of the government in addressing problems that arise from externalities;

discuss the various aspects of fiscal policy in South Africa;

explain the reasons for the growth of government expenditure and changes in the incidence of taxation;

analyse the substitution and income effects of taxation; and

discuss the concepts of efficiency and equity in distribution policy.

EF.138 ETHICAL FOUNDATIONS TO COMMERCE

ETHICAL FOUNDATIONS TO COMMERCE 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EFC2A01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the skills needed to effectively manage ethical or moral dilemmas encountered in the workplace and the business environment. This module also integrates communication, presentation and business acumen skills needed by a student to excel in the corporate environment.


discuss the concept of citizenship;

explain ethical dimensions of business in the context of cultural diversity;

use ethical decision making strategies;

discuss large-scale socio-economic ethical issues relevant to business and professional practice;

identify and discuss plagiarism in the context of publications as well as ideas in business and professional practice;

apply knowledge of managing the ethical dimension in organisations;

discuss the nature of professionalism;

identify the purpose, structure and contents of selected codes of ethics;

apply knowledge of ethical issues in the accounting profession;

effectively apply pervasive skills required to successfully interact and communicate in a business and professional environment;

apply the concepts of teamwork and effective time management through completion of the group project;

207

apply knowledge of the principles of corporate governance and its impact on business ethics; and

apply knowledge of sustainable business practices.

EF.139 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FNM1B01 (12) / BSR1B01 (16) NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 / 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicable knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance and cost accounting, and equip the student to realise where each of these concepts fit into the financial management function.





understand and apply basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations;

understand and apply the concept of cost of capital by performing basic calculations;

explain the basic capital budgeting techniques to assist in investment decisions;

compare the roles of cost accounting, management accounting and financial accounting in a business environment;

explain cost terminology, classify costs and compute total cost; and

evaluate, analyse and compute material and labour cost as part of manufacturing cost.

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BSR2A01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicative knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function.




explain and perform advanced calculations of the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities;

analyse, calculate and interpret rations relating to working capital management

208


differentiate and discuss the characteristics and workings of basic debt instruments and understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations; and

explain the basic valuations on equity capital by performing simple calculations.

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BSR2B01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS 16

PURPOSE The primary purpose of the module is to provide students with a comprehensive introduction to cost and management accounting theory and practice by equipping them with an understanding of the different cost accounting terminology, cost components and cost classifications; the skill to use various methods and techniques to accurately cost and record the value of inventory for financial- and cost accounting purposes; the skill to measure relevant costs for short-term decision-making purposes; and the ability to generate analyses and evaluate budgets needed for the control of present and projected performance and the competency to use these together with different costing systems to evaluate actual performance.


describe the role of cost accounting, management accounting and financial accounting in a business environment;

explain cost terminology, classify costs and compute total cost;

calculate, analyse and evaluate material and labour cost as part of manufacturing cost;

explain cost assignment, calculate and apply overhead rates using appropriate bases;

prepare a manufacturing cost statement;

evaluate and apply job costing as a costing method;

calculate the value of a cost object using activity based costing (ABC) and discuss how ABC compares with traditional marginal and absorption costing methods, including its relative advantages and disadvantages as a system of cost accounting;

differentiate between variable and absorption costing, prepare statements of comprehensive income under both methods, compare profits and explain the differences;

separate cost into their fixed and variable components and use these in terms of break-even analysis;

apply and analyse concepts of cost and revenue relevant to short-term pricing and product decisions;

explain the purpose of standard costing, apply standard costing methods within a marginal costing system and prepare a reconciliation of budgeted to actual profits; and

prepare budgets based on forecasts and discuss developments to improving the budgeting process.

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 200 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: FMA200 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 28 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. This module is divided into two separate sections, each with a separate purpose.

209

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with basic to intermediate practical skills and knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance and costing, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function.



explain the time value of money concept and perform calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed streams of cash flows;

explain and apply the concepts of risk and return as well as diversification;

demonstrate an understanding of the capital structure of an entity and the implications of changing the capital structure;

identify and evaluate and make decisions regarding the appropriate sources of long-term corporate capital;

understand and apply cost of capital;

explain and apply working capital management including calculations;

evaluate the dividend policy of a company and make recommendations;

analyse and interpret the financial statements of an entity;

describe the role of cost accounting, management accounting and financial accounting in a business environment;


evaluate, analyse and compute material and labour cost as part of manufacturing cost;

explain cost assignment, compute and apply overhead rates using appropriate bases;

evaluate and apply job costing as a costing method;

evaluate and apply process costing as a costing method;

differentiate between joint- and by-products and cost of both by applying different joint cost allocation methods;

differentiate between variable and absorption costing, prepare income statements under both methods and compare profits;

describe the influence of changes in volume on the nature of cost and perform a cost volume profit analysis; and

demonstrate a basic understanding of the impact of sustainability on business decision-making.

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BSR3A01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with advanced competencies in applying cost and management accounting theory and practice by equipping them with the skill to apply different costing systems; to measure relevant costs for short-term decision-making purposes; and the ability to generate analyses and evaluate budgets needed for the control of present and projected performance and the competency to use these together with different costing systems to evaluate actual performance.

210


explain cost terminology, classify costs, compute manufacturing and total cost and apply job costing as a costing method;

perform and evaluate process costing as a costing method;

differentiate between joint- and by-products and cost both by applying different joint cost allocation methods;

measure costs and revenues for a range of decisions and use break-even analysis as a decision-making tool;

explain, compute and apply linear programming;

analyse information to assess the impact on decisions of variables with uncertain values;

apply standard costing methods within an absorption costing system and prepare a reconciliation of budgeted to actual profits;

evaluate performance using budgets, recognising alternative approaches and sensitivity to variable factors, and discuss the broader managerial issues arising from the use of budgets in control; and

discuss various approaches that fall within the area of strategic cost management and describe contributions that have been made to the development of strategic management accounting.

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BSR3B01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to provide qualifying graduate students with the skill to evaluate and select long-term investment options and to make decisions regarding the financing of an enterprise and its long-term assets. They would also be provided with the skills to value business operations using different valuation methods and financial analysis techniques.


make long-term capital investment decisions by using different capital budgeting techniques and critically evaluate each technique;




evaluate critically the dividend policy of a company and make recommendations regarding the optimum pay out and retention ratios;

explain the role of the treasury function to manage financial risk and evaluate different techniques to hedge against these risks;

use ratio analysis, calculate analyses and interpret a company or division’s performance;

determine the value of business operations by applying different valuation methods and evaluate each critically; and

explain the need for business ethics and corporate governance principles and provide recommendations for the implementation of suitable corporate governance practices for risk management purposes.

211

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 300 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: FMA300 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 34 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification. This module is divided into two separate sections, each with a separate purpose.

SECTION A

PURPOSE The purpose of this section of the module is to provide students with the competence, on an intermediate level, to understand and apply the underlying concepts of cost accounting, i.e. the concept of advanced manufacturing environment and management accounting techniques. Detailed knowledge regarding the concepts of stock control, planning and stock management, budgeting, standard costing, performance measurement, transfer pricing and business strategy will be obtained.


understand the theory underlying strategy;

understand and evaluate an entity’s strategy;

describe the influence of changes in volume on the nature of cost and perform a cost volume profit analysis;

explain cost terminology, identify types of decisions and determine relevant costs of material and labour;

accumulate costs of decision making, split total costs into variable and fixed portion and use the effect of learning curve in calculations on cost;

evaluate and apply expected values to enable the application thereof in decision making;

evaluate and apply the economic order quantity (EOQ) as an optimisation method and describe the ABC method of cost classification;

differentiate between the different types of budgeting;

understand and apply standard costing;

understand and apply transfer pricing and performance evaluation; and

demonstrate a basic understanding of the impact of sustainability on business decision-making.

SECTION B

PURPOSE The purpose of this section is to provide qualifying graduate students with the skill to evaluate and select long-term investment options and to make decisions regarding the finance of an enterprise and its long-term assets. They would also be provided with the skills to value business operations using different valuation methods and financial analysis techniques.



demonstrate an understanding of the capital structure of an entity and the implications of changing the capital structure;

212

understand and apply cost of capital;

make long-term capital investment decisions by using different capital budgeting techniques and critically evaluate each technique;


determine the value of business operations by applying different valuation methods and evaluate each critically;

analyse and interpret the financial statements of an entity;

explain the role of the treasury function to manage financial risk and evaluate different techniques to hedge against these risks; and

demonstrate an understanding of businesses in distress and suggest possible remedies.

EF.140 FINANCIAL PLANNING

FINANCIAL PLANNING 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL3A01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The module introduces the students to the concepts and working of the financial planning environment. It creates an understanding of the regulatory environment wherein the financial planner operates and focuses on the dynamics of the different products and services financial planners offer. Students acquire the necessary skills to do financial planning clients.


define financial planning;

list and describe all the requirements to practice as a financial service provider;

take the psychology of money of an individual into consideration when recommending financial solutions to him/her;

identify and select a target market or markets;

list, describe and apply the steps in the financial planning process;

do time value of money and other financial calculations;

identify crucial economic data that will influence financial planning and adjust a financial plan accordingly;

explain certain economical concepts and structures;

discuss the effect of HIV/AIDS on the financial planning industry and its impact on the process of financial planning on an individual - and corporate level;

do comprehensive tax planning for an individual, including capital gains tax; do investment planning for an individual;

do investment planning for an individual; and

do retirement planning for an individual.

FINANCIAL PLANNING 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL3B01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The module introduces the students to the concepts and working of the financial planning environment. It creates an understanding of the regulatory environment wherein the financial

213

planner operates and focuses on the dynamics of the different products and services financial planner offer. Students acquire the necessary skills to do financial planning for clients.


discuss the relevance of ethics and compliance in the context of the financial services industry;

describe the different relevant regulatory bodies;

identify and apply the relevant aspects of the compliance legislation to the particular circumstances of the financial planner, including the Policyholder Protection Rules (both short-term and long-term), the Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act and the Financial Intelligence Centre Act;

explain other areas of consumer protection;

explain when a person has contractual capacity;

demonstrate knowledge of the Long-Terms Insurance Act and apply, identify and discuss different sections of the Act that may relate to specific long-term insurance policies;

explain the four fund approach with specific reference to tax implications;

explain briefly what disability benefits are and calculate tax advantages with regards to disability benefits;

calculate the maximum disability benefits that are recommended by the LOA Code of Good Practice for Disability Insurance;

explain briefly what dread disease insurance is and calculate tax implications;

explain the purpose of short-term insurance;

discuss all the various types of short-term insurance available;

differentiate between various types of legal entities;

discuss all forms of remuneration involved in disclosure of directors’ remuneration;

discuss the different types of business insurance and the purpose thereof;

explain and calculate the tax (including capital gains tax) and estate duty implications of buy and sell insurance;

explain the difference between conforming and non-conforming policies;

do a complete estate duty calculation;

calculate the amount of capital gains tax payable at death;

explain when a will is valid;

explain that is meant by intestate succession;

discuss the role of life insurance in estate planning;

discuss the effective use of abatements;

briefly discuss the history and current situation of the health care system in South Africa;

demonstrate knowledge of the Medical Schemes Act;

discuss the impact of health care legislation on different stakeholders;

discuss what is meant by managed health care;

compare medical schemes and insurance business; and

explain the difference between a general waiting period and conditional specific waiting period.

214

EF.141 GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: GAC2B01 NEW NQF LEVEL/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce students to the basic principles governance of and risk management as well as ethical aspects governing the work performed by a professional in commerce.


apply the principles and guidelines of the regulatory and professional bodies’ codes of conduct;

describe and discuss the fundamental principles of a financial audit process;

describe and discuss the principles of assurance and review;

describe and discuss the risk management process;

identify and explain business risks, audit risks, credit risk and market risk;

explain how the use of computers for data processing can affect the internal controls of an organisation and the implications of computer systems in an organisation;

describe and explain general controls in a computerised environment;

design and implement computer controls and identify weaknesses in a computer environment and provide recommendations for improvement;

explain the statutory requirements of the Companies Act and the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA);

describe and explain the principles of Corporate Governance;

describe and explain the principles of integrated sustainability reporting; and apply knowledge pertaining to entrepreneurial, leadership skills in case studies and practical

principles.

GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL 3AB (YEAR MODULE) CODE: GAC3AB0 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 32 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to build on the knowledge gained in Governance and Control 2B. The module also covers risk management as well as the activities and controls applicable to the cycles of a business, cycle integration and Information Technology Systems (ITS). The cycles that are addressed are: revenue and receipts cycle, purchases and payment cycle, payroll cycle, production and inventory cycle, and the finance and investment cycle and the bank and cash cycle. The module also covers the statutory requirements of the Companies Act, CC Act and the Public Finance and Management Act (PFMA), the principles of corporate governance, integrated sustainability reporting and internal auditing.


describe, discuss and evaluate the risk management process;

identify and evaluate business risks.

215

analyse the design, implementation and monitoring of controls for each business cycle with a focus on management assertions, management control objectives, the flow of documentation and transactions;

identify, design and propose controls necessary for each business cycle by using a control framework;

assess a given scenario to identify control weaknesses for each of the business cycles and provide recommendations for improvement;

understand and describe how the use of computers for data processing can affect the internal controls of an organisation and the implications of computer systems in an organisation;

describe general and application controls in a computerised environment; and

design and implement general and application computer controls, identify weaknesses in a computer environment and provide recommendations for improvement of the weaknesses identified;

apply and make recommendations on the compliance of the statutory requirements of the Companies Act, CC Act and the PFMA;

apply as well as make recommendations on the principles and compliance of the regulatory and professional bodies codes of conduct and apply the principles and guidelines to practical situations;

assess and apply the principles of assurance and review;

assess and apply the principles of Corporate Governance; and

assess and apply the principles of internal auditing.

EF.142 GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENSHIP GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENSHIP (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: GOV2AB0 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSES The purpose of this module is to equip students with the skills needed to effectively manage ethical or moral dilemmas encountered in the workplace and the business environment. This module also integrates communication, presentation and business acumen skills needed by a student to excel in the corporate environment.


demonstrate knowledge of the ethical dimensions of business in the context of cultural diversity;

demonstrate knowledge of the key concepts of business and professional ethics;

use ethical decision making strategies;

demonstrate knowledge of the philosophical foundations of ethics;

demonstrate an understanding of large-scale socio-economic ethical issues relevant to business and professional practice;

demonstrate an understanding of sustainability and how it affects businesses operations and decision making;

show an awareness of the impact that HIV/AIDS has on the South African business landscape;

demonstrate the ability to deal with the ethical issues surrounding HIV/AIDS in the workplace;

216

demonstrate knowledge of managing the ethical dimension in organisations;

demonstrate the nature of professionalism;

understand the purpose, structure and contents of selected codes of ethics;

demonstrate knowledge of ethical issues in the accounting profession;

effectively communicate in writing by being able to write the following: reports; memorandums, business letters;

effectively communicate by being able to conduct a formal meeting;

effectively communicate verbally by being able to give a business presentation;

demonstrate teamwork and time management skills;

demonstrate knowledge of corporate governance and sustainable business reporting; and

identify and discuss plagiarism in the context of publications as well as ideas in business and professional practice.

EF.143 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IVM02A2/BLB2A01 NEW NQF LEVEL/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a basic, yet applicative knowledge of fundamental concepts of finance, and where each of these concepts fits into the financial management function.


demonstrate their ability to identify the basic types of financial management decisions and relate them to the role of the financial manager;

explain the time value of money concept and perform simple and advanced calculations on single amounts, annuities, perpetuities and mixed stream of cash flows;

explain and perform advanced calculations of the components of working capital management including current assets and liabilities;

analyse, calculate and interpret rations relating to working capital management;

explain the concepts of risk and uncertainty by calculating, applying and solving issues of simple probability as well as issues of regression and correlations;

differentiate and discuss the characteristics and working of basic debt instruments and understand the cost of capital concept by performing advanced calculations; and

explain the basic valuations of equity capital by performing simple calculations; and

explain basic valuations of equity capital by performing simple calculations.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IVM02B2/BLB2B01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide students with a foundation in the specialised subject area of equity investments. The module is comprised of a range of equity concepts, principles and theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise essential equity valuation techniques and strategies.

217


distinguish between different financial markets and instruments;

explain the framework and functioning of securities markets;

analyse financial statements;

apply valuation principles and practices;

conceptualise the analysis and management of common stock;

discuss and apply company analysis and stock valuation techniques;

explain and analyse different equity portfolio management strategies;

discuss and apply technical analysis techniques in managing common stock; and

discuss the framework for ethical conduct in the investment profession by focussing on the CFA Institute Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IVM03A3/BLB3A01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide students with the fundamentals in interest-bearing, foreign exchange and property investments. The module is comprised of a range of instruments, principles and theories related to these markets. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise related techniques and strategies.


explain, interpret and apply the factors that determine the level of interest rates and those that influence their pattern;

apply, calculate and interpret time value of money (TVM) concepts including simple and compound interest, discrete and continuous compounding, interest conversions;

calculate and interpret spot and forward interest rates and spreads;

discuss the significance of the money market and money market instruments;

define, discuss, calculate and interpret issue and trading prices of money market instruments;

apply key bond feature information;

analyse different fixed income instruments found in most markets;

apply the fundamental principles of bond valuation;

discuss the different components of property investment;

analyse and value an investment property;

explain the foreign exchange market’s origin and components;

explain the mechanics behind foreign exchange transactions;

calculate the appropriate foreign exchange rates;

apply all information regarding the forward FX market;

apply the concepts of swap transactions; and

understand plagiarism and the consequences thereof.

218

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IVM03B3/BLB3B01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the fundamental knowledge to analyse interpret and understand portfolio management and derivative market and instruments. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise related techniques, theories and strategies.


prove mastery of the concepts risk and return;

make the asset allocation decision by incorporating all relevant aspects;

demonstrate comprehension of efficient capital markets;

apply Markowitz portfolio theory;

show an understanding of asset pricing models and multifactor models of risk and return;

specify the asset management industry;

evaluate the performance of investment portfolios;

discuss and apply introductory concepts to derivative markets and securities;

analyse and comprehend the dynamics of Forward and Future Contracts;

analyse and comprehend the dynamics of Option Contracts,

analyse and comprehend the dynamics of Swap Contracts, convertible securities and other embedded derivatives; and

present portfolio performance compliant with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS).

EF.144 PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT

PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PVM2A01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate knowledge of basic building construction, building contracts and the construction process to the valuation of property.


show an understanding of the structure of the building and property industry in South Africa and the relationship thereof with the valuation industry;

analyse and comprehend the different elements in building design and construction;

identify and evaluate problems in existing buildings;

apply the principles of environmental control in buildings; and

show an understanding of the construction process and the different types of building contracts.

219

PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PVM2B01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct a valuation of a single residential property.


prove mastery of the concept of market value;

demonstrate comprehension of the sources of information available to the valuer;

collect and analyse market information;

show an understanding of the different methods of valuation; and

apply the market approach to single residential property.

PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PVM3A01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct mass valuations and valuations on income producing properties.


prove mastery of the concepts “potential” and the “highest and best use” of property;

demonstrate comprehension of the influence of leases on value;

determine the market value of an income producing property;

determine the replacement cost of a property for insurance purposes;

produce a valuation report; and

apply the techniques applicable to mass valuation.

PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PVM3B01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct valuations of undeveloped property by applying discounted cash flow and feasibility studies methodologies.

220


prove mastery of the concepts discounted cash flow and feasibility studies to value property;

assess the influence of servitude’s on the value of property;

show an understanding of the factors influencing the value of agricultural property;

apply the principles underlying the valuation of special properties; and

apply the principles of valuation as contained in the Expropriation Act;

EF. 145 QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: QTE2AA2 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive introduction to the quantitative methods required to comprehend economic models and econometrics. The module focuses more specifically on introducing students of economics to the fundamental notions and instruments in linear algebra. Understanding linear algebra is fundamental in studying economics. Linear algebra is widely used to formalize economic theory. Moreover, the statistical component of econometrics relies heavily on linear algebra concepts and tools. The students who will study this course will acquire a necessary background to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of economic models and of the basic principles of econometrics.


apply the fundamentals of the different techniques for solving systems of linear equations as used in economic models;

execute basic matrix operations (addition, subtraction, scalar multiplication and matrix multiplication) with application in economic models;

identify the definition of a determinant, its computations and its properties as used in economic models;

recognise Euclidean spaces and related concepts such as the inner product, lines and planes;

understand the concepts of linear dependence, spanning sets, basis and dimensions;

recognise examples of linear models relating to macroeconomics and microeconomics such as linear models of production, Markov Models of Employment, IS-LM Analysis, Investment and Arbitrage; and

understand economic applications of Euclidean Spaces such as Budget Sets in Commodity Space, Input Space, probability simplex, The Investment Model and IS-LM Analysis.

QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: QTE2BB2 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive extension of Quantitative Economics 2A (ECQ02A2). Quantitative Economics 2B (ECQ02B2) elaborates on the quantitative methods required to comprehend economic models and econometrics. The module focuses on Multivariate Calculus and its economic applications. A primary goal in economic analysis is to understand how

221

changes in economic variables affect other economic variables. Multivariate calculus is a primary tool for understanding how variables affect others in economic relationships described by functions of several variables. The module will provide students with the necessary mathematical foundation to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of economic models and of the basic principles of econometrics.


explain concepts such as limits, sequences, open sets, closed sets and compact sets as used in economic models;

apply the following concepts in economic exercises and problems: Functions between Euclidean Spaces (Functions from Rn to R, Functions from Rk to Rn), Special kinds of functions (Linear Functions on Rk, Quadratic Forms, Matrix Representation of Quadratic Forms, Polynomials), Inverse Functions and the Composition of Functions;

draw graphs of functions of two variables, level curves, and draw graphs from level sets;

understand concepts related to calculus of several variables: Total derivative, Chain Rule, Directional Derivatives and Gradients, Explicit Functions from Rn to Rm, Higher order derivatives and Hessians;

derive the economic interpretation of marginal products, elasticity and other derivatives commonly used in economics;

apply the total derivative, chain rule, higher order derivatives and hessians to economic problems;

understand implicit functions and their derivatives and solve exercises implying implicit functions; and

solve economic problems using multiple integral Calculus.

QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: QTE3AA3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive introduction to complex quantitative methods required to understand economic models and econometrics. The module focuses on optimisation techniques. Optimisation plays a major role in Economic theory. The central question for the economist is how the economic agent will adjust maximizing behaviour if some variable which he cannot control undergoes a change. The students who will study this course will acquire a necessary mathematical foundation to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of economic models and of advanced principles of econometrics.


explain the concepts of quadratic forms, definiteness of quadratic forms, linear constraints and bordered matrices;

understand the procedure of unconstrained optimization;

know how to derive First and Second Order conditions;

solve exercises implying unconstrained optimisation and derivation of first and second order conditions;

understand the procedure of constrained optimisation either with equality or with inequality constraints;

solve exercises involving constrained optimisation;

222

understand the meaning of the multiplier, envelope theorems and apply those concepts in economic applications;

understand the concepts of homogeneous functions and homothetic functions;

understand the concave and quasiconcave functions; and

skilfully engage in economic applications of optimisation techniques such as Utility Maximization, the Demand Function, the Indirect Utility Function, the Expenditure and Compensated Demand Functions, the Slutsky Equation, Profit Maximization, Competitive Equilibrium and Fundamental Theorems of Welfare Economics.

QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: QTE3BB3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive extension of Quantitative Economics 3A (QTE3AA3). Quantitative Economics 3B (QTE3BB3) elaborates on more complex quantitative methods required to comprehend economic models and econometrics. The module focuses on Dynamics. Dynamical methods play an important role in economical methods and in econometrics. The students who will study this course will acquire a necessary mathematical foundation to achieve a mature and enduring understanding of economic models and of the more complex principles of econometrics.


understand advanced concepts of matrix algebra like orthogonality and partitioned matrices;

explain concepts of eigenvalues and eigenvectors;

solve exercises and problems involving eigenvalues and eigenvectors;

solve linear difference equations and systems of linear difference equations;

solve scalar ordinary differential equations;

explain conditions of existence and uniqueness of solutions of differential equations;

solve systems of ordinary differential equations; and

skilfully engage in applying these dynamical methods to solve complex economic problems.

EF.146 TAXATION

TAXATION 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BEL2A01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce well-rounded basic theoretical concepts and ground rules regarding income tax and value-added tax. The module lays the theoretical and practical foundation for concepts and principles covered in Taxation 3A, 3B, Taxation 300 and on Honours level.


identify the taxation process in South Africa;

explain differences between different taxes;

explain how to use the taxation legislation;

223

recognise different taxpayers;

demonstrate how the levying section (s5(1)) is applied;

analyse elements of gross income definition;

discuss the “days” test in definition of a resident;

compare the concepts of source, and deemed source;

apply the concepts of “world-wide”;

identify the special inclusions in income as per the definition of gross income;

illustrate that exempt income is income that was first included in gross income, and then exempted;

use the two tests for deductibility: Section 11(a); and Income derived from carrying on a trade – s23 and;

demonstrate that certain amounts will not be allowed as deductions for tax purposes;

integrate the rules of general deductions in a tax calculation;

discuss the tax treatment of specific expense and losses;

apply the special deductions per s11;

compare repairs and improvements;

analyse and apply the case law on repairs;

recognise assets subject to the basic capital allowances;

calculate the Income Tax consequences of the disposal of assets (excluding Capital Gains tax effect);

illustrate where CGT fits on the tax framework;

explain the CGT consequences on transactions typical to companies, after 1 October 2001;

calculate the CGT consequences of basic transactions for individuals, after 1 October 2001;

choose the tax rates applicable to different kinds of companies;

discuss the basic taxation consequences of trading stock;

explain how to calculate taxable income of a company starting with the accounting net profit before tax;

prepare a basic STC calculation;

categorise Small Business Corporations (SBC);

formulate the special allowances available to a SBC;

apply the income tax principles to calculate the income tax liability of a SBC;

identify pre-trading expenditure and losses that can be claimed in terms of s11A;

differentiate the three provisional tax payments due by a company;

classify how provisional tax payments slots into the income tax calculation;

differentiate the VAT is a tax separate from Income Tax;

describe the mechanism of value-added tax, in which business are liable for tax on their outputs less credits for tax on their inputs;

apply the rules regarding the payment of VAT by a vendor;

analyse the concept of supply of goods & service;

assess the different kinds of supply;

apply the provisions regarding the time and value of a supply;

identify both the income tax and VAT consequences of a transaction;

identify the VAT portion included in an amount when calculating the income tax consequences; and

show awareness of ethical practises regarding tax and the payment thereof.

TAXATION 200 (SEMESTER MODULE SPREAD OVER A YEAR) CODE: TAX2AB0 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL: 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

224

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce well-rounded basic theoretical concepts and ground rules regarding income tax and value-added tax. The module lays the theoretical and practical foundation for concepts and principles covered in Taxation 300 and on Honours level.


identify amounts to be included in gross income by applying the definition of "gross income" in the Income Tax Act in respect of residents and non-residents;

identify amounts exempt from taxable income;

identify and calculate allowable deductions for income tax purposes by applying the general deduction formula and special deductions;

calculate various capital allowances, as well as recoupments and scrapping allowances; • calculate taxable capital gains; • calculate (using the above principles) the taxable income and income tax payable by a

taxpayer; • calculate the taxation consequences of dividend declarations; • calculate the amount payable in terms of provisional tax for a taxpayer; • discuss whether turnover tax will be applicable to a taxpayer and calculate the amount of tax

due; • calculate the amount of value-added tax payable; and • identify and calculate the tax implications in respect of farming.

TAXATION 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BEL3A01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to further increase a student’s practical and theoretical tax knowledge by building on the ground rules regarding income tax as well as value-added tax as introduced in Taxation 2A, and to apply the knowledge to non-residents. The module deals with the inclusion of complex taxable amounts and recoupments in the gross income of individuals and enterprises as well as the deductions available to these tax payers. OUTCOMES Students should be able to:

analyse amounts to be included in gross income by applying the definition of "gross income" in the Income Tax Act.

analyse amounts exempt from income tax by applying the relevant section of the Income Tax Act.

explain and calculate allowable deductions for Income Tax purposes by applying the general deduction formula and special deductions;

explain and calculate deductions for Income Tax purposes by applying capital allowances;

apply the income tax principles regarding trading stock;

apply the Eighth Schedule of the Income Tax Act to situations subject to capital gains tax and calculate the taxable amount in terms of the relevant provisions in respect of assets acquired prior to and after 1 October 2001,

explain and calculate the taxable income and income tax payable by both individuals and companies;

discuss and calculate the Value Added Tax implications of an enterprise making taxable and exempt supplies; and

explain and calculate dividends tax.

225

TAXATION 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BEL3B01 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to practically and theoretically apply the basic concepts of taxation to individuals, partnerships, companies, trusts and farmers, and to cover the taxation principles regarding capital gains tax (for individuals) as well as the rules and regulations regarding the administration and payment of taxation.


identify fringe benefits and calculate the cash equivalent to include in the taxable income of an individual;

determine the amounts exempt from the “income” of individuals by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;

Identify and calculate the deductions available to individuals by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;

Identify and calculate allowances attributable to the individual in gross income and calculate the amount allowed as deduction against the allowance;

calculate the tax implications of retirement benefits for individuals;

calculate the taxable income of a partnership and apportion it to the partners.

calculate the amount payable in terms of employee's tax and, provisional tax,

calculate the amount payable in terms of donations tax and estate duty for individuals.

discuss situations applicable to an individual that will be subject to capital gains tax and calculate the taxable amount in terms of the relevant provisions;

prepare the tax calculation for a non-resident according to the relevant provisions in the Income Tax Act;

apply the basic income tax provisions regarding trusts;

analyse the rules and regulations regarding the administration and payment of taxation for individuals, partnerships, companies and trusts; and

explain situations where the anti-avoidance provisions of the Income Tax Act would be applicable for individuals, partnerships, companies and trusts.

TAXATION 300 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: TAX300 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 34 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The purpose of Taxation 300 is to build on the basic concepts and ground rules regarding Income Tax as well as Value-Added Tax (VAT) which were introduced in Taxation 200. It deals with more complex

issues of the taxation calculation that was introduced in Taxation 200.


discuss and calculate the Value-Added Tax implications per the VAT Act in the case of an enterprise making taxable and exempt supplies;

226

identify amounts to be included in gross income by applying the definition of “gross income” in the Income Tax Act;

identify amounts exempt from income tax by applying section 10 of the Income Tax Act;

identify and calculate allowable deductions for Income Tax purposes by applying the general deduction formula as well as calculate (using the above principles) the taxable income and income tax payable by an enterprise;

calculate the basic income tax implications per the Income Tax Act for a South African resident holding shares in a controlled foreign company;

apply and evaluate the income tax principles per the Income Tax Act regarding trading stock;

identify situations subject to capital gains tax and calculate the taxable amount in terms of the relevant provision in respect of assets acquired prior to and after 1 October 2001;

calculate provisional tax as well as the penalties payable in respect of provisional tax for an enterprise per the provisions of the Income Tax Act;

fill out the documentation (tax returns, etc.) applicable to the above taxes.

identify fringe benefits and determine the cash equivalent to be included in the taxable income of an individual per the provisions of the Income Tax Act;

identify amounts exempt from tax in the hands of individuals, by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;

include allowances attributable to the individual in gross income and calculate the amount allowed as deduction against the allowance by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;

identify and calculate deductions available to individuals by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;

calculate taxable income and income tax payable by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;

calculate the portion of retirement benefits that will be exempt from taxation, and calculate tax payable according to the rating formula by applying the relevant sections of the Income Tax Act;

calculate the taxable income of a partnership and apportion it to the partners;

calculate the amounts payable in terms of employees’ tax, provisional tax, donations tax and estate duty;

identify situations applicable to an individual that will be subject to capital gains tax and calculate the taxable amount in terms of the relevant provisions;

prepare the tax calculation for a non-resident according to the relevant provisions in the Income Tax Act;

understand the basic income tax provisions regarding trusts;

identify situations where the anti-avoidance provisions of the Income Tax Act would be applicable; and

explain and calculate dividends tax.

EF.147 TAXATION PLANNING TAXATION PLANNING 2A AND 2B ARE COUPLET MODULES The definition of couplet modules is 2 modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a

227

supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (exam mark) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.

TAXATION PLANNING 2A (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: TXP2A01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is firstly to introduce the basic concepts and ground rules regarding Income Tax. Thereafter taxation consequences for individuals will be discussed.

OUTCOMES


explain difference between different taxes;

explain how to use the taxation legislation and;

recognise different taxpayers;

demonstrate how the levying section (s5(1)) is applied;

analyse elements of gross income definition;

interpret definition of resident as per Income Tax Act;

discuss the “days” test in definition of a resident;

compare the concepts of source, and deemed source;

apply the concept of “world-wide”;

identify the special inclusions in income as per the definition of gross income;

illustrate that exempt income is income that was first included in gross income, and the exempted;

illustrate the taxation consequences of the income from Collective investment schemes;

use the two tests for deductibility: section 11(a); and income derived from carrying on a trade – s23;

demonstrate that certain amounts will not be allowed as deductions for tax purpose;

integrate the rules of general deductions in a tax calculation;

discuss the tax treatment of specific expenses and losses;

apply the special deductions per s11;

explain how to calculate taxable income of a company starting with the accounting net profit before tax;

compare repairs and improvements;

analyse and apply the case law on repairs;

recognise assets subjects to the basic capital allowances;

calculate the Income Tax consequences of the disposal of assets (excluding Capital Gains Tax effect);

illustrate where CGT fits on the tax framework;

examine the capital gains tax provisions in respect of an individual;

formulate the Income Tax consequences of different salary structures and fringe benefits;

calculate the Income Tax consequences of Employer/Employee insurance agreements;

apply the taxation consequences of certain types of Investment income;

predict the tax consequences of a sole-proprietor;

distinguish and apply assessed losses in terms of S20A;

list the taxation consequences of certain insurance benefits,

illustrate the principles of employees’ taxation,

argue whether transactions will be subject to donations tax,

228

discuss the difference in terms of taxation treatment between residents and non-residents in respect of employment income,

explain the income tax treatment of a partnership

demonstrate a basic knowledge regarding the basic taxation treatment of trusts,

discuss the tax planning opportunities in respect of trusts and estates,

use the framework to calculate estate duty, and

practise the basic concepts in respect of estate planning.

TAXATION PLANNING 2B (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: TXP2B01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expand on the basic concepts and ground rules regarding Income Tax studied during the first semester and introduce Value Added Tax. The student will be introduced to the types of business taxation rules and requirements likely to affect a company (in respect of itself and its employees). The basic concepts regarding withholding tax and international tax principles will be discussed.


apply the concept of ad valorem taxes;

differentiate that VAT is a tax separate from Income Tax;

describe the mechanism of value-added tax, in which businesses are liable for tax on their outputs less credits for tax on their inputs;

apply the rules regarding the payment of VAT by a vendor;

analyse the concept of supply of goods & services;

assess the different kinds of supply;

apply the provisions regarding the time and value of a supply;

choose the tax rates applicable to different kinds of companies;

discuss the basic taxation consequences of trading stock;

prepare a basic STC calculation;

sketch the tax consequences of a leasehold premium;

sketch the tax consequences of a leasehold improvement;

apply the tax consequences of various types of intellectual property;

sketch the tax consequences of finance leases;

list the tax allowance in respect of learnership agreements;

list the tax allowances in respect of Strategic Development projects and Urban development zones;

categorise Small Business Corporations (SBC);

formulate the special allowances available to a SBC;

apply the income tax principles to calculate the income tax liability of a SBC;

identify pre-trading expenditure and losses that can be claimed in terms of s11A;

identify both the Income Tax and VAT consequences of a transaction;

identify the VAT portion included in an amount when calculating the Income Tax consequences;

explain the CGT consequences on transactions typical to companies;

identify and calculate the capital gains tax implications of part disposal of assets;

select the method to value assets acquired prior to 1 October 2001;

examine assessed losses;

integrate the assessed loss in the current year Income Tax Calculation;

229

identify assessed losses that should be ring fenced;

calculate payments subject to withholding taxes;

argue who should withhold the tax;

discuss who is responsible for the tax liability;

formulate the basic concepts of international taxation;

apply the connected persons provisions;

illustrate the effect of connected person transactions on capital allowances and VAT;

formulate the concept of ‘group of companies;

assess whether companies will qualify for the relief of terms of s42 and s45;

predict the relief available in terms of s42 and s45;

compare tax evasion and tax avoidance;

differentiate the three provisional tax payments due by a company and individual;

classify how provisional tax payments slots into the Income Tax calculation;

argue the need for record-keeping and record retention that may be additional to that required for financial accounting purposes;

argue the need for deadlines for reporting (filling returns) and tax payments; and

arrange the types of powers of tax authorities to ensure compliance with tax rules.

230

FEFS SERVICE MODULES FOR BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN OTHER FACULTIES

EF.148 ACCOUNTING ACCOUNTING A AND B ARE COUPLET MODULES The definition of couplet modules is 2 modules in a specified year, whereby the second module builds upon the first module. The passing mark of each module is usually 50%, but a student who did not obtain the required 50% in the first module but obtained for this module a minimum mark of 40% in the last assessment opportunity (exam) and a final mark of at least 40%, will be granted entry to the second module. To obtain credit for both modules, the second module must be passed and an average of 50% for both modules has to be obtained by the student. Credit can be obtained for the second module if a final mark of 50% is obtained for this module, and not an average of 50% for both modules. If the first module is repeated while a credit has already been obtained for the second module, the first module must be passed on its own. A student who qualifies for a supplementary assessment on a couplet module and obtained a last assessment opportunity mark (exam mark) of at least 40% can choose if he/she want to write the supplementary or retain credit on the original final mark. Should he/she choose to write the supplementary assessment, but fail the module; the highest mark between the original and supplementary assessment mark will be used to retain the credit.

ACCOUNTING A (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: ACC0AA1/REK0A01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to cover the basic concepts of accounting, the recording of various elementary transactions and the accounting cycle. This forms the basis for further modules in the analysis, interpretation and application of accounting. The only further module for which Accounting A is an acceptable credit is Accounting B. Accounting A and Accounting B are not modules sufficient to allow entry into any accounting module on a second year level.


discuss and apply the basic concepts in accounting;

discuss and record simple transactions with reference to the accounting equation;

account for information in the general ledger;

journalise simple transactions;

prepare a trial balance and detect and correct trial balance errors;

discuss the accounting cycle;

discuss and apply the different inventory methods to calculate profit;

identify, measure, present, disclose and record the different asset categories in the annual financial statements for basic transactions;

calculate, journalise and disclose depreciation using different methods;

calculate, journalise and disclose the amortisation of intangible assets;

identify, measure, record, present and disclose the disposal of assets;

adjust the ledger accounts according to the accrual basis;

record transactions in the relevant subsidiary journals;

apply the basic principles of value-added tax;

231

discuss and record transactions in the receivables and payables control accounts;

discuss and apply the reconciliation of receivables and payables with their respective lists;

identify, explain, calculate and record: sales or trade discount; settlement or cash discount; bad debts and provision for bad debts;

present receivables and payables in the statement of financial position;

define inventories according to IAS 2 Inventories;

name, discuss and apply the different methods to measure the cost of inventories;

define, calculate and measure net realisable value, fair value and lower of cost;

record transactions relevant to inventories;

present and disclose inventories in the financial statements;

discuss and record all cash transactions; and

reconcile the balance of the bank account per the general ledger with the balance per the bank statement.

ACCOUNTING B (COUPLET MODULE) CODE: ACC0BB1/REK0B01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to further develop the basic principles of accounting taught in Accounting A with reference to specific scenarios and entities. Accounting A and Accounting B are not modules sufficient to allow entry into any accounting module on a second year level.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to: Non-trading entities:

prepare a statement of receipts and payments and financial statements in respect of non-trading entities;

account for transactions in the general ledger; and

identify, explain, calculate, record, present and disclose receivables, payables, inventories, cash and property, plant and equipment.

Partnerships:

discuss and apply the principles of partnerships;

account for information in the general ledger of a partnership; and

prepare financial statements of a partnership. Company financial statements:

discuss the company as a form of entity briefly;

discuss, calculate and record share transactions of a simple nature; and

prepare the following components of the annual financial statements of a company according to the minimum requirements of the Companies Act 1973, as amended, and International Financial Reporting Standards: statement of financial position; statement of comprehensive income; statement of changes in equity and accounting policies and explanatory notes.

Close corporations:

discuss the legal aspects and the accounting and reporting requirements of a close corporation (CC) briefly;

name the qualifications for and the professional bodies whose members qualify for appointment as an accounting officer by a close corporation; and

232

prepare the following components of the annual financial statements of a close corporation according to the requirements of the Act on Close Corporations of 1984 and Statements of Generally Accepted Accounting Practice: statement of financial position; statement of comprehensive income; statement of changes in the net investment of members; accounting policies and explanatory notes.

Cash flow statements:

a simple cash flow statement with notes, under the following headings, is prepared in accordance with IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows:

- cash flows from operating activities; - cash flow from investing activities; - cash flow from financing activities; and - net change in cash and cash equivalents.

Budgets:

calculate and prepare a cash budget, budgeted statement of comprehensive income, budgeted statement of changes in equity and budgeted statement of financial position; and

prepare cash budgets and budgeted financial statements.

EF.149 COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS* (SEMESTER MODULE)

CODE: CCS22B2/KRS2001 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQFLEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to teach students to explain basic computer concepts used in a business and accounting environment. Perform basic computer tasks required in a business an accounting environment. Perform advanced computer tasks required in a general accounting environment using the applications and functionalities of Microsoft Windows and Microsoft Office Professional.


perform file maintenance using the operating system;

develop and modify electronic presentations, documents, spreadsheets and databases;

process basic transactions in an accounting information systems; and

use the Internet and electronic email. *The Faculty allows students to write a ‘Recognition of prior learning (RPL)’ exam for Commercial Computer Systems (CCS22B2 (new code) or KRS2001 (old code)). On passing this RPL exam the student would have proved that (s)he has the required expertise for CCS22B2 or KRS2001 and will there for be granted a credit for the module. If a student wishes to write the RPL exam (s)he needs to register for both CCS22B2 or KRS2001 (the academic module) as well as for CSS2BB2 (new code) or KRS2000 (old code) (the RPL exam) and will be debited for the relevant fees for both. On passing CSS2BB2 or KRS2000 (s)he will be granted a credit for CCS22B2 or KRS2001 and will be credited with the relevant fee for CCS22B2 or KRS2001. If a student fails the RPL exam (CSS2BB2 or KRS2000) (s)he will be remain registered

233

for CCS22B2 or KRS2001) and will not be refunded the fee for the RPL exam (CSS2BB2 or KRS2000). Also note that a fail on the RPL exam (CSS2BB2 or KRS2000) will be reflected as such on the student’s academic transcript.

EF.150 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 2C (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BSR2C01 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide students with the competence, on a second year level, to understand and apply the underlying concepts of financial management, which can be integrated as part of their study of marketing management.


describe the role of financial management in a business environment;


explain cost assignment, compute and apply overhead rates using appropriate bases;

evaluate information to formulate selling prices and discuss profitability analysis;

explain and apply the cost-volume-profit model;

identify the relevant costs and income for different decision-making problems and list the relevant qualitative factors which impact on decision-making;

explain and apply the components of working capital management;

evaluate the desirability of investment proposals;

formulate decisions under conditions of risk and uncertainty;

discuss the concept of budgeting and prepare budgets;

describe controls used by companies and elements of management control systems within the context of the overall control process;

explain and apply financial performance measures, and

analyse and interpret the performance of business entities by means of ratios.

234

OTHER FACULTIES’ SERVICE MODULES FOR FEFS BACCALAUREUS COMMERCII AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND BACHELOR DEGREES

EF.151 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1A (SEMESTER MODULE)

CODE: BMA11A1 (12) / BMA1A01 (16) NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 / 16

CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50%

PURPOSE This module will provide students with a global overview of Business Management as a science and prepare them for challenges in the South African Business environment in a multicultural context. The purpose of this module is to provide the student with knowledge and understanding of management as a science and study objective, the business environment and its interactive sub-environment. Furthermore students will be provided with a global overview of General Management as a management function and prepare them for challenges in the South African business environment in a multicultural context. The purpose of this module is to provide the student with intellectual competencies, practical skills and an understanding of General Management based on historical and modern approaches as well as the management tasks, namely planning, organizing, leading and controlling. The basic concepts of establishing a business as well as the various legal form of ownership will form part of the understanding of developing a business. Basic knowledge of Entrepreneurship will include aspects such as the role of the Entrepreneur and other key aspects needed to identify the skills required for entrepreneurship. Finally an understanding of the business strategy and decision-making will be provide where detail regarding the strategic-management process and control is included.


explain the role of business in society, considering the needs and resources of the community, the main economic systems and the nature of Business Management;




identify and explain the origin of management theory and modern approaches currently at hand;

analyse the skills, roles and characteristics of managers as important role players in establishing effective and efficient business practice;

235

identify and explain all the relevant aspects, processes, characteristics, theories, models and techniques relevant to the four primary management tasks;

identify and explain planning as primary management task;

identify and explain organizing as primary management task;

identify and explain leading as primary management task;

identify and explain controlling as primary management task;

explain the strategic management process;

distinguish between external and internal environmental analysis;

identify strategic implementation; and

identify strategic control.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BMA21B1 (12) / BMA1B01 (16)

NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 / 12


PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to develop the students’ fundamental theoretical academic knowledge on how to gather, integrate and disseminate information which can be used to provide them with a global overview of management functions and prepare them for challenges in the South African business environment in a multicultural context. Furthermore, this module will also develop the student with fundamental academic knowledge, intellectual competencies, and practical skills on how to apply and disseminate the functional areas of a business. Marketing Management, Logistics and Supply Management, Operational Management, Information Management, Financial Management, Human Resource Management and External Communications is covered in detail.


explain the role of the marketing function within the organisation;

explain the distribution and marketing communication strategies used by organisations in reaching the consumer;

explain financial management as a management function focusing on investment and financing decisions;

explain the contribution of external communications as a management function in a large organisation as an essential interaction with all the stakeholders;

describe the role of human resource management in organisations, and discuss the contribution that human resource management makes to the management of the organisation;

explain the role of logistics and supply management; and

explain the contribution made by the operations function.

236

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BMA12A2 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16


PURPOSE The aim of this module is to develop an understanding of the inter-relationship between the various value creating activities in an organisation through the learning, knowing, understanding and application of theory, standards and principles. The important departure point will be an Introduction to the systems approach after which a thorough identification and interpretation will follow of operations and strategy. With memorisation and explanation of the concepts relating to operations, the design activity together with the planning activities will follow. Operations improvement aiming at the review and use of various approaches together with defining and explaining Total Quality management will be introduced. Finally project management in operations will be discussed including the concepts, principals and standards. Operational challenge will conclude the module where it will be indicated, solved and challenges identified.


key concepts relating to the systems approach to management can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to the systems approach to management can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to operations management can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to operations management can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between strategy, value creating and operations in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to operations and strategic management can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to operations and strategic management can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between operations and strategy in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to the nature of operations and management can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to operations management can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between operations and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to the design activity of operations management can be memorised and discussed.

key concepts relating to Business process design can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to business process design can be stated and used through applicable examples.

237

the relationship between the value creating activities of business process design in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to products and services design can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to products and services design can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between products and services design in the value creation chain in an organisation can be reviewed and compared

key concepts relating to planning activity of operations can be memorised and discussed.

key concepts to the nature of planning and control of operations in an organisation can be recalled and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to planning and control in management can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between planning and control and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to capacity planning and control through management can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to capacity planning and control that can be used by management be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between capacity planning and control between the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to supply chain management planning and control can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to supply chain management be reviewed and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between supply chain management and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to just-in-time planning and control can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to just-in-time management can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between just-in-time planning and control and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to operations improvement can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to operations improvement can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between operations improvement and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to quality planning and control in operations can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to operations planning and control can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between operational planning and control and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to total quality management can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to total quality management can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between total quality management and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to project management in operations can be memorised and discussed.

standards and principles applicable to project management in operations can be stated and used through applicable examples.

the relationship between project management and the value creating activities in an organisation can be reviewed and compared.

key concepts relating to operational challenges can be memorised and discussed.

238

the relationship between operations and contemporary management issues can be stated and used through applicable examples.

explain the role of business in society, considering the needs and resources of the community, the main economic systems and the nature of business management,

identify and explain the internal and external business environment and the interaction between an organisation and its environment,

define and explain operational management, purchasing management, logistics management as management functions and issues considering the relevant models, processes characteristics, and the application of management tasks within each function,

define and explain the entrepreneurial process, the characteristics of an entrepreneur, the difference between an entrepreneurial venture and a small business and the phases of growth in a business

explain the importance of business ethics and analyse the relevant aspects to be considered in developing ethical behaviour and a code of ethical conduct in an organisation

identify and explain the origin of management theory and modern approaches currently at hand,

analyse the skills, roles and characteristics of managers as important role players in establishing effective and efficient business practice,

identify and explain all the relevant aspects, processes, characteristics, theories, models and techniques relevant to the four primary management tasks,

identify and explain planning as primary management task,

identify and explain organizing as primary management task,

identify and explain leading as primary management task,

identify and explain controlling as primary management task.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BMA22B2 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16


PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to develop the students’ fundamental theoretical academic knowledge on how to gather, integrate and disseminate information which can be used to provide them with an insight into Contemporary Management Aspects. This will include a thorough understanding of Change Management and the effect thereof. Creativity and Innovation will prepare the student for an entrepreneurial impact and prepare them for challenges in the South African business environment in a multicultural context. Furthermore, this module will also develop the student with fundamental academic knowledge, intellectual competencies, and practical skills on how to apply and disseminate Risk Management and introduce Globalisation and the International Markets.


define creativity and innovation and its related concepts;

understand the basic theory behind creativity and innovation;

explain the creativity process and how the creative mind can be developed;

explain the innovation process and its role in organisations;

239

explain the barriers to creativity and how it can be removed;

apply various creativity techniques;

distinguish between the various forms and types of innovation;

distinguish between the various forms of intellectual property;

identify and explain terms relating to risk;

identify and explain terms relating to risk management;

identify and explain terms relating to the risk management process;

identify and explain terms relating to the risk management process;

definition of global business and globalization;

trends in the internationalisation of business;

growth in global business and foreign investment;

emerging markets;

international trade theories;

South Africa’s road to globalisation;

the concept of economic integration;

the EU and SA trade relationship;

implications of regional trade blocs and trade agreements for South African businesses; and

general implications of the formation of regional trade blocs for South Africa.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BMA13A3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16


PURPOSE This module will provide learners with intellectual and practical competencies of Strategic Management. The purpose of this module is to provide the learner with knowledge, interpretation, analysis and an understanding of strategic management as a long-term management process focusing on the strategic management planning process considering the organisational vision and mission; all the internal and external inputs; the formulation, interpretation and application of the appropriate strategies, and the implementation and institutionalisation of the selected strategies.


appraise the term ‘strategic management’, its origin, what it encompasses and what its function is within the corporate context in a commercial or non-commercial setting;

identify and compare the different presently recognised types of philosophies concerning strategic management and motivate the main guidelines or considerations dictating its deployment;

by using authoritative sources, select an appropriate comprehensive corporate strategic management framework or model and explain the essential phases or steps involved in this process;

reflect upon the challenges globalisation has brought about when considering strategy;

reflect upon the ramifications of different strategic direction decisions that organisations have to choose between;

identify and compare the different presently recognised types of business strategies and motivate the main guidelines or considerations dictating its deployment;

240

explain how the strategy is implemented and evaluated in a business; and

describe and reflect upon the macro-importance of building learning organisations and world class organisations in South Africa.

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BMA23B3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/ OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16


PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to develop academic students who can demonstrate a focused knowledge base, theory, interpretation, and practical skills of international management by remembering, understanding, applying and analysing the unique concepts of international management in terms of a global business environment.


evaluate the impact of globalisation on international business;

identify and analyse the determinants of economic development;

debate the implications of differences in cultures of nations and societies for international organisations;

debate the implications of international trade theories for international organisations;

describe the implications of trade barriers for international business;

explain the impact of foreign direct investment (FDI) in the world economy;

discuss the political and economic case for regional economic integration;

explain the foreign exchange market and analyse the scope of the International Monetary System;

discuss the strategy of international business;

discuss the elements of organisational architecture;

identify and discuss the various entry strategies of organisations into foreign markets.

EF.152 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 100 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAT100 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 14 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The course consists of a basic introduction to Mathematical topics in the fields of Algebra, Calculus, Financial Mathematics, Discrete Mathematics and Statistics. A few applications of these Mathematic topics in Accounting, Economics and Finance are covered. This will allow students to observe and practice the practical applications of Mathematics to the relevant fields.

241


accurately perform basic calculations in Algebra; accurately determine limits, continuity intervals, derivatives and integrals using various

techniques and rules;

accurately perform basic calculations in Financial Mathematics;

accurately perform basic calculations in Discrete Mathematics;

accurately perform basic calculations in Statistics; and

correctly apply all the skills that they have learnt in Accounting, Economics and Business.

EF.153 COMMERCE

COMMERCE 100 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: COM100 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 24 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with intellectual competencies, practical skills and an understanding of General Management based on historical and modern approaches as well as the management tasks, namely planning, organizing, leading and controlling. Furthermore the purpose of this module is to develop the students’ fundamental theoretical academic knowledge on how to gather, integrate and disseminate information which can be used to provide them with a global overview of management functions and prepare them for challenges in the South African business environment in a multicultural context. This module will also develop the student with fundamental academic knowledge, intellectual competencies, and practical skills on how to apply and disseminate Marketing Management, Operational Management, Information Management, Financial Management, Human Resource Management and External Communications which can be used in functional management. Finally every student will be faced with the challenges associated with starting a business, choosing an organisational structure suitable to the environment, solving the various problems that a typical business will encounter as it grows and establishes itself within a South African business context, identifying the functions and tasks of management. This will be done in a case study as part of the lecturing and assessment of the subject.


explain the role of business in society, considering the needs and resources of the community, the main economic systems and the nature of business;




analyse the skills, roles and characteristics of managers as important role players in establishing effective and efficient business practice;

242

identify and explain planning, organizing, leading and controlling as primary management tasks;

explain the role of the Marketing function within the organisation;

explain the term market segmentation and the bases which can be used to segment the market as well as explaining the terms positioning and targeting;

explain the product and pricing strategies that organisations can use;

explain the distribution and marketing communication strategies used by organisations in reaching the consumer;

comment on the developments within the field of marketing such as services’ marketing and relationship marketing;

explain financial management as a management function focusing on investment and financing decisions;

explain the contribution of external communications as a management function in a large organisation as an essential interaction with all the stakeholders;

describe the managerial implication and aspects relevant to e-management and managing an e-business;

describe the role of human resource management in organisations, and discuss the contribution that human resource management makes to the management of the organisation;

explain how the functions of job analysis and job design contribute to the successful recruitment of people to fill vacant positions in an organisation; and

explain how selection is done in organisations in such a manner that the requirements of relevant legislation is met, and that the right candidate is appointed to vacant positions so that the organisation can deliver products and services to its customers.

EF.154 COMMERCIAL LAW

COMMERCIAL LAW 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: COL41A1 (12) / KMR1A11 (16) NEW NQF LEVEL 6/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 / 16

PURPOSE Upon the successful completion of this module, a student will have a broad understanding of the basic components/principles of the law of contract and its requirements for validity of contracts.


have a broad understanding of the structure of the South African legal system;

highlight and analyse the different sources of South African law;

understand, at a practical level, the broad principles relating to the interpretation of statutes;

understand the general principles of the law of obligations;

demonstrate a clear understanding of consensus as a requirement for a valid contract;

demonstrate a clear understanding of contractual capacity as a requirement for a valid contract;

demonstrate a clear understanding of legality and physical possibility as requirements for a valid contract;

demonstrate a clear understanding of formalities as a requirement for a valid contract;

illustrate a thorough knowledge of standard contractual terms and the parties involved in the conclusion of a valid contract;

illustrate a thorough knowledge of the various forms of breach of contract and matters related thereto; and

illustrate a thorough knowledge of the applicable principles relating to the law of agency.

243

COMMERCIAL LAW 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: KMR1B21 NEW NQF LEVEL 6/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE Upon the successful completion of this module, a student will have a broad overview of general principles relating to the law of partnership, company law, close corporations law and business trust law.


provide basic legal advice regarding the choice of business form;

discuss the legal structure of the partnership, company, close corporation and business trust; and

explain the rights and duties of the different role players in the partnership, the company, the close corporation and the business trust.

COMMERCIAL LAW 100 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CML1B01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE Upon the successful completion of this module, a student will be familiar with the statutory regulation of some specific contracts as well as the legal framework within which entities operate. A student will be able to integrate the principles learned in Introduction to Law for BAcc students and build upon this foundation. A student who has successfully completed this course should be equipped to deal with the challenges and difficulties a Chartered Accountancy student will experience during the course of his/her studies and profession.


apply the relevant principles pertaining to credit agreements and consumer protection in terms of the National Credit Act 34 of 2005 as well as the Consumer Protection Act 68 of 2008;

apply the legal principles relating to the law of insurance as well as discuss the purpose and objective of the Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act 37 of 2002 (FAIS), also with reference to intermediaries and the broader regulatory framework;

apply the legal principles underpinning the law of security; consider the role of important tax case law in the interpretation of tax principles; critically evaluate the general principles relating to the law of insolvency, formulate and

recognise the main principles in regard to the initiation process of the winding-up of a company and demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the principles relating to business rescue;

consider various pieces of legislation that regulate labour law in South Africa; consider the importance of corporate governance especially with reference to fiduciary duties

of directors and whistle-blowing; and

evaluate the supervision of banks from a legal perspective.

244

COMMERCIAL LAW 2C (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: KMR2C21 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip provide the student with a very broad overview of certain specific types of contracts and certain commercial law capita selecta.


distinguish between different types of contracts and discuss the basic principles of such respective contracts (including Purchase and Sale, Lease and Credit Agreements);

apply the legal principles relating to the law of insurance;

apply the legal principles underpinning the law of security;

discuss the basic principles of the law of negotiable instruments;

discuss the basic principles associated with the law of insolvency; and

consider various pieces of legislation that regulate labour law in South Africa.

EF.155 INFORMATICS

INFORMATICS 100 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IFM100 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL: 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to provide Information Technology professionals who can analyse, design and develop algorithms into programs demonstrating correctness using a visual computer language such as Visual Basic.


solve programming problems using a computer;

analyse, design and program algorithms;

use control structures in algorithms and computer programs;

demonstrate the use of arrays and records in computer programs; and demonstrate computer programs.

EF.156 INTRODUCTION TO LAW

INTRODUCTION TO LAW 100 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: INL100 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 32 This module is presented to students who are studying towards the Chartered Accountancy qualification.

245

PURPOSE Upon the successful completion of this module, a student will be familiar with the structure of the legal system and legal framework within which entities operate. A student will be equipped with a general understanding of basic legal concepts relevant to his/her profession. A student who has successfully completed this course should be equipped to deal with the challenges and difficulties a Chartered Accountancy student will experience during the course of his/her studies and profession. For this reason, the course comprises three components: (1) theory (i.e. weekly lectures and written academic assignments); (2) practical exposure (e.g. a court visit and guest lectures by members of the Chartered Accountancy profession; and (3) skills training (i.e. library orientation and workshops aimed at enhancing study and life skills). OUTCOMES demonstrate that he/she is familiar with the structure of the legal system end the legal

framework; demonstrate a basic understanding of the concept of “law“; identify the various sources of the South African law; demonstrate the necessary knowledge of the history of the South African legal system; obtain a basic understanding of the classification of the law – understand the basic tenets of

the law of civil procedure, criminal law and law of evidence; understand the general principles of the law of contract; demonstrate a clear understanding

of consensus as a requirement for a valid contract; demonstrate a clear understanding of contractual capacity as a requirement for a valid contract; demonstrate a clear understanding of legality and physical possibility as requirements for a valid contract; demonstrate a clear understanding of formalities as a requirement for a valid contract and illustrate basic insight regarding the impact of contracts in everyday life;

provide basic legal advice regarding the choice of business form, discuss the legal structure of a partnership, company, close corporation and business trust and explain the rights and duties of the different role players in the partnership, the company, the close corporation and the business trust;

comprehend the importance of the Constitution of 1996 and human rights in the South African context;

have a basic understanding of legal argument and logic and know what legal language entails; understand the relevance of legal comparison; and comprehend basic philosophy.

EF.157 INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS INTRODUCTORY MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAA00A1 (12) / MAT00A1 (16) NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 / 16 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to give students a proper foundation in important Mathematical skills needed to pursue further studies in Accounting, Business, Finance and Economics. Students are taught various topics in fundamental Algebra, Graphs, Financial Mathematics, Statistics and Calculus with direct applications in the relevant fields.

246


define and apply fundamental concepts of algebra;

determine and apply fundamental concepts of domains and functions;

display relevant skills in the areas of graphs and systems;

solve exponential and logarithmic equations;

solve problems around basic linear programming and linear equations geometrically;

discuss and determine various probability and statistical techniques; and

apply fundamental concepts of calculus.

EF.158 MARKETING MANAGEMENT

MARKETING MANAGEMENT 1A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MMA11A1 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LELVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50%

PURPOSE This module focuses on the development, evaluation, and implementation of marketing principles in business organisations with reference to segmentation, targeting and positioning and a basic introduction of the marketing mix. Students should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the range of decisions implicit to the above mentioned marketing decisions. Students should be able to reflect on the decisions and implementations made.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to: compile a SWOT analysis based on a thorough evaluation of the marketing environment;

identify the importance of understanding consumer behaviour from a marketing perspective;

describe and apply market segmentation, targeting and positioning to a practical scenario;

discuss in detail the product decisions that a marketer face and indicate its impact on the organisation;

understand the importance of pricing as a marketing mix instrument;

explain the steps in setting a final price by following the prescribed steps;

design, select and manage a distribution channel; and

understand the importance of developing an integrated marketing communication programme as a marketing mix instrument.

247

MARKETING MANAGEMENT 1B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MMA21B1 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50%

PURPOSE This module focuses on introducing the extended marketing mix as well as the development, evaluation, and implementation of marketing principles in business organisations with reference to marketing research, relationship marketing, business-to-business marketing, branding and e-marketing. Students should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the rage of decisions implicit to the above mentioned marketing decisions. Students should be able to reflect on the decisions and implementations made.


discuss the extended marketing mix in the form of people, physical evidence and processes;

identify the difference between transactional marketing and relationship marketing;

discuss the importance of relationship marketing in today’s marketplace;

understand the complexities of business-to-business marketing;

identify how organisations can use branding, e-marketing and social media in the evolving marketing environment; and

apply the marketing concepts within various organisations and situations.

MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MMA12A2 NEW NQF LEVEL/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 14 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50%

PURPOSE This module focuses on the influence of consumer and/or organisational behaviour on the development and implementation of marketing strategies. Students should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the scope and nature of consumer and/or organisational behaviour and the implications thereof.


apply the principles of consumer and /or organisational behaviour to solve problems in scenarios and case studies and reflect on the applications made;

discuss the importance of consumer behaviour and explain how consumer behaviour fits into the marketing process;

248

explain in details the various external factors that influence consumer behaviour;

discuss the internal variables that affect how consumers behave;

explain how consumers make decisions in an attempt to solve problems;

compare and differentiate between consumer decision making an organisation decision making; and

explain how marketing regulations affects consumer behaviour.

MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MMA22B2 NEW NQF LEVEL/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 14 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50%

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with the knowledge and understanding of services marketing as an integral part of the 21st century. Due to the immense growth of the service sector in recent years, it is imperative that students develop intellectual competencies and practical skills to be future marketers within a service environment. This module will introduce students to the basic principles underlying services marketing and will more specifically address the importance of service quality management, service development and design, the service delivery process, how organisations should manage employees’, customers’ and the environment’s role in service delivery, building customer relationships and loyalty and lastly how service recovery occurs.


discuss the importance of service quality and how marketers should manage it;

discuss the gaps model of service quality and apply it to an example;

comment on the unique demands of service design and explain how a new service can be developed;

differentiate between the pricing strategies that are available for services;

discuss the service delivery process and the various considerations that should be kept in mind;

explain how marketers should manage employees’, customers’ and the physical environments’ roles in service delivery;

explain the unique demands of services marketing communication and discuss the various communication strategies that can be implemented when marketing services;

discuss how marketers can match service demand and capacity;

explain how organisations can build relationships with their customers; and

differentiate between the different types of service failures and explain how organisations can recover from these failures.

249

MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MMA13A3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50%

PURPOSE This module focuses on guiding the student through the marketing research process and presenting sound marketing research principles and methods to the student. Students should develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the range of decisions relating to the marketing research process and be able to conduct a marketing research project.


explain, illustrate and discuss the key concepts, processes and principles required in the implementation of a marketing research task;

comment on the importance of research for all organisations in their marketing activities and show how organisations use marketing research in their marketing activities;

collect, analyse, organise and critically evaluate secondary research information using the internet, academic journals and other information sources;

critically evaluate an existing questionnaire and design their own questionnaire to achieve specific research objectives;

choose an appropriate survey and sampling method for a survey;

interpret research findings; and

develop a marketing research project within a given situation.

MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MMA23B3 NEW NQF LEVEL 7/OLD NQF LEVEL 6 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 16 CALCULATION CRITERIA Minimum Full Period Mark for Examination Admission – 40% Full Period Mark Weight – 50% Examination Mark Weight – 50%

PURPOSE Marketing 3B is the final module in marketing for marketing management students. For this reason it is important to bring the topics and themes that have been covered in previous modules and courses together to develop a holistic picture of marketing and the resultant marketing strategies that are selected by the Student. This means that all topics are integrated in order to paint a complete picture of the marketing function and task of the marketing manager. OUTCOMES


explain the importance of strategic marketing;

250

conduct an organisational analysis and refer to its effect on strategic marketing;

conduct an industry analysis and place the organisation relative to the situation in the overall industry;

conduct consumer analysis and discuss the implication for strategic marketing;

indicate how organisations can obtain sustainable advantage and the various ways in which this can be done; and

comment on the latest developments in the field of marketing and strategic marketing.

EF. 159 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS

MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAA00B1 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to teach students more advanced Mathematical skills needed to pursue future studies in Economics and Econometrics. Students are taught many topics in Calculus and Matrix Algebra with direct applications in Economics and Econometrics.


calculate arithmetic and geometric sequences , convert sums into summation notation and evaluate sums;

apply symmetry to curve-sketching, be familiar with the shapes of the graphs of six basic functions and to consider translation, reflection, and vertical stretching or shrinking of the graph of a function and to discuss functions of several variables and to compute function values;

define and analyse the fundamentals of matrix algebra;

apply limits and basic continuity;

apply differentiation theoretically and practically;

graphically display knowledge of curve-sketching; and

apply integration.

EF.160 MATHEMATICS

MATHEMATICS 1A01 (CALCULUS OF ONE VARIABLE FUNCTIONS) (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAT1A01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 24

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop a scope of knowledge of the main areas of the theory of differentiation and integration of one variable functions by means of first principles and otherwise, and to include an understanding of the key terms, concepts, facts, principles, rules and theories.

251


define absolute values and solve equations containing absolute values;

identify different proof techniques and apply them correctly to prove mathematical statements;

understand and apply the basic ideas of logic;

comprehend the binomial theorem and use it to expand binomial expressions;

define complex numbers and use their properties to perform operations on equations containing complex numbers;

define limits and use limit laws to evaluate basic limits as well as limits of indeterminate form;

express the basic theoretical concepts underlying differentiation and integration; and

differentiate and integrate basic exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions.

MATHEMATICS 1B01 (APPLICATIONS OF CALCULUS) (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAT1B01 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 24

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to developed a scope of knowledge of the main areas of the applications of differentiation and integration of one variable functions, and to include an understanding of the key terms, concepts, facts, principles, rules and theories.


Apply different integration techniques to integrate exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric and rational functions and evaluate improper integrals;

Sketch calculus functions using methods of graph sketching;

Apply the concepts of differentiation in solving calculus-related word problems;

Determine areas under curves and volumes of solids of revolution by applying techniques of integration;

Solve first-order differential equations;

Employ polar coordinates to parameterise curves; and

Analyse and write equations of conic sections. MATHEMATICS 2A10 (SEQUENCES, SERIES AND VECTOR CALCULUS) (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAT2A10 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The main purpose of this module is to enable students to develop proficiency, in dealing with aspects of sequences and series. Furthermore, the purpose extends to exposing the student to a wide variety of series estimation techniques which are essential in applied science, to improve the problem solving skills of students and to form a basis of knowledge that would be necessary for further studies in Mathematics.

252


describe and apply basic concepts and theory underlying the convergence of sequences and series;

describe and apply basic concepts and theory underlying the Taylor and Maclaurin series of functions; and

extend and apply the calculus of single-variable functions to vector-valued functions.

MATHEMATICS 2B10 (MULTIVARIABLE AND VECTOR CALCULUS) (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAT2B10 NEW NQF LEVEL /OLD NQF LEVEL 5 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The main purpose of this module is to extended concepts such as limits and continuity, mostly studied in first year calculus, to functions of several variables. Furthermore, the purpose extends to broaden the student's function optimization and integration techniques, to improve the problem solving skills of students and to form a basis of knowledge that would be necessary for further studies in Mathematics.


investigate continuity of several variable functions;

determine limits, gradients, partial derivatives and directional derivatives and apply these concepts to problem solving;

apply optimization theory to problems;

determine and evaluate multiple integrals and extend use of double and triple integrals to the physical sciences; and

extend and apply multiple integration techniques to vector-valued functions.

253

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA MODULES


ADMINISTRATION OF ESTATES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AOE8X02

NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge and skills in the administration process of a deceased estate.


demonstrate and apply an in-depth knowledge of the administration process of a deceased estate;

analyse and evaluate the different aspects that influence the administration of a deceased estate;

compile and evaluate the various documents and liquidation and distribution accounts applicable at the death of a person; and

identify and apply the different tax aspects that influence the administration of a deceased estate.

APPLICATIONS OF TRUSTS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AOT8X02


PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop knowledge and skills to enable students to demonstrate their ability in applying tax law to be able to determine the income tax implications of different trust structures; evaluate trust deeds and understand and apply the implications of international trusts in estate planning.


demonstrate and apply an in-depth knowledge of the law of trust in estate planning;

critically evaluate the taxation of the different trust structures in a practical environment;

apply the different trust structures in estate planning;

evaluate existing trust deeds and advice accordingly; and

demonstrate an understanding and apply the implications of international trusts in estate planning.

254

APPLIED FINANCIAL MARKET ANALYSIS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AFM8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the necessary skills to analyse financial market data and use problems to create quantitative models. Students will be provided with the necessary knowledge to be able to use correct numerical methods to analyse investment options and communicate the outcomes of all of these analytical tools.


formulate problems into quantitative models;

apply statistical methods to analyse past data and infer future trends;

derive outcomes, analyse and interpret output from mathematical and statistical models;

select appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques for application to problems in the contexts of financial markets;

implement the analysis and evaluation of numerical solutions to investment problems related to stockbroking;

demonstrate an understanding of appropriate application of quantitative techniques to a range of problems in the financial market context;

communicate the results of quantitative analyses in the contexts of finance and investment, to both specialists and non-specialists, recognising any limitations of the underlying models; and

conduct mathematical and statistical investigations within the contexts of financial markets.

EQUITY INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EIA8X01


PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of different equity investments and how to evaluate the value of these investments. This module will also assist students in describing corporate finance and its relation to capital budgeting.


distinguish between income based, asset based and market based approaches to firm valuation;

provide an in-depth analysis of a firm’s financial statements;

outline and discuss the steps an analyst may follow in evaluating a firm’s accounting quality;

identify the primary distortions in financial statements and explains how to deal with them;

describe the process involved in and motivations for in mergers and takeovers;

describe corporate finance in relationship to capital budgeting; and

evaluate capital structure and dividends and share repurchases analysis.

255

ESTATE PLANNING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ESP8X01


PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the understanding and skills to apply the knowledge associated with estate planning, in order to demonstrate the ability to prepare an estate plan that will comply with the required legislation and provide for the necessary liquidity and minimum estate duty.


analyse and evaluate the different components of estate planning in a practical environment;

employ the objectives of estate planning;

calculate and evaluate the estate duty payable at the death of a person and advice accordingly;

apply the different matrimonial property regimes in estate planning and at the death of a person;

apply the different tax aspects that influence estate planning;

analyse and evaluate the different aspects that influence the administration of a deceased estate for estate planning; and

demonstrate an understanding of the various aspects from an international perspective that can impact on estate planning.

FINANCIAL ENGINEERING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB14X7/FEG8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The aim of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of financial engineering. The module is comprised of a wide range of financial engineering theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex financial engineering principles and apply financial engineering instruments in a professional manner.


describe financial markets, its instruments, calculation (of financial instruments) and price determination theories;

differentiate between the characteristics of the relevant financial derivative instruments;

explain the types of financial derivatives, their developments and the economic roles they play in the financial markets, as well as their risk and ethical issues;

understand derivatives pricing, payoff functions and combination of trading strategies of basic derivatives such as forwards and futures, options, swaps both financial and interest rate, and floating rate notes;

describe and understand how the different instruments can be used to implement basic market risk management strategies, appropriate for corporate and treasury application under different hedging approaches;

solve problems requiring the ability to price derivative instruments and hedge market risk based on numerical data and current market conventions;

256

obtain the skills required for pricing financial derivatives, including familiarity with some central techniques, namely risk-neutral valuation, no-arbitrage pricing, the binomial model, and the Black-Scholes model;

apply and exercise quantitative and mathematical skills in pricing derivative instruments;

recognise historical issues and practices of financial derivatives in the real world; and

demonstrate understanding and application of different types of generic skills including collaboration skills, communication skills, presentation skills, numeracy skills, critical thinking skills, problem-solving skills, self-management skills and study skills.

FINANCIAL MARKETS RULES AND DIRECTIVES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FMR8X02


PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to instruct students on the regulations and precedents used in financial market practices.


explain and apply the rules prescribed by the regulators of the financial industry governing the equities markets, derivatives, interest rates and currencies and how it affects the financial market environment; and

describe and apply the directives prescribed by the regulators of the financial industry governing the equities markets, derivatives, interest rates and currencies and how it affects the financial market environment.

FINANCIAL REPORTING AND TAXATION (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FRT8X02


PURPOSE This module supplies students with the skills and knowledge needed to read and analyse financial statements in order to accurately report on the statements as well as financially equip an organisation with tax planning and execution of payments.


describe the key elements, roles, information sources, preparation and evaluation of financial statements reporting and analysis;

differentiate between the regulatory financial reporting authorities and reporting systems;

explain and interpret the components of financial statements;

describe and evaluate the different inventory accounting methods and the appropriateness of the method in regards to the company;

differentiate between and interpret the accounting and depreciation/impairment of tangible and intangible assets;

distinguish between and interpret accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets;

257

calculate, explain and interpret long-term liabilities, including: - presentation and disclosure; - current market rates and fair value; and - debt with equity features;

describe the recognition and measurement of financial instruments;

explain and evaluate the accounting and reporting of leases; and

describe, apply and calculate general taxation/income tax, dividends tax and securities transfer tax in the financial markets environment.

LAW OF TRUSTS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: LFM8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to provide the students with an in depth background regarding trust law in South Africa.


demonstrate an in-depth knowledge of the law of trust in South Africa;

analyse and evaluate the transfer of wealth to an inter vivos or discretionary trust;

distinguish between the different trust structures; and

analyse and evaluate the administration of a trust.

LEGISLATION OF FINANCIAL MARKETS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: LFM8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE By doing this module a student is equipped to complete the correct processes for a new listing on a stock market and fathom and interpret legislation, regulations and government processes related to financial market practices.


conceptualise and apply the principles related to the management components within a stockbroking firm;

describe the processes involved in the listing of a firm on the exchange; and understand and apply the legislation prescribed by government that governs the financial markets.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PRT8X02

NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of portfolio management. The module is comprised of a wide range of portfolio management concepts, theories and traditional asset classes. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to

258

synthesise complex portfolio management principles and utilise portfolio management construction and evaluation techniques in a professional manner.


question the portfolio management process and prepare the investment policy statement;

construct and manage portfolios for both individual and institutional investors;

analyse capital markets and formulate expectations;

perform asset allocation;

manage fixed-income, equity and alternative investment portfolios;

identify, measure, and manage portfolio risk;

execute portfolio decisions, monitor and rebalance portfolios; and evaluate portfolio performance;

present portfolio performance compliant with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS);

demonstrate an ability to apply theoretical principles to practical MS Excel modelling;

conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of portfolio management;

analyse capital and money-market instruments;

analyse the term structure of interest rates and interest rate risk;

apply portfolio investment strategies to a different asset class portfolios;

analyse interest rate derivative instruments;

comprehend and analyse the securitisation of assets;

model the term structure of interest rates and credit spreads;

conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of interest bearing investment; and

complete a portfolio simulation assignment, not limited to portfolio management.

QUANTITATIVE INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: QIA8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of Quantitative Investment Analysis. The module is comprised of a curriculum related to theoretical and applied quantitative and statistical principles. Mastering of the module will provide students with sound quantitative decision-making tools within the investment arena.


perform and interpret correlation and regression analyses;

analyse and interpret time series analysis;

apply and interpret nonparametric methods;

apply and interpret ANOVA;

demonstrate an ability to apply theoretical principles to practical MS Excel modelling; and

conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of quantitative investment analysis.

259

POSTGRADUATE HONOURS MODULES


ACCOUNTING 4 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ACC8X00/RHR01X8 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen the expertise and theoretical knowledge of accounting principles obtained through undergraduate studies. The focus is to develop comprehensive and systematic knowledge and intellectual independent skills to be able to prepare, present, disclose and analyse comprehensive financial statements based on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).


critically analyse and interpret the accounting concepts of the framework;

demonstrate an understanding of the presentation of financial statements;

demonstrate an understanding of the concepts surrounding integrated reporting;

analyse and interpret financial statements;

identify and apply the following accounting risks: identification risk; recognition risk; measurement risk; classification risk; presentation and disclosure risk; consolidation risk and derecognition risk; and

demonstrate an understanding of the following accounting topics Associates and joint ventures; business combinations; financial instruments; leases; revenue recognition; share-based payments; statements of cash flows and other reporting that accompanies the financial statements.

ADVANCED AUDITING (CA) (YEAR MODULE) CODE: REK02X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE This module builds on the audit knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and combines all the topics previously studied to create a cohesive knowledge and insight of the Auditing discipline. Students will not only gain the cognitive knowledge on auditing concepts and principles but will develop the skills to apply these to problems in an auditing and business context. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Auditing.


demonstrate an understanding of the legal and regulatory environment governing auditors, apply these principles and requirements and make ethical judgments with regard to practical situations: Auditing Profession Act (“APA”); Code of Professional Conduct (“CPC”) of the

260

South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (“SAICA”); SAICA Constitution and By-Laws and the disciplinary rules of the Independent Regulatory Board for Auditors (“IRBA”);

demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment governing corporate entities in South Africa and make appropriate recommendations concerning compliance with legislation: Companies Act; Close Corporations Act; and Public Finance Management Act;

demonstrate an understanding of the need for corporate governance and developments in this regard and make appropriate recommendations regarding practical aspects of corporate governance with specific reference to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King”);

demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the risk management process and the importance of internal controls and make appropriate recommendations in practical situations; and

demonstrate an understanding of the audit process and apply the principles and procedures to practical situations: engagement; planning; risk assessment and internal control; obtaining audit evidence; completion; reporting of audit findings and demonstrate an understanding of auditing in a computerised environment and apply the principles to practical scenarios.

ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (CA) (YEAR MODULE) CODE: REK01X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE This module builds on the Financial Accounting knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and encompasses general purpose external financial reporting by business entities. The main aim of the module is to develop students’ competence in the preparation and presentation of high quality, useful financial information. It includes the need for students to apply lateral thinking to specific scenarios in the current business environment, to assess the reliability of the source information, and to interpret and apply the framework and appropriate standards to provide useful financial information. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the Competency Framework of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Financial Accounting.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to: demonstrate a thorough conceptual understanding of Accounting in terms of the conceptual

framework and apply the underlying principles per the framework to given scenarios to solve for the correct justification and recognition criteria;

demonstrate a solid conceptual understanding of the individual Accounting Standards of International Financial Reporting Standards and apply these standards to practical scenarios; and

prepare external financial reports for different types of business entities.

ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (CA) (YEAR MODULE) CODE: REK03X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE This module builds on the financial management knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies and integrates the topics previously studied for application in practical scenarios. The module is concerned with the provision of information to management to assist them in decision-

261

making for planning and control. Students will not only gain knowledge about the principles and techniques used but will also develop analytical and critical abilities to analyse financial information and test decision outcomes for their sensitivity to alternative possibilities and results. The purpose of the Management Accounting section of the module is for students to gain an understanding of costing concepts and their application in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems; to develop the ability to devise appropriate indicators of performance, to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control; and to develop the ability to identify relevant information and provide information for decision- making and system design. In the Financial Management section of the module students will gain an understanding of the investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to the enterprise and its activities, within the context of its environment and will develop the ability to make recommendations designed to manage the entity responsibly through effective use of financial resources and in accordance with the strategic objectives of the firm. Further the model covers markets, specifically the finance and treasury sides. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Financial Management.


demonstrate an understanding of costing systems and cost management, apply cost management techniques and advise on issues for decision-making;

demonstrate an understanding of budgeting and standard costing;

demonstrate an understanding of performance measurement and transfer pricing;

analyse financial statements and interpret this information for decision-making purposes;

demonstrate an understanding of risk, performance and uncertainty;

demonstrate an understanding of and perform valuations of business entities, projects and financial assets;

demonstrate an understanding of financial management, financing and the treasury function; and

demonstrate an understanding of working capital management.

ADVANCED INTERNAL AUDITING (YEAR MODULE) CODE: AIA8X00 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen expertise and theoretical knowledge of accounting principles obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Internal Auditing discipline. Students will engage on a high level theoretically and gain intellectual independence with the knowledge of internal auditing concepts and principles. Students will develop the skills to apply these to problems to practical business cases.


apply the fundamental principles of Internal Auditing;

262

demonstrate an understanding of the Internal Auditing audit process by applying the principles and procedures to practical situations: engagement; planning; risk assessment and internal control; obtaining audit evidence; completion; reporting of audit findings and demonstrate an understanding of auditing in a computerised environment;

demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment on Internal Auditors and have a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the principles to evaluate these principles critically;

income display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of the Internal Auditing engagement process and analyse and evaluate these concepts critically;

exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of documentation requirements of Internal Auditing;

display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the review process in internal auditing and analyse and evaluate these concepts critically; and

display a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the reporting requirements and principles of Internal Auditing and analyse and evaluate reports critically.

ADVANCED TAXATION (CA) (YEAR MODULE) CODE: REK04X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE This module builds on the taxation knowledge obtained through undergraduate studies. Students will gain a comprehensive knowledge of taxation and will develop the ability to interpret and apply legislation relating to Value-Added Tax, Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations Tax and Dividends Tax) and the duties levied on the estates of deceased persons in terms of the Estate Duty Act. The module covers the discussion and/or the calculation of taxable income for residents and non-resident taxpayers (individuals, partnerships, companies, trusts, estates and group of companies). It also covers tax administration and tax planning. The module meets the curriculum requirements of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and therefore prepares students for a career in the accounting/auditing profession and also for further study in the field of Taxation.


interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to value added tax with reference to the Value-Added Tax (VAT) Act, important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate;

interpret and apply the laws and procedures relating to taxes levied in terms of the Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations tax and Dividends Tax) with reference to important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate; and

interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to the duty which is levied on the estates of deceased persons with reference to the Estate Duty Act, important decisions of the courts and estate planning.

263

APPLIED RESEARCH: ACCOUNTING (YEAR MODULE) CODE: RHR01N8 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary competence and skills of the research process and applicable methodologies. Students should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently.

OUTCOMES At the end of this module the student should exhibit mastery of the basic research process and methodology, and evidence of understanding the scholarly processes at work, as evidenced by the submission of supervised research essays. (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).

APPLIED RESEARCH: GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL (YEAR MODULE) CODE: RHR03N8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20


OUTCOMES At the end of this module the student should exhibit mastery of the basic research process and methodology, and evidence of understanding scholarly processes at work, as evidence through three research essays. (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).

APPLIED RESEARCH: INTERNAL AUDITING (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ARI8X00 NEW NQF/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20



demonstrate mastery of the basic research process and methodology, and understanding of scholarly processes at work, as evidenced through three research essays. (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed.)

264

APPLIED RESEARCH: PUBLIC SECTOR GOVERNACE (YEAR MODULE) (NOT PRESENTED IN 2015) CODE: RHR04N8 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLDNQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary competence and skills of the research process and applicable methodologies. Students should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently.


APPLIED RESEARCH: TAXATION (YEAR MODULE) CODE: ART8X00/RHR02N8 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF /NQF CREDITS: 20



GLOBAL TAXATION PRINCIPLES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: GTP8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expand the theoretical and practical knowledge on taxation obtained through undergraduate studies. This module will prepare students to construct a comprehensive in-depth knowledge of taxation principles and theories and will develop the intellectual independency to be able to interpret and apply legislation relating to double tax agreements. The module will be based on the current needs demanded by the market, such as the tax academies at the Big Four Auditing Firms and general tax practitioners. The module prepares students for further study in the field of Taxation, for example Masters and Doctoral degrees.


discuss, interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to Double Taxation Agreements.

265

GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL 4 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: GAC8X00/RHR03X8 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen a student’s expertise and theoretical knowledge of the auditing, obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Governance and Control discipline. Students will engage on a high level theoretically and gain intellectual independence with the knowledge of governance and control concepts and principles. Students will develop these skills to apply the Governance and Control principles to problems in practical business.


interpret correctly the fundamental principles of Governance and Control;

demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the:

Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (“King”);

demonstrate an understanding of the legislative environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Companies Act;

demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct and have a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the principles of governance and control and critically evaluate these principles;

exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the concept of business ethics; managing ethics and institutionalising ethics and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;

exhibit a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the background to internal audit; regulatory environment and the scope of internal auditors and critically analyse and evaluate these concepts;

demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of business risks; the likelihood and impact of business risks; the management of risks faced by the business and the risk management process. Also, critically analyse and evaluate these concepts; and

apply a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of internal controls and critically analyse and evaluate the concept of internal controls.

INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE AND CONTROL (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IGC8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen expertise and theoretical knowledge of auditing principles obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Governance and Control discipline. Students will engage on a high level theoretically and gain intellectual independence with the knowledge of governance and control concepts and principles. Students will develop the skills to apply these to problems to practical business cases.

266


describe the fundamental principles of Governance and Control;

demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the:

code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King III Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa; and

demonstrate an understanding of the legislative environment by explaining the principles and requirements in relation to the Companies Act.

PUBLIC SECTOR GOVERNANCE (YEAR MODULE) CODE: RHR04X8 (NOT PRESENTED IN 2015) NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to deepen expertise and theoretical knowledge of the Public Sector, obtained through undergraduate studies. This module combines various topics previously studied to create a cohesive theoretical knowledge of and insight into the Public Sector discipline. Students will engage on a high level theoretically and demonstrate intellectual independence with the knowledge of Public Sector concepts and principles. Students will develop the skills to apply these to problems in a practical context.


explain the fundamental principles of Public Sector Governance;

explain the overall regulatory environment of the Public Sector and demonstrate an understanding of the legislation applicable to the Public Sector;

demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the local government;

demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge of the nature and dimensions of local government;

demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA);

demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic knowledge base of the accounting principles applicable to the public sector including the sources of income and the nature of expenditure;

demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic understanding of the public sector management process; and

demonstrate a comprehensive and systematic understanding of quality control in the Public Sector.

267

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: ACCOUNTING (YEAR MODULE) CODE: RMA8X00/RHR05X8




• exhibit mastery of the basic research process and methodology, and apply these skills to practical research assignments. (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).

SOUTH AFRICAN TAXATION 4 (YEAR MODULE) CODE: SAT8X00/RHR02X8 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to expand the theoretical and practical knowledge on taxation obtained through undergraduate studies. This module will prepare students to construct a comprehensive in depth knowledge of taxation principles and theories and will develop the intellectual independency to be able to interpret and apply legislation relating to Value-Added Tax, Income Tax (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations Tax and Dividends Tax on Companies) and the duties levied on the estates of deceased persons in terms of the Estate Duty Act. The module includes the discussion and/or the calculation of taxable income for residents and non-resident taxpayers (individuals, partnerships, companies, trusts, estates and a group of companies). Secondary the module focuses also on the application of the practical implementation of taxation issues such as the completion of income tax returns, VAT returns and provisional tax returns. Students will also be introduced to the basic principles of International Taxation in the module. The module will be based on the current needs demanded by the market, such as the tax academies at the Big Four Auditing Firms and general tax practitioners. The module prepares students for further study in the field of Taxation, for example a Masters and Doctoral degrees.


discuss, interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to value added tax with reference to the Value-Added Tax (VAT) Act, important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate and calculated the related taxation implications;

discuss, interpret and apply the laws and procedures relating to taxes levied in terms of the Income Tax Act (including Capital Gains Tax, Donations tax and Dividends Tax on Companies) with reference to important decisions of the courts and Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS, where appropriate;

calculate the related taxation implications;

268

discuss, interpret and apply the law and procedures relating to the duty which is levied on the estates of deceased persons with reference to the Estate Duty Act, important decisions of the courts and Estate Planning; and

calculate the related taxation implications.


APPLIED ECONOMETRICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: APM8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE This module provides a thorough introduction to econometric techniques and time series analysis required to evaluate and explain different economic situations using existing data. Students who complete this course will have adequate knowledge of regression and time-series analysis which will help them with further research.


critically analyse data with the incorporation of graphical and statistical analysis;

specify an econometrics model, estimate and draw statistical inference in the context of single and multiple regression analysis;

comprehensively distinguish between the Maximum Likelihood estimator and Ordinary Least Square estimator;

critically discuss dummy and distributed lag-models;

discuss the concept of Stationary and non-Stationary series and it implications in regression analysis;

apply cointegration technique;

understand multivariate time series analysis; and

discuss Johansen methodology and Identification in standard cointegrating systems.

ECONOMETRICS 4A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4814 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip the postgraduate student with the necessary advanced time-series analysis concepts and techniques in order to model and forecast economic and financial time series.


compare and contrast the concepts related to Stationary Time-Series Models such as ARMA models, Stationarity, Autocorrelation Function, Partial Autocorrelation Function, Box-Jenkins Model Selection and Seasonality;

understand the techniques appropriate for modelling volatility: ARCH and GARCH Processes, Maximum-Likelihood Estimation of GARCH Models, Multivariate GARCH;

269

critically analyse and apply the concepts and the techniques related to Multivariate Time-Series Models: VAR Analysis, Impulse Response Function, Structural VARs and Structural Decompositions;

understand the concepts and the techniques related to Cointegration and Error-Correction Models, Cointegration and Error Correction, Tests for Cointegration such as the Engle-Granger and the Johansen Methodologies; and

apply time series techniques to do empirical research with the practical use of computer software.

ECONOMETRICS 4B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4815 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to offer more techniques for analysing economic data and studying economic relationships. The techniques to be discussed in this module deal with econometric problems that cannot be handled within traditional econometrics. The module provides an in-depth analysis of complex econometric models for categorical and limited dependent variables. Basic panel data methods will be introduced and the module will include a treatment of panel data methods for categorical dependent variables. Both methodologies provide ways to deal with problem resulting from the application of least square methods in regression analysis.


critically distinguish between the circumstances in which classical ordinary least square (OLS) methods do not apply tin regression analysis;

understand the motivation of panel data models and the models for categorical dependent variable from the issues raised by the application OLS;

understand and explain the assumptions that underline the econometrics of panel data (strict exogeneity and sequential exogeneity);

understand and explain the assumptions that underline the econometrics of qualitative and limited dependent variables;

understand and apply the methods for panel data models: random effects methods, fixed effects methods and methods of first differences;

competently apply the Hausman test to select the appropriate model of panel data for the data at hand, especially as far as the random effects model and the fixed effects model are concerned;

competently apply the econometric models for binary dependent variables (the probit model and the logit model) and give appropriate interpretation of their estimates;

understand how the method of maximum likelihood is used to derive the estimates of the parameters of the abovementioned models;

competently apply panel data estimation techniques for qualitative dependent variables; and

critically evaluate scientific papers written using the methods for panel data and the methods for qualitative dependent variables.

270

ECONOMIC ISSUES IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4808/EDC8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students to demonstrate a coherent critical understanding, analysis and interpretation of development theories and issues in emerging economies.


qualitatively explain the measuring of the performance of developing countries;

develop sufficient confidence on various issues within the subject of economic development in order to challenge theoretical and practical problems objectively that become obvious to the student as the student awareness matures;

describe and analyse critically the role of international trade and technology transfers in emerging economies;

discuss and evaluate the challenges and potential of human resources in South Africa comprehensively; and

critically analyse the role of urbanisation and the informal sector in the development process;

correctly discuss the meaning , calculations and basic indicators of economic growth and development;

correctly assess the effect of population growth on economic development by reviewing the work of classical economist Thomas Robert Malthus and Julian Simon and discuss population policy in developing countries;

correctly explain the model of labour migration and urban unemployment in developing countries and comparison between Lewis and the Harris –Todaro model;

correctly analyse economic and non-economic effect of human capital on economic growth and development and analyse the inequality of education in developing countries;

correctly discuss Vicious circle theory, Lewis-Fei-Ranis model, Dependency theory and counterrevolution theory;

correctly discuss the relationship between trade and economic growth, and discuss the arguments for and against tariff protection and import policies;

correctly explain the various dimensions of poverty, estimated the number of poor people in the world, discuss Sen’s headcount and income-gap approaches to poverty;

comprehensively analyse the way agriculture contributes to economic growth in the developing countries, fully analyse policies which are most effective in increasing rural income and reducing rural poverty; and

correctly evaluate the external cost of urban primacy and the impact of the urban primacy on the quality of life.

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ENE 8X02 or EKN4816 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the necessary knowledge in environmental economics. The module focuses on the application of economic concepts and methods to the

271

analysis of current issues in environmental and resource economics, and environmental policy-making. Issues such as the sustainability of resources, global warming, land use, waste disposal, invasive species and pest control, air pollution, conservation and water pollution. Market failures form the core of the past and current environmental problems. The module also examines remedies to these problems including incentivising the sustainable use of resources, explicitly valuing environmental amenities, assessing how environmental developments affect the economic system and determining appropriate prices of resources.


competently analyse the link between the economy and the environment;

critically estimate the various types of policy instruments that may be applied to address core environmental problems;

evaluate the main economic tools needed to value the environment and assess the challenges involved in environmental valuation;

comprehensively calculate a cost-benefit analysis to determine the net costs or benefits of different policy scenarios; and

estimate market failures and how they impact past and current environmental problems.

FINANCIAL ECONOMICS A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4809 or FNN8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a comprehensive introduction to the principles of equilibrium asset pricing in financial markets under conditions of uncertainty. Upon completion of this module, students will have gained a thorough understanding of the main principles underlying valuation of risky payoff streams. Furthermore, they will be familiar with key notions in financial economics, including the following: expected utility maximization; informational efficiency of asset prices; intertemporal choice; risk aversion; and, the arbitrage principle. The module serves as preparation for students who wish to pursue a Master’s degree specialising in financial economics.


motivate the existence of financial markets and the benefits of participating in these markets;

discuss various definitions of the efficient market hypothesis and the implications of market efficiency for price predictability;

explain the principles of decision-making under uncertainty from the perspective of expected utility theory;

apply expected utility theory to calculate the risk premium and certainty equivalent for a given risky payoff stream;

demonstrate competence in deriving and applying various measures of risk aversion;

summarise the main ideas that underpin modern portfolio theory and, in particular, the mean-variance model for portfolio selection;

discuss in detail equilibrium explanations of asset prices and rates of return based on the capital asset pricing model and the theory of intertemporal choice; and

discuss the implications of the arbitrage principle and the arbitrage pricing theory for asset price determination.

272

FINANCIAL ECONOMICS B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4810/FNN8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the applied competence on the postgraduate level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of the functioning of the various financial markets, derivatives and their applications.


explain logically the concept of arbitrage;

evaluate the basic concepts of derivatives contracts;

discuss the properties of the futures contracts, with emphasis on the difference between the functioning of the futures and the forward markets;

compute the pricing of the forward contracts;

argue the hedging techniques with the use of futures and forward contracts; and

critically understand the options market.

INTERNATIONAL TRADE: THEORY AND POLICY ISSUES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4811/ITP8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students’ ability to demonstrate a well-rounded and systematic knowledge base, a coherent and critical understanding of analysis, interpretation, development and application of macroeconomic theory, covering selected international trade, investment and policy issues thereof.


evaluate critically what economists know about the process of globalisation. A variety of economic models will be developed and applied to specific issues;

analyse selected scenarios in international trade using the tools of general and partial equilibrium analysis;

examine critically the relationship between international trade and economic growth;

examine how nations restrict trade through tariffs, quotas and other measures;

analyse trade policy as a tool for economic development;

apply historical examples to illustrate how economic, social and political factors determine trade policies;

explain the determinants of foreign exchange rates and how changes affect international trade and investment; and

discuss several regional integration schemes, and their advantages and disadvantages.

273

MACROECONOMICS 4 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4802/MAE8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students’ ability to demonstrate a well-rounded and systematic knowledge base, a coherent and critical understanding, analysis and interpretation, development and application of macroeconomic theory covering selected macroeconomic issues and policy thereof.


evaluate specific key aspects of the Keynes-Classical Debate and the Neoclassical-Keynesian Synthesis critically, bringing into consideration selected alternative interpretations of Keynesian economics;

assess critically the core propositions of Monetarism and their implications for macroeconomic policy;

evaluate critically specific key elements and inferences of Supply-side economics and the implications for macroeconomic policy;

analyse and evaluate specific key elements and inferences of New Classical Economics (The Rational Expectations Theory and Real Business Cycle Theory) and the implications for macroeconomic policy logically;

evaluate critically specific key elements and inferences of Post Keynesian Theory and the implications for macroeconomic policy;

evaluate critically specific key elements of New Keynesian Theory and its macroeconomic conclusions and policy implications;

provide a critical assessment of specific macroeconomic issues and policy relating to growth and unemployment bringing into consideration the relevance of different macroeconomic schools;

provide a critical assessment of specifics macroeconomic issues and policy relating to savings, consumption and capital formation (investment), bringing into consideration the relevance of different macroeconomic schools; and

provide a critical assessment of specific macroeconomic issues and policy relating to inflation, bringing into consideration the relevance of different macroeconomic schools.

MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 4 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAN8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with the fundamental mathematical models necessary to gain a proper understanding of the current economic literature. More specifically, the module aims to develop the student’s ability to understand microeconomic theory, macroeconomic theory and economic growth and development. The module will use, reinforce and build on matrix algebra and differential equations in the application of certain economic theories. In addition the students will be exposed to the applications of difference equations in economic analysis and to the elements of optimal control in solving economic problems.

274


understand comparative statics and its application in economics analysis;

competently apply the envelop theorem to solving economic problems;

understand the marginalist paradigm and the meaning of theories and refutable propositions;

competently apply the results from the duality theory to the analysis of consumer and firm behaviour;

competently derive the cost functions and the demand functions and do the relevant static comparative analysis;

competently apply the Shephard lemma, and the Hotelling lemma to the analysis of production and cost functions;

competently apply the Roy’s identity in demand analysis;

competently use the Hamiltonian and the transversality conditions in analysing dynamic optimisation problems;

competently analyse the common functional forms of utility functions (e.g. the Cobb-Douglas and the Constant Elasticity of Substitution (CES) functions) and derive the resulting demand function using duality relationships; and

competently derive duality relationships using the direct utility function, the indirect utility function, the cost function and the distance function.

MICROECONOMICS 4 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4801/MIE8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The aim of the module is to introduce the student to the world of Advanced Microeconomic Analyses. This module covers game theory, demand estimation and forecasting, production and cost estimation and competition policy.


apply gave theory in decision making;

apply advanced principles of game theory and the relevant techniques of risk management;

correctly estimate and forecast demand functions;

explain and practically apply the direct methods of demand estimation, regression analysis, economic statistical and econometric analysis of the estimated demand functions; and elasticity analysis on the estimated demand function;

discuss and practically apply the trend-to-ratio method and dummy variables (in order to cater for seasonal variation), smoothing techniques (in order to cater for random variations) and the barometric method (in order to cater for cyclical variation);

practically apply input-output technique in order to illustrate the derivation of income-, employment-, and tax multipliers;

correctly estimate and evaluate production and cost functions;

correctly estimate the Cobb-Douglas and Constant Elasticity of Substitution (CES) production functions and evaluate the results and solutions for multiple plants and multiple product production problems;

correctly estimate a short-run cost function and evaluate and apply the results;

correctly evaluate and apply the estimated parameters of a long-run cost function;

comprehensively discuss and evaluate competition policy in South Africa;

275

fully discuss both the evolution of competition policy in South Africa and the need for competition laws;

correctly evaluate the interaction between competition policy, international trade policy and industrial strategy;

fully evaluate the impact of competition policy on public corporations, professions and empowerment;

comprehensively discuss the instruments, institutions and enforcement of competition policy; and

comprehensively evaluate the merger analytical framework utilised in South African competition law.

MONETARY THEORY A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4806/MTE8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop students to demonstrate an advanced theoretical and applied knowledge and understanding of the role of money in the economy.


evaluate theories and related models critically with regards to determination of interest rate;

understand the standard theory with regard to the determinants and the generation of interest rates given the a priories on information completeness;

critically evaluate the functioning of the related model with regards to the determination of interest rates;

apply models in the analysis of qualitative as well as quantitative information as reflected in hypothetical and/or real economic data and the finding on such data and correctly interpret; evaluate theories and related models critically with regards to the determination of exchange rates;

understand the standard theory with regards to the determinants and the generation of exchange rates given the a priories on information completeness;

critically evaluate the functioning of the related models with regards to the determinants of exchange rates; and

apply these models in the analysis of qualitative and quantitative information as reflected in hypothetical and/or real economic data and interpret the findings correctly.

MONETARY POLICY B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4807/MTE8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students to demonstrate an advanced knowledge and understanding of the role of money and monetary policy in South Africa and the world economy.


critically evaluate the theoretical ideas that underlie the monetary policy consensus;

276

comprehend the implications of the existing policy models for the execution of monetary policy; and

critically evaluate alternative views to the monetary policy consensus.

NATIONAL AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN4812/NLG8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop students’ ability to demonstrate a well-rounded and systematic knowledge base, a coherent and critical understanding of analysis, interpretation, development and application of economic principles and methods on national, provincial and local government finance thereof.


explain, and evaluate critically the role of the South African government in the economy;

demonstrate, explain, and evaluate critically the phenomenon of public expenditure in South Africa;

discuss, explain and evaluate the issues pertaining to taxation fully;

explain and evaluate the development of South Africa’s fiscal and social policy critically;

provide a critical assessment, explain and evaluate the issues pertaining to intergovernmental relations;

evaluate, discuss and explain issues pertaining to local economic development critically;

provide a critical assessment of public/ private partnerships as a tool to improve service delivery;

evaluate critically and explain the entrepreneurial role of government; and

assess critically the impact issues such as of HIV /AIDS, poverty, unemployment, and illiteracy on the South African economy and discuss the role of government in fighting these pandemics.

QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 4 (SEMESTER MODULES) CODE: EKN4813 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 11

PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to build on the notions already acquired by the undergraduate students in linear algebra and introduces more tools that are needed to handle econometric models. The module also introduces the concept of difference equations that is important to understanding models of time series econometrics and to the analysis of dynamic models in econometrics and economics as well as financial economics. Thus, the student who will be exposed to the materials in this module will acquire the necessary tools to understand advanced models in both economics and econometrics.


competently apply the notions of c-, s- and g-inverse in the solution of systems of linear equations;

277

critically apply the notions of ranks of matrices, matrix factorization and partitioned matrices to econometric model analysis;

critically apply the notions of Kronecker products of matrices, characteristic roots and vectors, orthogonal matrices, symmetric matrices to the analysis of econometric models;

competently solve the first- and second-order difference equations;

critically apply the notion of difference equations to the analysis of dynamic economic models and to the analysis of time series models;

competently apply the concepts of matrix differentiation, differentiation of the trace of a matrix and differentiation of the determinant of a matrix to econometric analysis;

competently apply the notions of matrix vectorisation and linear restricted matrices to econometric analysis;

understand and explain the general linear model (GLM) and the general linear structural econometric model(GLSEM); and

competently apply the notion of the differentiation of symmetric quadratic forms to the problem of the derivation of the estimate of an econometric model, especially the method of least squares and maximum likelihood methods.

RESEARCH PROJECT: ECONOMICS (YEAR MODULE) CODE: EKN4805/RPN8X00 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of the research project is to develop the skills required to devise and sustain arguments and to solve problems using the knowledge and techniques acquired through all the lectured modules. It provides students the opportunity to study a topic in depth in which they have a strong interest, under supervision of a mentor. The research project is a synoptic model, where students engage in the process of research, but in a centrally managed programme with close supervision and in a monitored time-frame and with a personal development planning and outcomes focus.


identify a research area and narrow it to a specific, manageable research question;

conduct a literature review;

write a literature review in a formal academic style, organising the material logically and referencing correctly;

write a well organised research proposal, presenting the research question, the area of economic theory that will be used to

address the question, the methodology and the goals of the research;

analysing some data and drawing conclusions based on the theoretical framework and/or case studies outlined in the literature

review; or

extend the literature review by conducting an extensive critical analysis of the existing literature in the field of research, drawing some new conclusions; and

successfully present the research at an organised meeting for staff and students.

278


ADVANCED COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FNB13X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to apply, analyse and critically evaluate advanced cost and management accounting techniques, systems and theories. The module lays the foundation for short and long term decision making that supports strategic financial objectives. The Management Accounting section of this module is focused on costs, their drivers and how this information is used in production analysis and decision making. The focus is short term and demonstrates the role of budgeting within a strategic framework and examines the process of making decisions about cost, volume and prices with its resulting impact on profitability. The Advanced Management Accounting section of this module is focused on expanding knowledge about costs and drivers and how it can inform and enable strategic objectives. The focus is long term and investigates the role of performance management through control and long term decision making. This section examines the role of risk and how to incorporate it into decision making. The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of financial management.


discuss and explain various costing methods, total quality management and the role of environmental costing in various contexts;

discuss, explain and analyse budgets and its use in performance management and management control;

explain and analyse the concept of relevancy for short term decision making, calculate break-even and product mix using linear programming and identify cost information that provides conflicting data;

analyse, discuss and apply risk assessment and decision models to deal with uncertainty in decision making;

evaluate and apply methods of identifying and managing competitive cost advantages;

discuss and evaluate decision making in responsibility centres, behavioural consequences of performance measurement and the impact of transfer pricing in the context of an organisational structure;

discuss and evaluate long term decision making processes, its consequences and pricing strategies; and

analyse and discuss sensitivity analysis methods used to manage risk.

279

ADVANCED PROPERTY FINANCE AND INVESTMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PFI8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the skills to apply, analyse, critically evaluate and manage financing and investments in property and property developments, thus contributing to the property finance and investment needs of both rural and urban societies.


make an informed property investment decision;

develop a cash flow model for use in property investment;

measure the performance of investment in property;

make risk adjustments in property finance and investments;

select property financing instruments that will optimise return on investment; and

draw up an efficient property portfolio plan and manage it.

ADVANCED PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PVM8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip the student with the ability to conduct advanced property valuations under supervision of a professional (where required), thus contributing to the property valuation needs of both rural and urban societies. The qualified person will be able to register with the South African Council for the Property Valuers Profession.


value different kinds of property with an appropriate valuation methodology;

determine the value of property that is expropriated or under servitude;

identify and determine the effect of rezoning on the value of a property;

determine the value of different types of farms;

value usually non-negotiable properties;

value different kinds of shopping centres;

perform a valuation of air space; and

determine the value of an interest in time share.

280

ADVANCED PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PVM8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip a student with the ability to conduct advanced property valuations under supervision of a professional (where required), thus contributing to the property valuation needs of both rural and urban societies. The qualified person will be able to register with the South African Council for the Property Valuers Profession.


perform a valuation of a leasehold interest;

perform a valuation of retirement villages;

value mining rights;

perform a feasibility study for residential, commercial and industrial properties and viability studies for township, sectional title, retirement village, office, shopping centre and industrial developments;

make a whole-life appraisal of a property;

apply geographic information systems (GIS) to property valuation;

explain how to use computer-aided valuation systems (CAVS); and

explain the process of setting up a professional valuation practice.

APPLIED PROPERTY LAW A (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: APL8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to equip a student with the knowledge and tools necessary to apply legal and statutory provisions regarding immovable property as these apply to property valuation in both rural and urban societies.


interpret immovable property and the interest in immovable property;

specify the capacity to acquire rights over land in South Africa;

analyse and comprehend the forms of land tenure in South Africa;

evaluate joint ownership as a form of land tenure;

apply the concepts of possession and occupation of immovable property;

discuss and apply the nature and content of servitudes;

analyse the relationship between mineral rights and land; and

analyse security in respect of movable and immovable property.

281

APPLIED PROPERTY LAW B (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: APL8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to equip a student with the knowledge and tools necessary apply legal and statutory provisions regarding immovable property as it applies to property valuation in both rural and urban societies.


explain the registration of rights in terms of the deeds Registries Act 47 of 1937;

analyse the legal aspects of property development schemes;

determine statutory control over the use of fixed property;

analyse the expropriation of immovable property;

apply the general principles of contracts;

identify and explain various types of commercial associations;

identify the appropriate forum for dispute-solving;

collect, analyse and evaluate information to ensure statutory compliance;

communicate effectively in defending a valuation report in court or any other forum; and

apply common law and statutory provisions for compliance with constitutional provisions and national, provincial and local legislation relating to property valuation.

CASE STUDY: FINANCIAL PLANNING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL10X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE This module aims to give the student the ability to merge all the different areas of the financial planning process into a holistic strategic financial plan which can be applied in practice. It will include the following aspects of financial planning: gathering of client information; setting financial goals and objectives with the client; analysing and interpreting data; addressing problem areas and devising solutions and presenting findings and recommendations to the client.


apply his/her knowledge to real life case studies in order to produce a comprehensive financial plan.

CONTEMPORARY MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FNB16X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to structure organisations, with the view to ultimately be able to formulate and implement organisational strategy through people, projects, processes and relationships.

282

The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of financial management.


discuss the purpose of the finance function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, including how the finance function supports the organisation's strategies and operations;

demonstrate the purpose of the operations function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, as well as apply the tools and concepts of operations management to deliver sustainable performance;

demonstrate the purpose of the Human Resources (HR) function and its relationships with other parts of the organisation, as well as apply tools and techniques of Human Resources Management (HRM);

discuss the concepts associated with managing through people, including the hard and soft aspects of people and organisational performance;

discuss the effectiveness of organisational relationships, including the management tools and techniques in managing organisational relationships; and

advise on the important elements in the change process and discuss the concepts involved in managing projects.

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL01X7 OLD NQF LEVEL 8/ NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF /NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE This module aims to equip a student with all the knowledge and tools necessary to do financial planning relating to employee benefits, both from the employer’s and employee’s point of view.


demonstrate a thorough understanding of retirement funds and the legislation applicable;

explain the difference between defined benefit and defined contribution funds, including the advantages and disadvantages;

explain the role of both employer and employee in the providing of formal retirement benefits;

do calculations applicable to retirement funds;

construct a retirement funding scheme that will optimise tax for both employer and employee;

discuss the role of the ombudsman;

explain how fund surpluses and deficits should be handled;

discuss the unique characteristics of government retirement funds;

apply Regulation 28, the prudent investment guidelines for retirement funds on both fund and individual level;

demonstrate a thorough understanding of medical aids and the legislation applicable; and

complete a research project in employee benefits.

283

EQUITY INVESTMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB11X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The aim of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of equity investment. The module is comprised of a wide range of equity valuation theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex equity valuation principles and apply equity valuation theories in a professional manner.


analyse the macro-economic environment;

conceptualise the analysis of industries;

analyse and comprehend financial statements;

apply advanced valuation principles and practices;

apply discounted cash flow valuation methodology; apply relative valuation principles;

apply residual income valuation methodology; conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of equity investment; and

complete a research project in the field of equity investment EQUITY INVESTMENT ANALYSIS CODE: EIA8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of different equity investments and how to evaluate the value of these investments. This module will also assist students in describing corporate finance and its relation to capital budgeting.









284

EQUITY INVESTMENT ANALYSIS CODE: EIA8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the knowledge of different equity investments and how to evaluate the value of these investments. This module will also assist students in describing corporate finance and its relation to capital budgeting.









ESTATE PLANNING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL02X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE This module aims to introduce the student to the Estate Planning process which consists of the following: understanding the legislation that impacts on estate administration and estate planning; understanding the income tax implications in the estate administration process; understanding the valuation of the different types of asset classes that can make up an estate; demonstrating an ability to prepare an estate plan that will comply with the required legislation and provide for the necessary liquidity and minimum estate duty; understanding the implications of business assurance in the estate planning process and latest developments in international estate planning.


• Part 1 - advise a client on the importance of estate planning; - apply the different income tax aspects that have an impact on estate planning; - demonstrate an ability to value assets in the estate administration process; - demonstrate an ability to calculate estate duty; - demonstrate an understanding of the importance of liquidity in the estate planning

process; and - demonstrate an understanding of the estate administration process.

• Part 2 - Estate planning process

- provide for liquidity in the estate; - apply strategies aimed at reducing estate duty and - use Inter–Vivos trust in the estate planning process.

285

• Part 3 - International Estate Planning - demonstrate a basic understanding of the various aspects from an international

perspective that can impact on estate planning; and - complete a research project in estate planning.

FINANCIAL ENGINEERING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB14X7/FEN8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The aim of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of financial engineering. The module is comprised of a wide range of financial engineering theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex financial engineering principles and apply financial engineering instruments in a professional manner.


demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of a SAFE (Notional forward – forward FX swap);

demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of financial futures;

demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of short-term interest rate futures;

demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of bond and stock index futures;

demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of interest rate and cross currency swaps

identify measure and apply option valuation and pricing theory;

application of financial engineering;

analyse and comprehend foreign exchange risk;

analyse and comprehend interest rate risk management principles and practices;

analyse and comprehend interest rate risk management using options and option based instruments; and

analyse, comprehend and apply equity risk management principles;

demonstrate an ability to apply theoretical principles to practical MS Excel modelling; andconceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of financial engineering; and

complete a research project in the field of financial engineering.

FINANCIAL STRATEGY (YEAR MODULE) CODE: FNB15X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to apply, analyse and critically evaluate the formulation and implementation of financial strategy to support the overall strategy of the organisation. This module provides the competencies to evaluate the financing requirements of organisations and relative merits of alternative sources of finance to meet these requirements. It also develops

286

the competencies required to value investment opportunities including the valuation of corporate entities for mergers, acquisitions and divestments. The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of financial management.


calculate, analyse and interpret the performance, financial position and changes in financial position of different types of entities;

evaluate strategic financial and non-financial objectives of different types of entities;

evaluate strategic financial management policy decisions;

evaluate the financing requirements of an entity and recommend a strategy for meeting those requirements;

evaluate dividend policies for an incorporated entity that meet the needs and expectations of shareholders;

evaluate opportunities for acquisition, merger and divestment;

evaluate the value of entities;

evaluate pricing issues and post-transaction issues; and

demonstrate suitable research skills by completing a project within the scope of the module syllabus.

FOREX EXPOSURE MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB09X7 OLD NQFLEVEL 8/ NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF /NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of forex exposure management. The module is comprised of a wide range of foreign exchange concepts and theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex forex exposure management principles and apply forex exposure management instruments in a professional manner.


• demonstrate a detailed understanding of the background theory and mechanics of the foreign exchange markets;

• explain and compare the various theories of exchange rate determination; • demonstrate a detailed understanding of the mechanics of the spot foreign exchange market; • differentiate between the spot and forward foreign exchange markets, and demonstrate a

detailed understanding of the mechanics of the forward foreign exchange market; • explain and demonstrate the use of foreign exchange instruments in the management of

foreign currency risk exposures; • conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of forex exposure

management; and • complete a research project in the field of forex exposure management.

287

HEDGING AND RISK MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: HAR8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to the hedging and risk management process which consist of theoretical concepts pertaining to hedging and risk management, the principles of risk management and risk needs analysis for clients.


• analyse and categorise the risks faced by financial organisations; • quantify and formulate a practical approach to assessing, monitoring and managing an

organisation's financial risk; • formulate and discuss strategic importance and use of different financial instruments that

could be used to best manage an organisation's financial risk; • discuss, analyse and present the procurement and management of funding and the allocation

to competing long-term investments; • integrate the practical elements of accounting for derivatives, for both embedded derivatives

and derivatives used for hedging purposes; and • formulate and produce a practical risk management approach and control framework to

manage financial risks.

INCOME TAX PLANNING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL04X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip a student, especially working in the financial planning field, to be able to identify taxation issues especially pertaining to individuals, in order to advise prospective clients accordingly as taxation is likely to play a significant role and have a significant impact on any financial planning structures and/or advise. The purpose is, however, not to make the student a tax expert.


• General - identify the principal types of taxes in South Africa, including direct tax, capital gains

tax, indirect taxes, employee’s tax, and withholding tax on international payments;

• Income tax for individuals - calculate a client’s tax liabilities (including PAYE & SITE); - calculate a client’s ‘taxable income’, ensuring that all amounts have been properly

included or deducted, taking into account the deemed income provisions (e.g. income received by a trust, can be deemed to be that of the donor);

- explain the difference in principle between tax avoidance and tax evasion;

• Income tax for companies - describe the types of vehicles available to conduct business, including company, close

corporation, partnership, and a trust and advise a suitable vehicle to your client;

288

- calculate the taxes (normal tax and Dividends Tax on Companies) payable by a company or a close corporation;

- provide advice on the use of a company as a tax planning instrument (also with regards to transferring your client’s current business into a company, etc.);

• Capital gains tax

- calculate a client’s capital gains tax liability, ensuring that all exemptions and rollovers have been taken into account;

• Taxation of foreign income

- advise a client on the meaning of “tax resident” and the implications thereof; - explain and calculate the tax implications of foreign income (including foreign dividends)

received both by individuals and other legal entities (e.g. companies); - explain and calculate foreign tax rebates where applicable; - explain at which rates foreign income will be converted to Rand; - understand the impact and working of double taxation agreements;

• Value-Added Tax

- understand the basic concepts and principles of Value-Added Tax, including the implications of making taxable supplies (standard and zero rated supplies) as well as exempt supplies;

- calculate the VAT payable by or refundable to a vendor; - be aware of the administrative requirements, i.e. filing requirements, and

recordkeeping;

• Estate duty - perform basic estate duty calculations;

• Other taxes

- determine a person’s liability for donations’ tax; - advise what transfer duties become payable on the transfer of property and what

exemptions are available; - determine when and by whom, skills development levies become payable; - explain UIF contributions; - advise on the levying of uncertificated securities tax (UST); and marketable securities

tax (MST);

• Taxation of trusts - discuss and understand the workings of the different types of trusts (special trust and

normal trust); - explain the conduit pipe principle; and - discuss and calculate the tax implications for the trust, donor and the respective trust

beneficiaries

INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL03X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to the insurance and risk management process which consist of the following:

• theoretical concepts pertaining to Insurance and Risk Management; • the principles of risk management; and • risk needs analysis for a client.

289


discuss the life insurance principles, concepts and products in detail;

discuss capital and income disability insurance principles, concepts and products in detail;

discuss the serious illness/dread disease insurance principles, concepts and products in detail;

list and explain additional ancillary benefits;

discuss medical aid and medical insurance principles;

give a brief overview of short-term insurance;

do a detailed risk analysis for a client;

list and discuss the latest developments in the life insurance and risk management industry; and

demonstrate and complete a research project in insurance and risk management.

INTEREST BEARING INVESTMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB15X7

NEW NQF LEVEL 8/NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of Interest-Bearing Instruments. The module is comprised of a wide range of interest-bearing topics covering aspects such as: the yield curve, risk, derivative instruments, and portfolio management amongst others. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to value the various aspects of interest-bearing instruments, and position this knowledge in the fixed-income knowledge sphere.


analyse bonds and money-market instruments;

analyse the term structure of interest rates;

analyse interest rate risk;

apply portfolio investment strategies to a fixed income portfolio;

analyse interest rate derivative instruments;

comprehend and analyse the securitisation of assets;

model the term structure of interest rates and credit spreads;

conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of interest bearing investment; and

complete a research project in the field of interest bearing investment.

INTEREST RATE MODELING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IRM8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide a student with the necessary framework and apply in practical environment methods to model interest rates.


analyse interest rate concepts and calculate the modelling methods of interest rate theory.

290

INTRODUCTION TO DERIVATIVE SECURITIES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IDS8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with a strong background of derivative securities and their implications on the financial market.


construct and compare various option pricing models in various scenarios as well as describe the risks inherent in the option positions.

INVESTMENT PLANNING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL05X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to enable students to prepare an investment plan for a client in terms of needs, risk profile and expectations; evaluate the performance of the investment portfolio; suggest changes in the portfolio in terms of performance, changing needs and new products that become available or changes in taxation; and present findings and recommendations to the client.


distinguish between the major asset classes;

analyse the impact of currency fluctuation on determining investment returns;

determine the risk profile and investment needs of the client;

design a structured investment plan for the client;

manage the performance of the investment portfolio; and

complete a research project in investment planning.

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: LMG8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with the necessary skills and knowledge to evaluate and compose financing and funding for a corporate setting. This will involve them having knowledge about economic theories and practices, international money disbursement, capital management and organisational financial structures.


construct and analyse financing and funding in a corporate environment

discuss the main economic theories related to the price of money:

evaluate liquidity management mismatches and optimising funding structures;

291

discuss worldwide money transfers and payment systems;

describe and implement cash pooling in a global treasury management context;

analyse companies financial structure to enable effective funding

discuss and calculate special trade finance methods; and

implement and evaluate working capital management in a treasury environment.

MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING STRATEGY (YEAR MODULE) CODE: FNB14X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the skills and abilities to formulate and implement successful organisational strategies using management accounting information. There is a focus on change and change management and how change is informed by an organisations management accounting information systems and reports. The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of financial management.


evaluate the influence of key external factors on an organisation's strategy and the related ethical issues arising from such interaction;

evaluate the process of strategy formulation and the tools and techniques that are used to perform this function;

discuss different types of structures an organisation may adopt and the internal and external sources of governance, regulations and professional behaviour that affects it;

discuss developments in strategic management and analyse the relationship between different aspects of the global business environment;

demonstrate the purpose of the marketing function and its relationship with other parts of the organisation, including the application of tools and techniques to formulate marketing strategy;

demonstrate the purpose of the technology and information function and its relationship with other parts of the organisation, and explain how information systems support the organisations strategies and operations;

evaluate the Information Technology (IT) and Information Systems (IS) requirements for successful strategic implementation and evaluate opportunities for using IT and IS;

advise and evaluate on organisational change aspects, tools and methods used in successful implementation of change programmes and recommend suitable leadership processes to support strategy implementation;

evaluate the tools and techniques of strategy implementation; and


292

NUMERICAL METHODS IN FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: NMF8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to the numerical techniques used in the financial market environment required to solve quantitative finance problems.


produce and interpret various financial instruments modelling techniques.

PERFORMANCE AND RISK STRATEGY (YEAR MODULE) CODE: FNB18X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 27 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the competencies, knowledge and skills needed to analyse, evaluate and apply the techniques, processes and internal control systems to measure performance and control risks associated with different types of organisation. The module outcomes are aligned with the curriculum requirements of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) and therefore prepare students for a career in finance and financial management and also for further study in the field of financial management.


evaluate types of risk facing an organisation and recommend appropriate responses;

evaluate ethical, social and environmental issues arising from risk management;

evaluate control systems (tools, processes, strategies and internal controls) for managing the strategy and activities of an organisation;

advise managers on the risks in the development strategies for information systems that support the organisation's strategic requirements;

evaluate the purpose and process of audit in the context of internal control systems;

evaluate the ethical issues facing an organisation and its employees, and the risks associated with corporate governance;

evaluate financial risks facing an organisation and the methods by which they are managed;

evaluate the risks arising from changes in the environment for capital investment appraisal; and


PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB05X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of portfolio management. The module is comprised of a wide range of portfolio management concepts, theories

293

and traditional asset classes. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex portfolio management principles and utilise portfolio management construction and evaluation techniques in a professional manner.


question the portfolio management process and prepare the investment policy statement;

construct and manage portfolios for both individual and institutional investors;

analyse capital markets and formulate expectations;

perform asset allocation;

manage fixed-income portfolios;

manage equity portfolios;

manage alternative investment portfolios;

identify, measure, and manage portfolio risk;

execute portfolio decisions;

monitor and rebalance portfolios;

evaluate portfolio performance;

present portfolio performance compliant with Global Investment Performance Standards (GIPS);


conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of portfolio management;

complete a portfolio simulation assignment; and

complete a research project in the field of portfolio management.

PROPERTY PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PPM8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE This purpose of this module is to equip a student with the knowledge and tools necessary to manage a property portfolio, thus contributing to the property management needs of both rural and urban societies.


consider diversification in a property portfolio;

develop a property portfolio strategy;

describe the property portfolio management process;

describe the importance of leases as a key to performance and value;

discuss the elements of investing in international real estate;

oversee a property management office and generate different reports;

manage different types of properties;

identify, measure and control risk and health and safety issues in property;

294

QUANTITATIVE INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB10X7/QIA8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of Quantitative Investment Analysis. The module is comprised of a curriculum related to theoretical and applied quantitative and statistical principles. Mastering of the module will provide students with sound quantitative decision-making tools within the investment arena.


perform and interpret correlation and regression analyses;

analyse and interpret time series analysis;

apply and interpret nonparametric methods

apply and interpret analysis of Variances (ANOVA) to investment decision;


conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of quantitative investment analysis.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB17X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to demonstrate the ability in evaluating, analysing, interpreting and writing up research of a quantitative nature.


explain the purposes of research inquiry in finance by availing themselves of current research ethics;

understand and apply the use of scales, sampling and surveys in finance;

detail and apply the different approaches to analysing quantitative data in finance;

discuss and support various forms of unobtrusive and evaluative research in finance;

conceptualise, investigate and analyse finance issues and problems using appropriate research approaches;

design a small quantitative research project in finance after being equipped with the knowledge, skills and techniques needed to conduct research in finance; and

demonstrate an ability in writing up research, meeting the criteria stated above.

295

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: FINANCIAL PLANNING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL09X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip the student with the ability to evaluate, analyse, interpret and write up research of a quantitative nature.


explain the purposes of research inquiry in finance, availing themselves of current research ethics;





demonstrate an ability to write up research, meeting the criteria stated above. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB17X7/FNB17X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to demonstrate the ability in evaluating, analysing, interpreting and writing up research of a quantitative nature.


explain the purposes of research inquiry in finance by availing themselves of current research ethics;


detail and apply the different approaches to analysing quantitative data in finance;




demonstrate an ability in writing up research, meeting the criteria stated above.

296

RESEARCH PROJECT: PROPERTY VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT (YEAR MODULE) CODE: RPP8X00 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip the student with the ability to evaluate, analyse, interpret and write up research by completing a research project (individual or group work) of limited scope such as, but not limited to an academic article or a research essay on a relevant topic within the field of property valuation and management.


explain the purposes of research inquiry in the field of property valuation and management, availing themselves of current research ethics;

understand and apply the use of scales, sampling and surveys in the field of property valuation and management;

discuss and support various forms of unobtrusive and evaluative research in the field of property valuation and management;

conceptualise, investigate and analyse issues and problems in the field of property valuation and management using appropriate research approaches;

design a small research project of limited scope in the field of property valuation and management after being equipped with the knowledge, skills and techniques needed to conduct research; and

demonstrate an ability to write up research under supervision in the field of property valuation and management, meeting the criteria stated above, by submitting an academic article (based on academic research of a chosen topic) or research essay as an independent research output.

RESEARCH PROJECT: QUANTITATIVE FINANCE (YEAR MODULE) CODE: RPQ8X00 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The purpose of the research project is to develop the skills required to devise and sustain arguments and to solve problems using the knowledge and techniques acquired through all the lectured modules. It provides students the opportunity to study a topic in depth in which they have a strong interest, under supervision of a mentor. The research project is a synoptic model, where students engage in the process of research, but in a centrally managed programme with close supervision and in a monitored time-frame and with a personal development planning and outcomes focus.


Research and develop a research proposal and essay under supervision.

297

RESEARCH PROJECT: TREASURY MANAGMENT (YEAR MODULE)

CODE: RPT8X00 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/ OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to introduce a student to the research process and how to apply it to the treasury management practice.


• Research and develop a research proposal and essay under supervision.

RETIREMENT FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BLB18X7 OLD NQF LEVEL 8/ NEW NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to strengthen the student’s knowledge in the field of retirement finance. The module is comprised of a range of retirement concepts, principles and theories. Mastering of the module will provide students with the ability to synthesise complex retirement finance principles and apply retirement concepts in a professional manner.

OUTCOMES discuss the retirement fund environment by focusing on role players, professional bodies and

industry developments; apply applicable retirement fund legislation; discuss the different types of retirement solutions and the administration thereof; construct a retirement fund solution for an institutional client. assess the individual client’s position at retirement and make recommendations based on the

outcome. evaluate the performance of retirement fund solutions; evaluate the effect of behavioural finance on retirement decisions; conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of retirement

finance; and complete a research project within the field of retirement finance.

RETIREMENT PLANNING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FPL06X7 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE

The purpose of this module is to introduce the student to the retirement planning process which consists of the following: the capital amount required by an individual at retirement to provide an adequate pension; risk profile for a client; the effect of tax on retirement planning in the different stages; the different vehicles available for retirement planning and applicable legislation.

OUTCOMES

298


distinguish between pension, provident and retirement annuity funds;

calculate the tax benefits of contributions to retirement funds;

calculate the taxation of benefits from retirement funds;

recommend appropriate retirement solutions to clients, which include both employees and employers;

understand preservation funds and make an appropriate recommendation in the case of a client resigning from his/her employment;

demonstrate sufficient knowledge of the current situation in South Africa with regards to the number of people who are able to retire comfortably and analyse the reasons for this;

compute TVM values in different scenarios;

explain the tax implications and rules pertaining to the conversion of a pension fund to a provident fund;

explain the benefits of transferring pension or provident fund benefits to preservation fund;

analyse the difference between retirement annuities and endowment policies;

explain the different vehicles available to provide income after retirement;

discuss voluntary annuities;

explain “retirement funding employment”;

discuss the withdrawal benefit from a pension fund and retirement fund;

discuss estate duty implications of the benefit paid by a retirement fund on the death of a member;

discuss capital gains implications on benefits received from pension funds;

apply the average rate of tax; and

complete a research project in retirement planning.

RISK MEASUREMENT 1 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RMO8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide the student with the required framework and understanding of the core components of risk management and its measurement in the quantitative finance environment.


compose and evaluate various quantitative finance modelling techniques.

RISK MEASUREMENT 2 (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RMT8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the techniques and notions within risk management and its measurement, and to relate this to relevant regulations in the financial market industry.


compose and evaluate the various risks and regulations present in the financial market industry.

299

SOUTH AFRICAN FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND MARKETS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: SAF8X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate the characteristics and market related effects of the financial instruments utilised in the South African financial markets.


analyse the various markets and calculate the instruments in the South African content.

STOCHASTIC PROCESS FOR FINANCE – CONTINUOUS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: SPC8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate the fundamental notions of continuous stochastic processes to model continuous financial problems.


calculate and discuss continuous time stochastic calculus and its application to problems in finance.

STOCHASTIC PROCESS FOR FINANCE – DISCRETE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: SPD8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to relate the fundamental notions of discrete stochastic processes to model discrete financial problems.


calculate and discuss discrete time stochastic calculus and its application to problems in finance.

300

TREASURY CASE STUDIES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TCS8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to evaluate the knowledge of the student about the treasury management practice and if the student will be able to apply such knowledge to real-world examples.


• analyse and apply theoretical principles to real world corporate treasury management examples; and

• discuss the implications of various solutions to the real world example.

TREASURY ORGANISATION (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TOR8X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 8/OLD NQF LEVEL 7 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with the skill set to evaluate, illustrate and analyse all variables related to treasury management in an organisation.


• discuss and evaluate all treasury organisation and control systems; • evaluate the financial markets and instruments utilised in the treasury management; • explain and evaluate the legal, tax and accounting principles related to institutional Treasury

Management and calculate the effect these principles have on treasury accounts; • discuss and interpret the impact and responsibility of treasury accounting practices; and • evaluate the impact of external relations on treasury management.

301

POSTGRADUATE MASTER’S MODULES FOR COMMERCE AND PHILISOPHY

EF.165 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS)

ACCOUNTING THEORY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ACT9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through a critical assessment of Accounting Theory. The aim of the module is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of accounting theory and to conduct research in this field.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to: critically assess different in accounting theories (comparison skills);

interpreting and commenting on accounting theory (interpretation skills);

demonstrating competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problem identification and solving (problem solving skills);

communicating effectively orally and in writing (communication skills);

accepting responsibilities for their own activities (self-responsibility skills);

working effectively in a team; and

show evidence of research competence (research skills).

AUDIT AND IT COMPLIANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AIT9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is two-fold: to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on various aspects of compliance. Research abilities are developed through research essays.


develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of advanced compliance principles in the context of the international and national regulatory environment, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions;

critically assess the new concepts of system acquisitions, implementation and maintenance as well as new developments in the field of compliance (Interpretation, communication, self-responsibility, team work and explorational learning skills are developed);

conceptualise and interpret relevant research and case studies in the field of compliance; and

complete two research assignments in the form of research essays.

302

CORPORATE AND CAPITAL GAINS TAX (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CCT9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding the financial and tax consequences: Capital gains tax; trusts; different financing methods and companies and dividends.


critically assess the basic elements of capital gains tax and to evaluate the tax consequence flowing from the different financing methods (interpretation skills);

evaluate the complex tax structures and case law in a corporate environment (interpretation skills);

evaluate when a payment constitutes a dividend and determine the tax consequences for both the company and the shareholders (interpretation skills);

to determine the existence of a valid trust and evaluate the complex tax issues surrounding the trust (interpretation skills);

demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship;

demonstrate competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problem identification and solving (problem solving skills);

communicate effectively orally and in writing (communication skills);

accept responsibilities for their own activities (self-responsibility skills); and work effectively in a team.

COMPUTER SECURITY AND BUSINESS CONTINUITY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CSE9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is two-fold: to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on operating system security, IT governance, business continuity management as well as application security and databases. Research abilities are developed through the output of research essays.


develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of advanced computer security and business continuity principles in the context of the South African IT environment, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions;

assess critically the concepts of computer security and new developments in the field (Interpretation, communication, self-responsibility, team work and explorational learning skills are developed); and

303

demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship by completing two research assignments in the form of research essays (Research and writing skills are developed).

DEVELOPMENTS IN ACCOUNTING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DEA9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 27 PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through a critical assessment of Developments in Accounting. The aim of the module is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of new developments in accounting and to conduct research in this field.


critically assess new developments in the accounting field (comparison research);

interpreting and commenting on new developments in accounting (interpretation skills);

demonstrating competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problem identification and solving (problem solving skills);

communicating effectively orally and in writing (communication skills);

accepting responsibilities for their own activities (self-responsibility skills);

working effectively in a team; and

show evidence of research competence.

DISSERTATION: ACCOUNTING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DAC9X01/DAC9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 180

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of accounting principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own accounting related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Accounting as social science. A qualifying student should show an appropriate level of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship.


define the research problem and derive a research objective from it;

define and state the rationale for the study;

write an acceptable proposal;

present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting;

construct and write a scientific dissertation; and

show evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship.

304

DISSERTATION: AUDITING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DAU9X01/DAU9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 180

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of auditing principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own auditing related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Auditing as social science. A qualifying student should show an appropriate level of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship.







show evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship.

DISSERTATION: SOUTH AFRICAN AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DSIT9X1/DSIT9X2 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 180

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of taxation principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own taxation applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Taxation as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work.



define and state the rationale for a study;


present and defend the proposal at a Departmental meeting; and

construct and write a scientific dissertation.

GROSS INCOME AND TAX ADMINISTRATION (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: GIT9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on:

305

Tax Policy and Tax Administration; The different elements of the gross income definition in s 1 of the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962; The general deduction formula in s 11(a) of the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962.; and

Tax avoidance.


critically assess tax policy and tax administration (interpretation skills);

critically assess the basic elements of the gross income definition and the general deduction formula (interpretation skills);

critically assess tax avoidance transactions (interpretation skills);

demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship;

demonstrate competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problem; and

work effectively in a team.

INTERNATIONAL TAXATION (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: INT9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on:

controlled foreign companies;

dividends;

transfer pricing;

thin capitalisation;

unilateral relief;

tax havens;

intermediate companies;

international tax avoidance; and

withholding taxes.


assess critically the basic principles relating to international tax. In-depth knowledge on the following topics should be obtained:

- controlled foreign companies;

- dividends;

- transfer pricing;

- thin capitalisation;

- unilateral relief;

- tax havens;

- intermediate companies;

- international tax avoidance; and

- withholding taxes. (Communication, self-responsibility and learning skills are developed.)

306

IT RISK AND SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DIC9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is two-fold: to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on IT Risk, Computer Crime, IT Governance, IT Security policies and procedures, and risk and control models. Research abilities are developed through the output of research essays.


assess critically the concepts of audit and IT risk for the auditor and new developments in the field (Interpretation, communication, self-responsibility, teamwork and explorational learning skills are developed); and

demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship by completing two research assignments in the form of research essays.

LIMITED SCOPE DISSERTATION: INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING (YEAR MODULE) CODE: LSA9X01/LSA9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS 60

PURPOSE To equip students with specialised research knowledge through the supervision process. Candidates are not generally expected to make an original theoretical or fundamental contribution to the field of knowledge, but through the provision of information they should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently.


write an acceptable research proposal; and

exhibit mastery of research methodology and evidence of understanding scholarly processes at work, as evidenced through a limited-scope dissertation (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).

LIMITED SCOPE DISSERTATION: COMPUTER AUDITING (YEAR MODULE) CODE: LSC9X01/LSC9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS 60


307



exhibit mastery of research methodology and evidence of understanding scholarly processes at work, as evidenced through a limited -scope dissertation (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).

LIMITED SCOPE DISSERTATION: SA AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION (YEAR MODULE) CODE: LST9X01/LST9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 60




exhibit mastery of research methodology and evidence of understanding scholarly processes at work, as evidenced through a limited-scope dissertation (Research, communication and self-responsibility skills are developed).

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: COMPUTER AUDITING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RMC9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to developed research skills through research training. The research process is the focus area.


understand and apply the steps in the research process;

select and apply research methodologies and paradigms;

find and evaluate information sources;

apply the correct referencing techniques; and

understand the process of writing research essays and research proposals.

308

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RMA9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to develop research skills through research training. The research process is the focus area.







RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: SOUTH AFRICAN AND INTERNATIONAL TAXATION (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RMT9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 12 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to developed research skills through research training. The research process is the focus area.







RISK MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RSM9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is two-fold: to increase technical subject-related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on Enterprise Risk Management. Research abilities are developed through the output of research essays.

309


• develop intellectual competencies and practical skills in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and application of advanced risk management principles in the context of the South African IT environment, and be able to reflect on the associated managerial decisions;

• assess critically the concepts of enterprise risk management as well as new developments in the field (Interpretation, teamwork and exploration learning skills are developed); and

• demonstrate evidence of research competence, discourse competence and emergent scholarship by complete two research assignments in the form of research essays.

SPECIALISED APPLICATIONS OF GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRACTICE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: SAG9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject-related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on identified advanced issues in accounting.


assess critically the identified advanced issues in the accounting field (Comparison, interpretation, communication, self-responsibility, team work and explorational learning skills are developed).

SPECIALISED INDUSTRIES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: SPI9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject-related knowledge. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on the accounting of specialised industries: banking, mining and insurance.


assess critically accounting developments and issues relating to specialised industries (comparison, interpretation, communication, self-responsibility, team work and explorational learning skills are developed).

TAX TREATIES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TTR9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 27

PURPOSE The purpose of the module is to increase technical subject related knowledge and research abilities. Technical subject knowledge is increased through specific lectures on tax treaties concentrating on

310

the different articles in the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD) Model Tax Convention.


critically assess the different articles in the Model Tax Conventions (interpretation skills);

clearly understand the relationship between domestic and international law and the interpretation of tax treaties (interpretation skills);

demonstrate competence in applying the advanced theoretical principles of problem identification and solving (problem solving skills);

communicate effectively orally and in writing (communication skills);

accept responsibilities for their own activities (self-responsibility skills);

practice and working effectively in a team (team ship); and

explore different effective learning strategies (explore learning strategies).

EF.166 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND

ECONOMETRICS (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS) FOR MASTER OF COMMERCE OR PHILOSOPHY

ADVANCED PRACTICE OF INDUSTRIAL POLICY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: API9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with knowledge of specialised topics in the understanding, design, and implementation of industrial policy. The module will also familiarise students with issues surrounding the interface between industrial policy and other areas of economic and social policy.


demonstrate advanced knowledge of specialised topics in the design and implementation of industrial policy.

develop knowledge of issues involved in the identification, preparation, appraisal, management and evaluation of industrial projects and products;

apply a range of decision-making instruments and techniques required for an efficient analysis for the identification, preparation, appraisal, and evaluation of industrial projects; and

analyse and monitor industrial policies.

311

APPLIED ECONOMETRIC TECHNIQUES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: AET9X01/AMT9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE To provide tools to students to enable them to conduct an empirical analysis of economic relationships.


conduct a descriptive and graphical analysis of economic phenomenon based on data; transform series into logarithms and percentages;

build comprehensive econometric models based on given economic relationships and evaluate the model economically, statistically and econometrically;

conduct empirical analysis of economic phenomenon leading to an assessment different economic variables within or between different firms or countries;

construct an econometric model for policy analysis purposes based on panel data, cross-section, and time series analysis; and

write an empirical research assay.

APPLIED MACROECONOMIC ISSUES (SEMESTER MODULES) CODE: MND9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20 PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with knowledge of the implications of a country’s macroeconomics for industrial development and knowledge of the relationships between macroeconomic policy and industrial policy. The module will provide knowledge also of the political economy dimensions of macroeconomic policy making.

OUTOMES Students should be able to:

• identify alternative approaches to growth theory; • understand the implications of a country’s macroeconomics for industrial development; • understand the relationships between macroeconomic policy and industrial policy; • explain the linkages between financial sector development, international capital flows and

overall economic development; • analyse the interactions and linkages amongst macroeconomic accounts for a developing

economy; • explain the importance of exchange rate management for industrial policy; • describe the nature and causes of macroeconomic instability and the processes of

stabilisation in developing countries, via the interaction of fiscal, monetary, financial, exchange rate and balance of payments policies; and

• evaluate the political economy dimension of macroeconomic policy-making.

312

APPLIED MICROECONOMIC ISSUES (SEMESTER MODULES) CODE: MCD9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to provide students with knowledge of the implications of a country’s microeconomics for industrial development and knowledge of the relationships between microeconomic policy and industrial policy. The module will provide in depth knowledge of selected topics in the microeconomics of development.


explain and evaluate the microeconomic issues pertinent to industrial policy;

show knowledge of the basics of industrial organisation;

demonstrate familiarity with competition economics and competition policy;

show an understanding of trade economics and trade policy;

evaluate alternative perspectives on the role of the manufacturing sector in the growth process;

demonstrate their understanding of selected topics in the microeconomics of development; and

analyse and explain important issues related to poverty and inequality.

DISSERTATION: ECONOMETRICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DEM9X01/DEM9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of econometric principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own econometric applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Econometrics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work.







313

DISSERTATION: ECONOMICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DEN9X01/DEN9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of economic principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own economical applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Economics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work.




write an acceptable proposal and



FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (YEAR MODULE) CODE: FEN9X00 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop students able to demonstrate a well-founded and systematic knowledge base on decision-making under uncertainty as reflected in the mastering, coherent critical understanding, analysis and interpretation of financial markets and price behaviour.


evaluate critically basic principles and selected approaches to economic/financial decision-making in an environment of risk and uncertainty;

demonstrate a clear comprehension of the structure of the field of decision analysis and the role that it plays within financial economics;

evaluate comprehensively the principles of the models of decision-making under risk and the models of decision-making under uncertainty that are presented;

evaluate critically the implications of Efficient Market Hypothesis for the determination of asset price;

evaluate critically the principles behind the pricing of derivatives instruments;

apply, logically and consistently, the concept of options, futures and forwards and their differences in pricing derivatives;

understand the way in which the derivative instruments can be used to hedge various types of financial risks;

explain the unique nature and importance of banks and the need for supervising and regulating them;

justify the development of risk-based capital standards for banks;

explain the rationale for stabilising the financial system;

evaluate the stability of the South African financial system by applying appropriate financial soundness indicators and comparing it to internationally accepted benchmarks;

314

explain how the financial system, specifically the banking sector can be influenced by a systemic event; and

understand the importance of identifying early warning indictors which can contribute to a more stable and efficient financial system.

GLOBALISATION AND LOCAL REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: GLR9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to analyse theories of globalisation and evaluate the principle effects of globalisation on South Africa and critically evaluate current policies for addressing the impact of the globalisation, with specific reference to the efficacy of the policies for local and regional development.


critically analyse theories of globalisation with reference to the impact of globalisation on the economics of local and regional development;

critically analyse current national and/or provincial policies relating to globalisation to identify policy provisions relevant to a specific town/city/region;

reflect upon the challenges of globalisation for the specific context of the selected town/city/region; and

develop a strategy for mitigating the impact of globalisation in line with relevant national and/or provincial policies.

INDUSTRIAL POLICY: COMPARATIVE HISTORICAL EXPERIECES AND CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORKS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CHE9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to equip students with knowledge of different historical experiences of industrialization. The module purposes also to provide an overview of competing paradigms for understanding processes of industrialization and industrial policy.


understand and critique alternative theories and conceptual frameworks of industrial policy;

argue the theoretical rationale for industrial policy;

demonstrate knowledge of the theory of industrialisation;

understand the historical context for industrialisation and the particular challenges in Africa;

demonstrate knowledge of comparative historical experiences of industrialisation, in particular the lessons learnt from other developing regions such as the high performance economies of South-East Asia, Japan, China and the developed countries of Europe and the United States; and

315

show familiarity with alternative perspectives on industrial policy in Africa as well as the regional initiatives on industrial development and the principal industrialisation strategies adopted in Africa.

INDUSTRIAL POLICY: INSTRUMENTS, DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: IDI9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to familiarize students with the major instruments of industrial policy as well as the policy formation and implementation process. The module examines the institutional dimensions of policy making and develops and understanding of development planning.


develop knowledge of the operational aspects of the industrial policy formulation process, the role of different actors involved and lesson’s learned from different industrial policies;

develop knowledge of issues such as gender, SMIs, local employment creation, the environment and inter-sectoral linkages in relation to industrial policy;

prepare policy briefs/papers and produce preparatory project assistance documents with a view to enhancing their skills in industrial development policy formulation, project design and management to benefit their respective countries; and

evaluate and audit industrial policies to ensure sustainable and development oriented socio-economic objectives are achieved.

LABOUR MARKET ISSUES (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: LMI9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE This module covers the different issues in the labour market. Different competing schools of thought and their implication for the South African labour market will be discussed. Topical issues pertaining to the labour market in South Africa and internationally will be studied to align economic theories and country-specific labour market issues.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to

demonstrate analytical and critical thinking skills in order to identify competing schools of thought, analyse their respective views and develop insight on the South African labour market and labour market-related issues;

improve their research abilities in terms of the South African labour market and labour market-related issues; and

interpret practical issues in the South African labour market.

316

LEADERSHIP AND SUSTAINABLE LOCAL AND REGIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: LSL9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to conduct a contextual analysis of global and national challenges and opportunities relevant to sustainable development and formulate policy guidelines on the role of leadership in promoting sustainable local and regional economic development within the context of the green economy.


identify and analyse the global and national challenges and opportunities to effectively promote sustainable LED in South Africa;

appraise international green economy trends and the potential for a green economy in South Africa to promote sustainable local and regional development;

describe and motivate the role of national, provincial and local policy makers in integrating the objectives of sustainable local and regional development into policies, mandates and legislation; and

motivate changes to the current role of LED professionals in order to enhance their role in promoting sustainable local and regional economic development within the context of the green economy.

LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (LED) (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: LED9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The aim of this module is to enable students to:

demonstrate knowledge of contemporary LED theories as well as demonstrate knowledge of methods and techniques used in the understanding, evaluation and treatment of key phenomena and key areas of concern to LED policy makers;

apply understanding of decision making by local authorities to issues of financing used when formulating investment strategies. Develop a strategy using modern economic techniques to motivate financing of LED on a microeconomic and macroeconomic level. Have an understanding of behavioural economics so as to facilitate improved decision making used in the process of strategic development and financing of LED projects; and

present an assignment to their peers in their learning environment using their knowledge and training in Research Methodology to show their competence in the field of LED and also demonstrate their ability to present economic knowledge and ideas.


Research, write and to make presentations on different local economic development issues;

master the LED theories;

analyse international LED financing and its application in the South African context;

investigate strategies that has been adopted by local governments when investing and financing LED projects;

317

understand the decision making process of foreign investors when investing in LED projects; and

develop a model that local authorities can use to analyse, explore and improve the financing of LED.

MACROECONOMIC ISSUES IN DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAD9X02/MAL9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE This module is concerned with macroeconomics and growth in the specific context of developing countries, which implies important distinctions compared with theories developed for industrialised country conditions. In particular, developing country governments need to finance expenditure and service public debt via financial systems which are undeveloped and poorly integrated with international capital markets, resulting in distinctive demands on fiscal and monetary policies. In addition, international trade conditions are often unfavourable and complicate exchange rate management. Thus, macroeconomic instability and crises are regular occurrences in developing countries, posing policy challenges for both short-run stabilisation and longer-run growth.

OUTCOMES Students should be able to

distinguish clearly between alternative theories and models of economic growth, including classical, neo-classical, endogenous growth and increasing returns, and their relevance to poor countries today;

use graphical and mathematical techniques to analyse instability and macroeconomic adjustment in small policy models of poor countries; and

critically analyse macroeconomic policy approaches of developing country governments and multilateral institutions.

MICROECONOMIC ISSUES IN DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MID9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE This module deals with applied microeconomic issues of particular relevance to developing economies, with a policy orientation. It focuses on the following broad areas: (i) trade and industrial policy, (ii) poverty, and (iii) inequality. The module will provide students with the necessary theoretical background, and will empirically analyse issues in the South African context and provide familiarity with relevant policy debates. Topics to be covered include the following: applied industrial organisation; competition policy; sectoral dimensions of growth; inward-led industrialisation and export-oriented growth; industrial policy; technological upgrading; rents and rent-seeking; trade policy; regional economic issues; measures of poverty; the incidence of poverty in South Africa; measures of inequality; non-monetary metrics of poverty; the relationship between inequality and economic growth; inequality and the labour market; wage differentials; economics of discrimination; the political economy of distribution in South Africa; and household economics.

318


demonstrate familiarity with relevant features of the South African economy, including its industrial structure, level and patterns of poverty, and distributional structure;

demonstrate knowledge of the basics of industrial organisation, including the economic implications of patterns of industrial organisation;

understand key measures of concentration;

demonstrate familiarity with current competition policy in South Africa;

assess comparative international experiences of industrialisation;

explain alternative perspectives on industrial policy and on trade policy, in both the international literature and in South African policy debates;

show familiarity with South Africa’s current industrial policy;

evaluate alternative perspectives on the role of the manufacturing sector in the growth process, and relate these to the South African economy;

explain key quantitative measures of poverty and inequality, as well as non-monetary approaches to poverty;

discuss the empirical evidence concerning trends in poverty and inequality in South Africa;

discuss the empirical evidence concerning patterns in poverty and inequality in South Africa (including the dimensions of race, gender, region, etc.); and

evaluate international evidence on the efficacy of alternative policy interventions for reducing poverty.

MINOR DISSERTATION: ECONOMICS (YEAR MODULE) CODE: MDN9X01/MDN9X02

or MDI9X01/MDI9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 90

PURPOSE The primary purpose of the module is to develop a student to undertake independent and individual advanced research in the field of Development and Policy Issues as reflected in the gathering, analysing, synthesising and interpretation of information on Development and Policy Issues and efficiently communicate and present these findings and results.




write a proposal;

choose the appropriate research design and execute it with the proper methodology; and

construct and write a scientific Minor dissertation.

MINOR DISSERTATION: FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (YEAR MODULE) CODE: MDFN9X1/MDFN9X2 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 90

PURPOSE To equip students with specialised research knowledge through the supervision process. Candidates are not generally expected to make an original theoretical or fundamental contribution

319

to the field of knowledge, but through the provision of information they should demonstrate proficiency in research methods and the ability to work independently.


Complete a final acceptable minor dissertation.

MINOR DISSERTATION: INDUSTRIAL POLICY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MDI9X01/MDI9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 60 PURPOSE The primary purpose of the module is to develop a student to undertake independent and individual advanced research in the field of Industrial Policy within Development Economics.


write a research proposal;

formulate a suitable research question;

select and develop a research design and methodology appropriate for a research project;

undertake research at an appropriate level of scholarship; and

write a coherent and scientific minor dissertation.

POVERTY AND INEQUALITY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PAI9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to critically analyse, evaluate and to reflect on topics in poverty and inequality and the principle effects for local and regional development in South Africa.


use household survey data and appropriate software to quantify and empirically analyse poverty and inequality in South Africa;

explain and empirically analyse the growth elasticity of poverty;

decompose inequality along various dimensions, using South African data;

critically discuss theoretical channels and evidence concerning the (economic and broader) causes of poverty and determinants of inequality; and

discuss alternative perspectives, with supporting evidence, concerning the relationship between globalisation and inequality.

320

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (YEAR MODULE) CODE: QTA9X00 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The student will be exposed to a variety of topics pertinent to the field of Financial Economics to acquire analysis techniques for application in Financial Economics; identify the characteristics of a wide variety of problems and correctly apply the appropriate statistical techniques; and derive relevant statistical (and economic) inferences from the results.


set up an experiment to analyse longitudinal and cross-sectional data;

perform the analysis;

derive the relevant statistical and economic inferences from the results,

report on this in a practical manner;

in addition, the student will acquire the necessary skills to exploit the versatility and power of E-Views and Matlab; and

build financial econometric models of financial returns and volatility.

RESEARCH DESIGN: FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (YEAR MODULE) CODE: DEN9X00 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 30

PURPOSE The primary purpose of this module is to develop students able to demonstrate by writing and presenting a Working Paper that the student has a firm scientific research basis for carrying on with the Research Article.


define a research problem and derive research objectives from it;


do a coherent and relevant literature review;

choose the appropriate research design and execute it with the proper methodology;

write and present a convincing research proposal; and

write and present a Working Paper.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: ECONOMICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RMI9X01/RMI9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 5

PURPOSE The purpose of this course is to introduce postgraduate students to how economic policy researchers approach economic problems and issues. The course does not emphasise any particular set of economic problems, but will rather address economic problems in general and how

321

researchers should approach them. At the end of this module, students will be able to convert an economic problem into a written, feasible, comprehensive and focused research proposal.


start research on a chosen academic topic;

convert a research idea into a research problem, research objectives and a research plan;

analyse economic problems so that the historical and theoretical context of the chosen research problem becomes clear;

conduct a preliminary literature review;

express ideas and arguments logically and coherently in a language appropriate to research of an academic nature;

plan the generation of results to ensure that the results are acceptable to the academic community;

employ a range of writing strategies and revise and edit own writing;

verbally present research to both the academic community and relevant interest groups in clear and convincing manner; and

determine what creative role economic researchers can play in the improvement of society and appraise the value of their own research within this context.

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: ECONOMICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RMN9X01/RML9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE The purpose of this course is to introduce postgraduate students to how economic policy researchers approach economic problems and issues. The course does not emphasise any particular set of economic problems, but will rather address economic problems in general and how researchers should approach them. At the end of this module, students will be able to convert an economic problem into a written, feasible, comprehensive and focused research proposal.


start research on a chosen academic topic;

convert a research idea into a research problem, research objectives and a research plan;

analyse economic problems so that the historical and theoretical context of the chosen research problem becomes clear;

conduct a preliminary literature review;

express ideas and arguments logically and coherently in a language appropriate to research of an academic nature;

plan the generation of results to ensure that the results are acceptable to the academic community;

employ a range of writing strategies and revise and edit own writing;

verbally present research to both the academic community and relevant interest groups in clear and convincing manner; and

determine what creative role economic researchers can play in the improvement of society and appraise the value of their own research within this context.

322

SYSTEMS THINKING IN LOCAL AND REGIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: STL9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply the theories of systems thinking to develop/adapt a model for analysing a local economy to determine opportunities/potential for LED.


analyse theories of systems thinking from a local and regional development perspective;

analyse and compare systems thinking models to identify a model most appropriate for evaluating conditions and factors for successful local and regional development;

critically evaluate the most important components and indicators in a selected systems model for analysing the critical success factors for local and regional development;

apply the model/simulation to a local economy in a town/city/region to determine the prevailing state of LED; and

evaluate the model/simulation and use the findings from the application of the model/simulation to improve/adapt/redesign the model/simulation to incorporate recommended improvements.

STRATEGIC PLANNING FOR LOCAL AND REGIONAL ECONOMIC DEVLEOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: SPL9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 20

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to apply theoretical frameworks to analyse the economic profile, environmental factors, socio-economic needs and potential growth sectors in the economy, and develop a strategic plan that is aligned to national, provincial, regional and local economic objectives.


identify relevant stakeholders in a specific town/city/region and analyse their needs, interests and roles in relation to local and regional economic development;

conduct an environmental analysis of the financial, human and other resources required to implement strategic local and regional development plans in in a specific town/city/region;

develop the mission, vision and objectives, strategies, options and action plans for strategic planning to promote local and regional development in a town/city/region, in alignment to national, provincial, regional and local economic strategies/objectives;

measure and evaluate the impact and performance of an local and regional development strategic plan in a town/city/region in order to determine the impact on the community; and

motivate alternative strategies and/or options to achieve the desired impact for the development of the area.

323

TECHNICAL RESEARCH PROJECT: LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (YEAR MODULE) CODE: RPL9X01/RPL9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 60

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to construct a research proposal and conduct practitioner research in local economic development and write a limited-scope dissertation that will contribute to the professional practice of LED professionals.


formulate a research problem, research objectives and a research plan for a selected LED project;

develop a research proposal;

conduct research and analyse research findings;

construct and write a Technical Research Project: LED in accordance with academic writing requirements;

express findings and arguments logically and coherently in a language appropriate to research of an academic nature; and

verbally present the findings from the research and motivate the recommendations to both the academic community and relevant interest groups in clear and convincing manner during the defence of the Technical Research Project.

TOPICS IN FINANCE AND DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TFD9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE This module builds on MAD9X02 (Macroeconomic Issues in Development) and is concerned with the interaction between the expansion and development of the financial sector in poor countries and broader processes of economic growth and development. In many developing economies, access to credit is very limited. The banking sector is weak, inefficient and focused on a narrow set of savers and borrowers, while non-bank financial institutions and markets are absent to a greater or lesser degree. All or most domestic borrowers, including the national government, are excluded from international capital markets. The module will focus on issues including

comparative historical experiences of financial system development in industrialised countries and its contribution to growth and development;

concepts of financial deepening and widening and of bank-led and market-led financial systems, and the forces that promote or obstruct their emergence, including the interaction between the domestic financial system and the international economy, particularly via the capital account of the balance of payments;

the theoretical and empirical literature on the macroeconomic and growth impact of financial sector reform and development in poor economies, including the impact of financial repression, liberalisation and its sequencing, and bank and financial crises;

financial sector regulation and supervision in a developing economy; and

324

enhanced access to financial systems for poor people and its impact on poverty reduction, including microfinance institutions, ICT-based approaches and other specialised financial products.


analyse the structure of the financial system in a specified developing economy;

discuss the reforms needed to enhance the financial system’s contribution to economic growth;

identify the causes and consequences of a financial or banking crisis, and policies needed to restore stability;

discuss the costs and benefits of enhanced and reduced international financial integration via the capital account; and

discuss the costs and benefits of alternative access options for both the financial systems and the poor.

TOPICS IN MACROECONOMICS OF DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: MAD9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE This module builds on MAD9X02 (Macroeconomic Issues in Development) and is concerned with deepening students’ understanding of macroeconomic theory and policy in the poor country context. The module will focus on issues including:

theoretical and empirical debates regarding investment, savings and consumption activities in developing countries;

theoretical and empirical debates regarding fiscal policy and public debt management, inflation and monetary policy, and exchange rate and capital account policy; and

macroeconomic adjustment and policy in poor countries, in particular the implications of different functional relationships in small macroeconomic models.


critically discuss the major theoretical debates and broad empirical findings on key issues in macroeconomic relationships and policy;

investigate the impact of different theoretical or empirical assumptions in the context of small mathematical and empirical models;

manipulate a simple macroeconomic model to analyse a specified problem; and

discuss with real-world data, a macroeconomic stabilisation strategy to address a specified problem, including dealing with conflicting interests amongst political constituencies.

325

TOPICS IN POLITICAL ECONOMY OF DEVELOPMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: PED9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE This module builds on EKN 05X8 (Macroeconomic Issues in Development) and is concerned with the interaction between political power and interests, on the one hand, and economic policy-making, on the other. The module will focus on issues including:

the constitution of interests and their interaction, and on distribution of power between them within the economy;

alternate approaches to explicit and implicit institutions in economics;

the impact of formal and informal political processes on the policy-making process and policy choices;

the nature of state power and the constitution of the state; and

supranational institutions and processes and the impact upon supranational outcomes of interactions amongst states and between state and non-state actors.


identify conflicting and co-operating interests in the context of specific policies and institutions, and analyse how their interaction influences alternative outcomes;

evaluate the relations between the state and different interest groups, and interest groups’ incentives to support or oppose specific state policies and interventions; and

evaluate international economic policy processes in their institutional context.

TOPICS IN POVERTY AND INEQUALITY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: POI9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE This is an advanced elective module, which builds on the module ‘Microeconomic Issues in Development’. The aim of this module is to extend students’ theoretical and applied knowledge of the issues of poverty and inequality. The main emphasis of the module will be on quantitative techniques for analysing poverty and inequality, with a focus on South Africa. Teaching will be through both classroom lectures and lab-based practical sessions. Topics include: basic techniques and software for analysing survey data; practical quantitative analysis of poverty and inequality using South African household survey data; the capabilities approach to poverty; determinants of poverty; causes of inequality; the growth elasticity of poverty; intra-household distributional issues; techniques for the decomposition of inequality; and globalisation and inequality.


use household survey data and appropriate software to quantify and empirically analyse poverty and inequality in South Africa;

326

explain and empirically analyse the growth elasticity of poverty.;

decompose inequality along various dimensions, using South African data;

critically discuss theoretical channels and evidence concerning the (economic and broader) causes of poverty and determinants of inequality;

discuss alternative perspectives, with supporting evidence, concerning the relationship between globalisation and inequality; and

use the knowledge and skills obtained through the module as a basis for the master’s mini-dissertation, in doctoral research, or in employment related to the economics of poverty and inequality.

TOPICS IN TRADE, INDUSTRIAL AND COMPETITION POLICY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: TIP9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 10

PURPOSE This is an advanced elective module, which builds on the module ‘Microeconomic Issues in Development’. The aim of this module is to extend students’ specialised theoretical and applied knowledge of the issues of poverty and inequality, beyond what is covered in that module. Topics to be covered include: the relationship between concentration and profitability; introduction to game theory and its application in industrial economics; sectoral targeting in industrial policy; the MIDP as a case study of industrial policy in South Africa; the effects of tariff liberalisation; regional trade issues; use of input-output tables; analysis of intersectoral linkages; new economic geography; trade gravity models; trade agreements and the international trade architecture/institutions; and climate change and industrial policy.


demonstrate familiarity with current industrial policies and debates around industrial policy in South Africa;

analyse a particular industrial sector in South Africa from an ‘industrial policy’ perspective;

use South African input-output data in empirical analysis;

show a basic understanding of trade gravity models;

discuss the theory and evidence concerning the impact of trade liberalisation;

show familiarity with the international trade architecture and current trade negotiations, debates around institutional reform, and the implications for the South African economy and trade and industrial policy; and

use the knowledge and skills obtained through the module as a basis for the master’s mini-dissertation, in doctoral research, or in employment related to trade and industrial policy.

327

EF.167 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH MASTERS)

APPLIED RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ARF9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15 PURPOSE Demonstrate the ability to identify a researchable research problem, methodology and analysis procedure by completing a research proposal and successfully defending it in preparation for the minor dissertation to be completed in the student’s second year of study


define a researchable research problem based on finance and/or investment management related theory;

define and state the rational for the study;

apply scientific research methodologies to analyse and interpret quantitative and qualitative data;

write an acceptable proposal; and

present and defend the proposal to a panel convened for this purpose.

COMPETITIVE STRATEGY (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CPS9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to reflect critically on the nature and processes of strategic management and intent in the context of development, formulation and implementation of an appropriate financial strategy.


discuss, describe, analyse, advise and provide recommendations of the various concepts of competitive strategy by relating them to an applicable scenario or case study.

CORPORATE FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: CRF9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to advance the student’s ability in understanding the theory and practice of the inter- and intra-relationship of corporate finance issues in an organisation.

328


discuss, describe, analyse, advise, apply and provide recommendations on the following issues of corporate finance by relating the subject matter to an applicable scenario or case study:

cost of capital;

capital budgeting;

dividend policy and repurchases;

capital structure; and

mergers and acquisitions.

DEVELOPMENTS IN FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DEF9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to advance the student’s ability in understanding the various inter- and intra-relationships of the issues and decisions that are part of the developments in finance.


provide an explanation of the developments in finance over time and across countries;

critically assess the effect of globalisation on finance;

provide a scholarly critique of financial crises through history; and

evaluate the relative virtues of the pioneers in finance.

DISSERTATION: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DFM9X01/DFM0X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to demonstrate the applied competence at an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of financial principles and methods. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original research.


define a researchable research problem based on financially related theory;



present and defend the proposal to a panel convened for this purpose;


successfully write an academic article based on the research conducted.

329

DISSERTATION: INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: DIM9X01/DIM9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 180

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to demonstrate the applied competence at an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of investment management principles and methods. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original research.


define a researchable research problem based on investment management theory;






EMPIRICAL FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EMF9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to advance student’s ability to model real-world financial problems using appropriate software in order to practically model and simulate these problems to bridge the gap between theory and application.


understand and apply various quantitative methods to conduct an analysis;

interpret results and evaluate appropriateness of various models;

demonstrate, in a practical manner, that he/she has obtained a solid grounding in empirical modelling and analysis using applicable computer software.

FINANCIAL ENGINEERING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FEN9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE This module is designed to assist students in understanding how financial engineering, especially derivatives and risk management techniques, can be used to advance the strategic goals of firms. Students will become familiar with the efficient use and implementation of pricing and risk management methods on financial derivative and security markets.

330


explain and calculate currency exchange rates;

discuss and analyse derivative markets and instruments, namely: - forward markets and contracts; - futures markets and contracts; - option markets and contracts; and - swap markets and contracts.

structure better solutions to long-standing financial problems in order to achieve a particular financial goal; and

develop and creatively apply financial theory and financial instruments to structured solutions for complex financial problems in order to eliminate financial risk.

MINOR DISSERTATION: FINANCE (YEAR MODULE) CODE: MDF9X01/MDF9X02 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 90

PURPOSE Demonstrate the ability to conduct research independently using scientific research methodologies, and to analyse, interpret and write up research of a quantitative and/or qualitative nature.


define a researchable research problem based on financially related theory;




construct and write a minor dissertation.

PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: POF9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is to develop and enhance the student’s understanding of the fundamental principles underlying corporate finance theory and its practical application.


Calculate, analyse, and advise on the following fundamental principles of corporate finance by relating the subject matter to an applicable scenario or case study:

- time value of money; - discounted cash flow; - capital budgeting; - valuation of bonds and equity; and - risk, return and cost of capital.

331

RISK MANAGEMENT (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: RIM9X01 NEW NQF LEVEL 9/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 15

PURPOSE The purpose of this module is for students to be able to gain familiarity with principles and practices of risk management in order to enable production of the optimum strategy for the handling of risk in an organisation.


develop and disseminate a risk management policy and culture within an organisation;

establish and review risk criteria for an organisation;

review and evaluate organisational activities and the potential risks that might emerge;

mange and improve risk management process in an organisation; and

review the effectiveness of actions being taken to reduce risk and to maintain business continuity.

332

POSTGRADUATE DOCTORAL MODULES


THESIS: ACCOUNTING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: REK01P9/REK02P9 NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 360

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of accounting principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own accounting related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Accounting as social science. A qualifying student should show an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of accounting.






construct and write a scientific thesis; and

show evidence of an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of accounting.

THESIS: AUDITING (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: ODT01P9/ODT02P9 NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 360

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of auditing principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own auditing related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Auditing as social science. A qualifying student should show an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of auditing.







show evidence of an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of auditing.

333

THESIS: TAXATION (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: BEL01P9/BEL02P9 NEW NQF LEVEL 10/ OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/ OLD NQF CREDITS: 360

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of taxation principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own taxation related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Taxation as social science. A qualifying student should show an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of taxation.







show evidence of an original and significant contribution to the knowledge and philosophy of taxation.

EF.169 MODULES IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS AND ECONOMETRICS THESIS: ECONOMICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKN01P/EKN02P9 NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of economic principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own economic related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of economics as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work and a unique contribution to the broader field of economics.







show evidence of the unique contribution of the study.

334

THESIS: ECONOMETRICS (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: EKM01P91/EKM02P9 NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of the principles of econometrics. This programme prepares students to be able to present original and relevant topics that bring distinctive contribution to the field of econometrics. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work and a unique contribution to the broader field of economics and econometrics.







show evidence of the unique contribution of the study.


THESIS: FINANCE (SEMESTER MODULE) CODE: FIN01P9/FIN02P9 NEW NQF LEVEL 10/OLD NQF LEVEL 8 NEW NQF/OLD NQF CREDITS: 360

PURPOSE The aim of the qualification is to develop the applied competence of the student on an advanced level in the mastering, analysis, interpretation and understanding of financial principles and methods. This programme prepares students to reflect on their own finance related applications to assess the effect thereof in the holistic context of Finance as social science. A qualifying student should show evidence of independent and original work and a unique contribution to the broader field of finance.






construct and write a scientific thesis

show evidence of the unique contribution of the study; and


fefs undergradaute and postgraduate yearbook 2016

Documents